Trinity’s Laura Cook took a visit to Heathrow to see what venues and hotels they have to offer. Read her site visit below!
Thistle Heathrow
Situated just off the motorway this 3* hotel is a functional, easy-access venue for conferences and bedroom stays for delegates wishing to be close to Heathrow terminal 5.The hotel offers 264 bedrooms over only 2 floors, all rooms are tripled glazed as you would expect for a hotel so close to the terminal.If parking at the hotel with an overnight stay you will be able to use 1 of the 600 spaces on site!
The hotel has a fantastic selling point- which no one else has access to! ‘The Pod’. This is a small pod monorail with direct access to terminal 5. It can hold only 4 people and is £5.00 per person each way. The journey takes only 5 minutes which is ideal for any international delegates wanting to travel from terminal 5. The Aviation Suite and Longford room with the catering area is ideal for groups wanting to be self-contained as this room has its own entrance and space for reg tables or exhibition stands.There are many smaller meeting rooms dotted around the hotel.I would recommend using the main hotel restaurant for delegate lunch breaks as the restaurant is flooded with natural daylight with a wall of large windows plus the views are great (overlooking the runway). Delegates can also access the outdoor terrace from the restaurant.Ideal venue for international guest on a tight budget wanting to be close and good access to Heathrow terminal 5.
Currently the hotel has not got a lift to the upper floor (for bedrooms), they hope to have a lift installed by this summer (2015). The hotel in general and specifically the bedrooms are a basic 3* standard which could do with updating. The rates do reflect the standard.
Park Inn Heathrow
This large hotel has recently undergone a full refurbishment (completed in 2015). Located in a central location on Bath row.A large hotel which offers large meeting space in all different sizes.The meeting space is split into zones. If you are booking a main room you ideally would want the syndicate rooms in the same corridor rather than splitting the areas as they are quiet spread apart.
The discovery is the largest room which are flexible as it can spilt into 3 sections benefiting from natural daylight. This area can be exclusive for the group if using all meeting rooms in the area (main room plus 3 syndicate rooms) these are ideal size for syndicate rooms. There is a corridor with 21 small boardrooms which is perfect for a group wanting lots of small rooms in one place such as training or interviews.Offering 895 bright and fresh bedrooms, which are mainly two categories, standard and business friendly. The upgraded bedrooms are at an extra £20 per room per night. These rooms are larger than standard and has a fridge and upgraded toiletries.
I felt the hotel was a good 4* hotel as very fresh and inviting for both corporate and leisure guests. The hotel makes a good choice for large or small meetings due to vast amount of space.Car parking is free for meeting and event users.The car park wraps round the hotel and can be very confusing with different zones are dotted around.The last part of the refurbishment work will be to update the restaurant. This is yet to scheduled but still this area is a very good standard.
Radisson Edwardian Heathrow
You would never think you were entering an airport hotel. The hotel has an opulent feel with sweeping marble staircases, chandeliers and informal sitting areas in the public areas, all of which are beautiful and luxurious.Well looked after and keep to an excellent standard. In all areas the attention to detail is second to none. It was spotlessly clean!
The hotel has 42 meeting rooms- so ideal for groups wanting lots of syndicates as the team section events into different zones.The hotel will offer a catering area for the larger room so delegates can be separate to other groups. I really liked the Atrium space, this is normally offered with the Commonwealth room. The Country & Newbury suite is really nice and has a really nice foyer area when there is lots of room to walk round during break times.
The Connaught rooms have nice views as they have a small balcony area which overlooks the indoor space of the hotel (it use to be a swimming pool, but now changed to an informal area for receptions or exhibition. There are 457 bedrooms, all of which are a good size, nicely decorated in silvers and greys.The upgraded bedrooms are £40 each night but the only real difference is that they are larger- I don’t think it is necessarily worth paying if you are staying for one night as the standard rooms are a very good size and standard.
The hotel has two entrances, ideally you would park up and use the front entrance as the back doesn’t give the same grand impression. Car parking is chargeable even for delegates attending an event
Sheraton Skyline
A 4* deluxe hotel which is the sister hotel to the Sheraton Heathrow down the road. When you first walk in you will notice the light and bright public areas which have a real buzz as it popular with both leisure and corporate guests (especially with the American market). The hotel has a welcoming informal feel. The hotel prides itself on a fantastic American service.
The hotel is built in a hollow square around an indoor tropical swimming pool. The cocktail bar can be used for guests which make you feel like you’re on holiday! A nice relaxed additional treat for guests staying at the hotel.
The hotel has a dedicated conference entrance for to use if holding a large meeting.There are 17 meeting rooms in total which can hold up to 500 delegates. Plus lots of foyer spaces for groups wishing to have lunch outside the meeting room. There are 350 spacious bedrooms, which are fairly traditional. The hotel can offer upgraded bedrooms at £54 per room per night. You will benefit from a larger room (normally with a sofa bed) and access to the executive lounge.You must visit the Canadian bar in the hotel when staying as it is something totally different- a great sports bar which offers superb food!
Parts of the hotel are a little tired and could do with a refreshment or refurbishment.The hotel was very warm when I visited and I suspect most days. I think could be due to the fact of the swimming pool in the centre of the hotel.
Hilton- Terminal 4
The hotel was once a state of the art example in building design, as 2 walls are made with glass which floods natural daylight into the reception, atrium and restaurant. It is a very open, light and modern space. The hotel has a Living well gym and swimming pool for all guests plus an executive lounge for the upgraded bedroom types.
The meeting space has a number of rooms which can accommodate different sized group and all the meeting rooms are close together. The space is located on the lower ground floor, and although pleasant, is due to go through a refurbishment which is to be completed by 20th July 2015. It is worth noting that the largest meeting room ‘The Heathrow Suite’ which holds up to 140 delegates cabaret style back projection (with a stage) has not got natural daylight and has pillars but I still feel this is a nice room for large groups.
All bedrooms are at a good standard and are very modern. The upgraded bedrooms have a very high-spec bathroom which is really outstanding in quality for an airport hotel. This an ideal venue for guests wishing to be close to Heathrow Terminal 4 as the hotel has a covered walk way from the hotel front door to terminal 4. This is really is fantastic as only takes approx. 6 minutes to walk to the terminal. All other terminals can be accessed through the underground train system at the airport. The hotel also has a shuttle which will stop at the other terminals if needed. There are 250 car parking spaces. The hotel will offer complimentary spaces for some meeting and event packages. Some bedrooms face into the reception area so only have secondary natural daylight – would have to request a room facing outside if natural daylight is important to you
Hilton Garden Inn London Heathrow Airport (was the Jurys Inn Heathrow)
The Jurys Inn Heathrow has recently changed brands to Hilton Garden Inn. It is still operated by the same management and team offering the same fantastic service. I found this hotel to be intimate and welcoming tel. All areas in the hotel (including public areas and bedrooms) have recently been refurbished.
The hotel offers 7 meeting rooms for up to 40 delegates in a cabaret style. Some meeting rooms are in the main building and 4 are in a self-contained building a few steps through a courtyard. The self-contained meeting block ‘the Pavilion’ is ideal for groups wanting to be away from other guests. The bedrooms are very modern and fresh, but still warm and cosy in a duck egg colour scheme. All rooms have a fridge which is great for the independent traveller. The hotel has some unusual benefits which is targeted at the sole traveller which is a really different idea and great for guests, such as a 24 hour Pavilion Pantry Market and Laundry room.
This is the best situated hotel for Hatton Cross underground which is only a 6 minute walk offering easy access to all terminals. A shuttle bus is also available to all terminals. Terminal 4 is the closet to the hotel, a 10 minute taxi journey. Parking is available but chargeable, but it is one of the more reasonably priced car parks in the Heathrow area. They offer complimentary parking for delegates attending a meeting.
The hotel has just undergone a refurbishment and feels spick and span, however the communal areas are still a little utilitarian, however the hotel are expecting to add some accents and colour to the property to add a little warmth. Although the hotel is in the city centre, and Cambridge does not have the best reputation for parking, the hotel actually has a private car park beneath the property in which they guarantee parking for guests.
The Cambridge City Hotel was built in the 1990s, and was until a few years ago an IHG property (as a Holiday Inn and then latterly as a Crowne Plaza). The hotel feels large and expansive, with a bright airy foyer area greeting guests and delegates. The meeting space is all located off the first floor (the same floor as reception, the restaurant and the bar), in a private section of the hotel. The meeting rooms feature secondary natural daylight, via skylights in the communal meetings foyer, which feels brighter than it sounds.The hotel is slap bang in the city centre, all of the sights are within a 5 minute walk. The bedrooms feel spacious while the restaurant can offer a semi-private dining area for groups.
The hotel has just undergone a refurbishment and feels spick and span, however the communal areas are still a little utilitarian, however the hotel are expecting to add some accents and colour to the property to add a little warmth. Although the hotel is in the city centre, and Cambridge does not have the best reputation for parking, the hotel actually has a private car park beneath the property in which they guarantee parking for guests.
The Cambridge City Hotel was built in the 1990s, and was until a few years ago an IHG property (as a Holiday Inn and then latterly as a Crowne Plaza). The hotel feels large and expansive, with a bright airy foyer area greeting guests and delegates. The meeting space is all located off the first floor (the same floor as reception, the restaurant and the bar), in a private section of the hotel. The meeting rooms feature secondary natural daylight, via skylights in the communal meetings foyer, which feels brighter than it sounds.The hotel is slap bang in the city centre, all of the sights are within a 5 minute walk. The bedrooms feel spacious while the restaurant can offer a semi-private dining area for groups.
The hotel has just undergone a refurbishment and feels spick and span, however the communal areas are still a little utilitarian, however the hotel are expecting to add some accents and colour to the property to add a little warmth. Although the hotel is in the city centre, and Cambridge does not have the best reputation for parking, the hotel actually has a private car park beneath the property in which they guarantee parking for guests.
Cambridge City Hotel
The Cambridge City Hotel was built in the 1990s, and was until a few years ago an IHG property (as a Holiday Inn and then latterly as a Crowne Plaza). The hotel feels large and expansive, with a bright airy foyer area greeting guests and delegates. The meeting space is all located off the first floor (the same floor as reception, the restaurant and the bar), in a private section of the hotel. The meeting rooms feature secondary natural daylight, via skylights in the communal meetings foyer, which feels brighter than it sounds.The hotel is slap bang in the city centre, all of the sights are within a 5 minute walk. The bedrooms feel spacious while the restaurant can offer a semi-private dining area for groups.
The hotel has just undergone a refurbishment and feels spick and span, however the communal areas are still a little utilitarian, however the hotel are expecting to add some accents and colour to the property to add a little warmth. Although the hotel is in the city centre, and Cambridge does not have the best reputation for parking, the hotel actually has a private car park beneath the property in which they guarantee parking for guests.
HOME, a creative arts hub formed by the merger of Manchester’s Library Theatre and Cornerhouse, is due to open on 21st May this year. The venue is located next door to the 4 star 208 bedroom Hotel Innside and is on First Street North site, just off Whitworth Street West. HOME includes a 450-seat theatre, a 150-seat flexible theatre space, a 500m2, 4 metre high flexible gallery space, 5 cinema screens and digital production and broadcast facilities. Additional spaces also include a contemporary function room and an outdoor terrace ideal for mid-size conferences.
Hilton already has hotels at several top UK sporting venues including Wembley, St George’s Park, Milton Keynes and the Ageas Bowl, which is due to open this year.
The new hotel will replace the Old Trafford Lodge, which is now 16 years old and will enhance the conference and event facilities including a 24 hour business centre, restaurant, bar, fitness centre and The Pavilion Pantry, which will serve snacks throughout the day.
Hilton already has hotels at several top UK sporting venues including Wembley, St George’s Park, Milton Keynes and the Ageas Bowl, which is due to open this year.
The new hotel will replace the Old Trafford Lodge, which is now 16 years old and will enhance the conference and event facilities including a 24 hour business centre, restaurant, bar, fitness centre and The Pavilion Pantry, which will serve snacks throughout the day.
Hilton already has hotels at several top UK sporting venues including Wembley, St George’s Park, Milton Keynes and the Ageas Bowl, which is due to open this year.
Hilton Worldwide will open a 150 bedroom Hilton Garden Inn at Lancashire County Cricket Club in 2017.
The new hotel will replace the Old Trafford Lodge, which is now 16 years old and will enhance the conference and event facilities including a 24 hour business centre, restaurant, bar, fitness centre and The Pavilion Pantry, which will serve snacks throughout the day.
Hilton already has hotels at several top UK sporting venues including Wembley, St George’s Park, Milton Keynes and the Ageas Bowl, which is due to open this year.
Emirates Old Trafford to get Hilton Hotel
Hilton Worldwide will open a 150 bedroom Hilton Garden Inn at Lancashire County Cricket Club in 2017.
The new hotel will replace the Old Trafford Lodge, which is now 16 years old and will enhance the conference and event facilities including a 24 hour business centre, restaurant, bar, fitness centre and The Pavilion Pantry, which will serve snacks throughout the day.
Hilton already has hotels at several top UK sporting venues including Wembley, St George’s Park, Milton Keynes and the Ageas Bowl, which is due to open this year.
The Conrad Istanbul has recently gone through a major renovation process and is now ready to welcome its esteemed guests. Complete with new name The Conrad Istanbul Bosphorus is nestled within walking distance of the shores of Bosphorus, featuring stunning panoramic views of the Asian side of Istanbul and the Old Town. The new guest rooms and suites are completely renewed combining contemporary design with enhanced services. The hotel now features a brand-new multi-function venue, Bosphorus Lounge, a welcome addition to the many other event spaces.
The new Clubhouse Suite at Leicester Tigers stadium is set to open open in January 2016 will add a touch of iconic design to the East Midlands venue and indeed the City itself. The Clubhouse Suite, forms part of an £8million investment in the redevelopment of the West side of the Leicester stadium. Construction will begin in May 2015 and will be completed in time for the start of the busy winter conference period. Already, the largest conference venue in the East Midlands, delegates will now be able to enjoy the new facilities adding to the huge existing space and flexibility, award winning catering, 40 separate meeting suites and the capacity for 1000 delegates. It will offer clients an additional dimension to their meeting needs. The Clubhouse Suite is also easy accessible from anywhere in the UK, and there is also complementary car parking for up to 200 cars.
The hotel works in partnership with Durham Cathedral, so they can organise special events/dinners at the Cathedral. They have recently upgraded their Wi-Fi to a high-speed wireless connection, this is complimentary in meeting spaces and their fitness centre has recently upgraded their gym equipment.
Radisson Blu Hotel Durham
The hotel works in partnership with Durham Cathedral, so they can organise special events/dinners at the Cathedral. They have recently upgraded their Wi-Fi to a high-speed wireless connection, this is complimentary in meeting spaces and their fitness centre has recently upgraded their gym equipment.
Radisson Blu Hotel Durham
The hotel works in partnership with Durham Cathedral, so they can organise special events/dinners at the Cathedral. They have recently upgraded their Wi-Fi to a high-speed wireless connection, this is complimentary in meeting spaces and their fitness centre has recently upgraded their gym equipment.
The meeting rooms are currently undergoing a refurbishment, expect bright “feature walls” in each meeting room! A refurbishment of the public areas is due to be completed by the end of March this year. There are 300 complimentary on-site car parking spaces
Radisson Blu Hotel Durham
The hotel works in partnership with Durham Cathedral, so they can organise special events/dinners at the Cathedral. They have recently upgraded their Wi-Fi to a high-speed wireless connection, this is complimentary in meeting spaces and their fitness centre has recently upgraded their gym equipment.
The meeting rooms are currently undergoing a refurbishment, expect bright “feature walls” in each meeting room! A refurbishment of the public areas is due to be completed by the end of March this year. There are 300 complimentary on-site car parking spaces
Radisson Blu Hotel Durham
The hotel works in partnership with Durham Cathedral, so they can organise special events/dinners at the Cathedral. They have recently upgraded their Wi-Fi to a high-speed wireless connection, this is complimentary in meeting spaces and their fitness centre has recently upgraded their gym equipment.
The meeting rooms are currently undergoing a refurbishment, expect bright “feature walls” in each meeting room! A refurbishment of the public areas is due to be completed by the end of March this year. There are 300 complimentary on-site car parking spaces
Radisson Blu Hotel Durham
The hotel works in partnership with Durham Cathedral, so they can organise special events/dinners at the Cathedral. They have recently upgraded their Wi-Fi to a high-speed wireless connection, this is complimentary in meeting spaces and their fitness centre has recently upgraded their gym equipment.
Park Inn Birmingham West
The meeting rooms are currently undergoing a refurbishment, expect bright “feature walls” in each meeting room! A refurbishment of the public areas is due to be completed by the end of March this year. There are 300 complimentary on-site car parking spaces
Radisson Blu Hotel Durham
The hotel works in partnership with Durham Cathedral, so they can organise special events/dinners at the Cathedral. They have recently upgraded their Wi-Fi to a high-speed wireless connection, this is complimentary in meeting spaces and their fitness centre has recently upgraded their gym equipment.
Park Inn Birmingham West
The meeting rooms are currently undergoing a refurbishment, expect bright “feature walls” in each meeting room! A refurbishment of the public areas is due to be completed by the end of March this year. There are 300 complimentary on-site car parking spaces
Radisson Blu Hotel Durham
The hotel works in partnership with Durham Cathedral, so they can organise special events/dinners at the Cathedral. They have recently upgraded their Wi-Fi to a high-speed wireless connection, this is complimentary in meeting spaces and their fitness centre has recently upgraded their gym equipment.
The hotel has just had a soft refurbishment of their 78 standard bedrooms. Adjacent to the hotel is the Portman Square Gardens, which is a grade 2 listing in the Register of Parks, this park is available for events for up to 600 people.
Park Inn Birmingham West
The meeting rooms are currently undergoing a refurbishment, expect bright “feature walls” in each meeting room! A refurbishment of the public areas is due to be completed by the end of March this year. There are 300 complimentary on-site car parking spaces
Radisson Blu Hotel Durham
The hotel works in partnership with Durham Cathedral, so they can organise special events/dinners at the Cathedral. They have recently upgraded their Wi-Fi to a high-speed wireless connection, this is complimentary in meeting spaces and their fitness centre has recently upgraded their gym equipment.
The hotel has just had a soft refurbishment of their 78 standard bedrooms. Adjacent to the hotel is the Portman Square Gardens, which is a grade 2 listing in the Register of Parks, this park is available for events for up to 600 people.
Park Inn Birmingham West
The meeting rooms are currently undergoing a refurbishment, expect bright “feature walls” in each meeting room! A refurbishment of the public areas is due to be completed by the end of March this year. There are 300 complimentary on-site car parking spaces
Radisson Blu Hotel Durham
The hotel works in partnership with Durham Cathedral, so they can organise special events/dinners at the Cathedral. They have recently upgraded their Wi-Fi to a high-speed wireless connection, this is complimentary in meeting spaces and their fitness centre has recently upgraded their gym equipment.
Radisson Blu Portman Hotel
The hotel has just had a soft refurbishment of their 78 standard bedrooms. Adjacent to the hotel is the Portman Square Gardens, which is a grade 2 listing in the Register of Parks, this park is available for events for up to 600 people.
Park Inn Birmingham West
The meeting rooms are currently undergoing a refurbishment, expect bright “feature walls” in each meeting room! A refurbishment of the public areas is due to be completed by the end of March this year. There are 300 complimentary on-site car parking spaces
Radisson Blu Hotel Durham
The hotel works in partnership with Durham Cathedral, so they can organise special events/dinners at the Cathedral. They have recently upgraded their Wi-Fi to a high-speed wireless connection, this is complimentary in meeting spaces and their fitness centre has recently upgraded their gym equipment.
Radisson and Park Inn Refurbishment News!
Radisson Blu Portman Hotel
The hotel has just had a soft refurbishment of their 78 standard bedrooms. Adjacent to the hotel is the Portman Square Gardens, which is a grade 2 listing in the Register of Parks, this park is available for events for up to 600 people.
Park Inn Birmingham West
The meeting rooms are currently undergoing a refurbishment, expect bright “feature walls” in each meeting room! A refurbishment of the public areas is due to be completed by the end of March this year. There are 300 complimentary on-site car parking spaces
Radisson Blu Hotel Durham
The hotel works in partnership with Durham Cathedral, so they can organise special events/dinners at the Cathedral. They have recently upgraded their Wi-Fi to a high-speed wireless connection, this is complimentary in meeting spaces and their fitness centre has recently upgraded their gym equipment.
Very impressive building and setting. It is a traditional hotel, with wood panneling and tapestries, terraces leading to gardens and views over the Sussex hills. The 12 meeting rooms are in one area of the hotel, on several floors, the largest takes 130 people on rounds. There is a new conference room, the Arundel, which has a fixed U-shaped table for 18 people. Tables in the Pass restaurant have views of the kitchen. It takes 32 for private hire.
There are bedrooms in the old part of the hotel and a newer wing. There is refurbishment going on at the moment. The head chef is Stephen Edwards, who won Masterchef in 2014, consequently the hotel is popular with leisure guests.
South Lodge
Very impressive building and setting. It is a traditional hotel, with wood panneling and tapestries, terraces leading to gardens and views over the Sussex hills. The 12 meeting rooms are in one area of the hotel, on several floors, the largest takes 130 people on rounds. There is a new conference room, the Arundel, which has a fixed U-shaped table for 18 people. Tables in the Pass restaurant have views of the kitchen. It takes 32 for private hire.
There are bedrooms in the old part of the hotel and a newer wing. There is refurbishment going on at the moment. The head chef is Stephen Edwards, who won Masterchef in 2014, consequently the hotel is popular with leisure guests.
South Lodge
Very impressive building and setting. It is a traditional hotel, with wood panneling and tapestries, terraces leading to gardens and views over the Sussex hills. The 12 meeting rooms are in one area of the hotel, on several floors, the largest takes 130 people on rounds. There is a new conference room, the Arundel, which has a fixed U-shaped table for 18 people. Tables in the Pass restaurant have views of the kitchen. It takes 32 for private hire.
There are bedrooms in the old part of the hotel and a newer wing. There is refurbishment going on at the moment. The head chef is Stephen Edwards, who won Masterchef in 2014, consequently the hotel is popular with leisure guests.
A good hotel for a regional meeting, without getting involved in the traffic of a town and plenty of free parking
South Lodge
Very impressive building and setting. It is a traditional hotel, with wood panneling and tapestries, terraces leading to gardens and views over the Sussex hills. The 12 meeting rooms are in one area of the hotel, on several floors, the largest takes 130 people on rounds. There is a new conference room, the Arundel, which has a fixed U-shaped table for 18 people. Tables in the Pass restaurant have views of the kitchen. It takes 32 for private hire.
There are bedrooms in the old part of the hotel and a newer wing. There is refurbishment going on at the moment. The head chef is Stephen Edwards, who won Masterchef in 2014, consequently the hotel is popular with leisure guests.
A 3* hotel that is better inside than it looks from the approach. The reception and meeting rooms are in the old part of the building and there is a newer wing with 54 bedrooms. The main meeting room is on the ground floor with access to a gravel garden, which can be used for breaks or lunch if the weather is good. There are two boardrooms in another area of the hotel on separate floors.
A good hotel for a regional meeting, without getting involved in the traffic of a town and plenty of free parking
South Lodge
Very impressive building and setting. It is a traditional hotel, with wood panneling and tapestries, terraces leading to gardens and views over the Sussex hills. The 12 meeting rooms are in one area of the hotel, on several floors, the largest takes 130 people on rounds. There is a new conference room, the Arundel, which has a fixed U-shaped table for 18 people. Tables in the Pass restaurant have views of the kitchen. It takes 32 for private hire.
There are bedrooms in the old part of the hotel and a newer wing. There is refurbishment going on at the moment. The head chef is Stephen Edwards, who won Masterchef in 2014, consequently the hotel is popular with leisure guests.
A 3* hotel that is better inside than it looks from the approach. The reception and meeting rooms are in the old part of the building and there is a newer wing with 54 bedrooms. The main meeting room is on the ground floor with access to a gravel garden, which can be used for breaks or lunch if the weather is good. There are two boardrooms in another area of the hotel on separate floors.
A good hotel for a regional meeting, without getting involved in the traffic of a town and plenty of free parking
South Lodge
Very impressive building and setting. It is a traditional hotel, with wood panneling and tapestries, terraces leading to gardens and views over the Sussex hills. The 12 meeting rooms are in one area of the hotel, on several floors, the largest takes 130 people on rounds. There is a new conference room, the Arundel, which has a fixed U-shaped table for 18 people. Tables in the Pass restaurant have views of the kitchen. It takes 32 for private hire.
There are bedrooms in the old part of the hotel and a newer wing. There is refurbishment going on at the moment. The head chef is Stephen Edwards, who won Masterchef in 2014, consequently the hotel is popular with leisure guests.
Hickstead Hotel
A 3* hotel that is better inside than it looks from the approach. The reception and meeting rooms are in the old part of the building and there is a newer wing with 54 bedrooms. The main meeting room is on the ground floor with access to a gravel garden, which can be used for breaks or lunch if the weather is good. There are two boardrooms in another area of the hotel on separate floors.
A good hotel for a regional meeting, without getting involved in the traffic of a town and plenty of free parking
South Lodge
Very impressive building and setting. It is a traditional hotel, with wood panneling and tapestries, terraces leading to gardens and views over the Sussex hills. The 12 meeting rooms are in one area of the hotel, on several floors, the largest takes 130 people on rounds. There is a new conference room, the Arundel, which has a fixed U-shaped table for 18 people. Tables in the Pass restaurant have views of the kitchen. It takes 32 for private hire.
There are bedrooms in the old part of the hotel and a newer wing. There is refurbishment going on at the moment. The head chef is Stephen Edwards, who won Masterchef in 2014, consequently the hotel is popular with leisure guests.
Hickstead Hotel
A 3* hotel that is better inside than it looks from the approach. The reception and meeting rooms are in the old part of the building and there is a newer wing with 54 bedrooms. The main meeting room is on the ground floor with access to a gravel garden, which can be used for breaks or lunch if the weather is good. There are two boardrooms in another area of the hotel on separate floors.
A good hotel for a regional meeting, without getting involved in the traffic of a town and plenty of free parking
South Lodge
Very impressive building and setting. It is a traditional hotel, with wood panneling and tapestries, terraces leading to gardens and views over the Sussex hills. The 12 meeting rooms are in one area of the hotel, on several floors, the largest takes 130 people on rounds. There is a new conference room, the Arundel, which has a fixed U-shaped table for 18 people. Tables in the Pass restaurant have views of the kitchen. It takes 32 for private hire.
There are bedrooms in the old part of the hotel and a newer wing. There is refurbishment going on at the moment. The head chef is Stephen Edwards, who won Masterchef in 2014, consequently the hotel is popular with leisure guests.
The decor of this venue is tired, however, they are about to start refurbishment which will take at least a year, so be completed by the end of 2015. The hotel has a large amount of meeting space, but only 122 bedrooms, so works with the Copthorne London Gatwick for overflow accommodation (3 mins by car)
Hickstead Hotel
A 3* hotel that is better inside than it looks from the approach. The reception and meeting rooms are in the old part of the building and there is a newer wing with 54 bedrooms. The main meeting room is on the ground floor with access to a gravel garden, which can be used for breaks or lunch if the weather is good. There are two boardrooms in another area of the hotel on separate floors.
A good hotel for a regional meeting, without getting involved in the traffic of a town and plenty of free parking
South Lodge
Very impressive building and setting. It is a traditional hotel, with wood panneling and tapestries, terraces leading to gardens and views over the Sussex hills. The 12 meeting rooms are in one area of the hotel, on several floors, the largest takes 130 people on rounds. There is a new conference room, the Arundel, which has a fixed U-shaped table for 18 people. Tables in the Pass restaurant have views of the kitchen. It takes 32 for private hire.
There are bedrooms in the old part of the hotel and a newer wing. There is refurbishment going on at the moment. The head chef is Stephen Edwards, who won Masterchef in 2014, consequently the hotel is popular with leisure guests.
The largest meeting room is an oval room with large windows either side and takes 650 people with stage and back projection. It is in a separate building, but opposite reception and with a walkway from the hotel on the 1st floor. There are no pillars and a high ceiling, so can be used as blank canvass space. The remaining smaller rooms are in different parts of the hotel. The Wellingtonia suite has been refurbished and consists of 4 joining rooms, with its own terrace overlooking the garden. This is a good training room or meeting room with breakouts. Lunch and breaks can be served there, so meetings can have their own private part of the hotel. The hotel is traditional in style. The club bedrooms have their own balconies.
The decor of this venue is tired, however, they are about to start refurbishment which will take at least a year, so be completed by the end of 2015. The hotel has a large amount of meeting space, but only 122 bedrooms, so works with the Copthorne London Gatwick for overflow accommodation (3 mins by car)
Hickstead Hotel
A 3* hotel that is better inside than it looks from the approach. The reception and meeting rooms are in the old part of the building and there is a newer wing with 54 bedrooms. The main meeting room is on the ground floor with access to a gravel garden, which can be used for breaks or lunch if the weather is good. There are two boardrooms in another area of the hotel on separate floors.
A good hotel for a regional meeting, without getting involved in the traffic of a town and plenty of free parking
South Lodge
Very impressive building and setting. It is a traditional hotel, with wood panneling and tapestries, terraces leading to gardens and views over the Sussex hills. The 12 meeting rooms are in one area of the hotel, on several floors, the largest takes 130 people on rounds. There is a new conference room, the Arundel, which has a fixed U-shaped table for 18 people. Tables in the Pass restaurant have views of the kitchen. It takes 32 for private hire.
There are bedrooms in the old part of the hotel and a newer wing. There is refurbishment going on at the moment. The head chef is Stephen Edwards, who won Masterchef in 2014, consequently the hotel is popular with leisure guests.
The largest meeting room is an oval room with large windows either side and takes 650 people with stage and back projection. It is in a separate building, but opposite reception and with a walkway from the hotel on the 1st floor. There are no pillars and a high ceiling, so can be used as blank canvass space. The remaining smaller rooms are in different parts of the hotel. The Wellingtonia suite has been refurbished and consists of 4 joining rooms, with its own terrace overlooking the garden. This is a good training room or meeting room with breakouts. Lunch and breaks can be served there, so meetings can have their own private part of the hotel. The hotel is traditional in style. The club bedrooms have their own balconies.
The decor of this venue is tired, however, they are about to start refurbishment which will take at least a year, so be completed by the end of 2015. The hotel has a large amount of meeting space, but only 122 bedrooms, so works with the Copthorne London Gatwick for overflow accommodation (3 mins by car)
Hickstead Hotel
A 3* hotel that is better inside than it looks from the approach. The reception and meeting rooms are in the old part of the building and there is a newer wing with 54 bedrooms. The main meeting room is on the ground floor with access to a gravel garden, which can be used for breaks or lunch if the weather is good. There are two boardrooms in another area of the hotel on separate floors.
A good hotel for a regional meeting, without getting involved in the traffic of a town and plenty of free parking
South Lodge
Very impressive building and setting. It is a traditional hotel, with wood panneling and tapestries, terraces leading to gardens and views over the Sussex hills. The 12 meeting rooms are in one area of the hotel, on several floors, the largest takes 130 people on rounds. There is a new conference room, the Arundel, which has a fixed U-shaped table for 18 people. Tables in the Pass restaurant have views of the kitchen. It takes 32 for private hire.
There are bedrooms in the old part of the hotel and a newer wing. There is refurbishment going on at the moment. The head chef is Stephen Edwards, who won Masterchef in 2014, consequently the hotel is popular with leisure guests.
Copthorne Effingham Gatwick
The largest meeting room is an oval room with large windows either side and takes 650 people with stage and back projection. It is in a separate building, but opposite reception and with a walkway from the hotel on the 1st floor. There are no pillars and a high ceiling, so can be used as blank canvass space. The remaining smaller rooms are in different parts of the hotel. The Wellingtonia suite has been refurbished and consists of 4 joining rooms, with its own terrace overlooking the garden. This is a good training room or meeting room with breakouts. Lunch and breaks can be served there, so meetings can have their own private part of the hotel. The hotel is traditional in style. The club bedrooms have their own balconies.
The decor of this venue is tired, however, they are about to start refurbishment which will take at least a year, so be completed by the end of 2015. The hotel has a large amount of meeting space, but only 122 bedrooms, so works with the Copthorne London Gatwick for overflow accommodation (3 mins by car)
Hickstead Hotel
A 3* hotel that is better inside than it looks from the approach. The reception and meeting rooms are in the old part of the building and there is a newer wing with 54 bedrooms. The main meeting room is on the ground floor with access to a gravel garden, which can be used for breaks or lunch if the weather is good. There are two boardrooms in another area of the hotel on separate floors.
A good hotel for a regional meeting, without getting involved in the traffic of a town and plenty of free parking
South Lodge
Very impressive building and setting. It is a traditional hotel, with wood panneling and tapestries, terraces leading to gardens and views over the Sussex hills. The 12 meeting rooms are in one area of the hotel, on several floors, the largest takes 130 people on rounds. There is a new conference room, the Arundel, which has a fixed U-shaped table for 18 people. Tables in the Pass restaurant have views of the kitchen. It takes 32 for private hire.
There are bedrooms in the old part of the hotel and a newer wing. There is refurbishment going on at the moment. The head chef is Stephen Edwards, who won Masterchef in 2014, consequently the hotel is popular with leisure guests.
Copthorne Effingham Gatwick
The largest meeting room is an oval room with large windows either side and takes 650 people with stage and back projection. It is in a separate building, but opposite reception and with a walkway from the hotel on the 1st floor. There are no pillars and a high ceiling, so can be used as blank canvass space. The remaining smaller rooms are in different parts of the hotel. The Wellingtonia suite has been refurbished and consists of 4 joining rooms, with its own terrace overlooking the garden. This is a good training room or meeting room with breakouts. Lunch and breaks can be served there, so meetings can have their own private part of the hotel. The hotel is traditional in style. The club bedrooms have their own balconies.
The decor of this venue is tired, however, they are about to start refurbishment which will take at least a year, so be completed by the end of 2015. The hotel has a large amount of meeting space, but only 122 bedrooms, so works with the Copthorne London Gatwick for overflow accommodation (3 mins by car)
Hickstead Hotel
A 3* hotel that is better inside than it looks from the approach. The reception and meeting rooms are in the old part of the building and there is a newer wing with 54 bedrooms. The main meeting room is on the ground floor with access to a gravel garden, which can be used for breaks or lunch if the weather is good. There are two boardrooms in another area of the hotel on separate floors.
A good hotel for a regional meeting, without getting involved in the traffic of a town and plenty of free parking
South Lodge
Very impressive building and setting. It is a traditional hotel, with wood panneling and tapestries, terraces leading to gardens and views over the Sussex hills. The 12 meeting rooms are in one area of the hotel, on several floors, the largest takes 130 people on rounds. There is a new conference room, the Arundel, which has a fixed U-shaped table for 18 people. Tables in the Pass restaurant have views of the kitchen. It takes 32 for private hire.
There are bedrooms in the old part of the hotel and a newer wing. There is refurbishment going on at the moment. The head chef is Stephen Edwards, who won Masterchef in 2014, consequently the hotel is popular with leisure guests.
Although there are 227 bedrooms the maximum size residential group is 100 people. The largest room can take 100 theatre style, but is more frequently used for dinners or weddings than meetings, as it has a bar in the corner and dance floor covered with carpet. It has pillars and the natural daylight is from a skylight which has a retractable blackout blind
Copthorne Effingham Gatwick
The largest meeting room is an oval room with large windows either side and takes 650 people with stage and back projection. It is in a separate building, but opposite reception and with a walkway from the hotel on the 1st floor. There are no pillars and a high ceiling, so can be used as blank canvass space. The remaining smaller rooms are in different parts of the hotel. The Wellingtonia suite has been refurbished and consists of 4 joining rooms, with its own terrace overlooking the garden. This is a good training room or meeting room with breakouts. Lunch and breaks can be served there, so meetings can have their own private part of the hotel. The hotel is traditional in style. The club bedrooms have their own balconies.
The decor of this venue is tired, however, they are about to start refurbishment which will take at least a year, so be completed by the end of 2015. The hotel has a large amount of meeting space, but only 122 bedrooms, so works with the Copthorne London Gatwick for overflow accommodation (3 mins by car)
Hickstead Hotel
A 3* hotel that is better inside than it looks from the approach. The reception and meeting rooms are in the old part of the building and there is a newer wing with 54 bedrooms. The main meeting room is on the ground floor with access to a gravel garden, which can be used for breaks or lunch if the weather is good. There are two boardrooms in another area of the hotel on separate floors.
A good hotel for a regional meeting, without getting involved in the traffic of a town and plenty of free parking
South Lodge
Very impressive building and setting. It is a traditional hotel, with wood panneling and tapestries, terraces leading to gardens and views over the Sussex hills. The 12 meeting rooms are in one area of the hotel, on several floors, the largest takes 130 people on rounds. There is a new conference room, the Arundel, which has a fixed U-shaped table for 18 people. Tables in the Pass restaurant have views of the kitchen. It takes 32 for private hire.
There are bedrooms in the old part of the hotel and a newer wing. There is refurbishment going on at the moment. The head chef is Stephen Edwards, who won Masterchef in 2014, consequently the hotel is popular with leisure guests.
This hotel is traditional in style and has recently been refurbished. It has some nice meeting rooms, with natural daylight and there are four dining outlets, so they can offer variation with lunches and dinners. The Lion d’Or a la carte restaurant has semi-private dining for 8 people. The garden is lovely and there is good outdoor space for breaks or BBQ.
Although there are 227 bedrooms the maximum size residential group is 100 people. The largest room can take 100 theatre style, but is more frequently used for dinners or weddings than meetings, as it has a bar in the corner and dance floor covered with carpet. It has pillars and the natural daylight is from a skylight which has a retractable blackout blind
Copthorne Effingham Gatwick
The largest meeting room is an oval room with large windows either side and takes 650 people with stage and back projection. It is in a separate building, but opposite reception and with a walkway from the hotel on the 1st floor. There are no pillars and a high ceiling, so can be used as blank canvass space. The remaining smaller rooms are in different parts of the hotel. The Wellingtonia suite has been refurbished and consists of 4 joining rooms, with its own terrace overlooking the garden. This is a good training room or meeting room with breakouts. Lunch and breaks can be served there, so meetings can have their own private part of the hotel. The hotel is traditional in style. The club bedrooms have their own balconies.
The decor of this venue is tired, however, they are about to start refurbishment which will take at least a year, so be completed by the end of 2015. The hotel has a large amount of meeting space, but only 122 bedrooms, so works with the Copthorne London Gatwick for overflow accommodation (3 mins by car)
Hickstead Hotel
A 3* hotel that is better inside than it looks from the approach. The reception and meeting rooms are in the old part of the building and there is a newer wing with 54 bedrooms. The main meeting room is on the ground floor with access to a gravel garden, which can be used for breaks or lunch if the weather is good. There are two boardrooms in another area of the hotel on separate floors.
A good hotel for a regional meeting, without getting involved in the traffic of a town and plenty of free parking
South Lodge
Very impressive building and setting. It is a traditional hotel, with wood panneling and tapestries, terraces leading to gardens and views over the Sussex hills. The 12 meeting rooms are in one area of the hotel, on several floors, the largest takes 130 people on rounds. There is a new conference room, the Arundel, which has a fixed U-shaped table for 18 people. Tables in the Pass restaurant have views of the kitchen. It takes 32 for private hire.
There are bedrooms in the old part of the hotel and a newer wing. There is refurbishment going on at the moment. The head chef is Stephen Edwards, who won Masterchef in 2014, consequently the hotel is popular with leisure guests.
This hotel is traditional in style and has recently been refurbished. It has some nice meeting rooms, with natural daylight and there are four dining outlets, so they can offer variation with lunches and dinners. The Lion d’Or a la carte restaurant has semi-private dining for 8 people. The garden is lovely and there is good outdoor space for breaks or BBQ.
Although there are 227 bedrooms the maximum size residential group is 100 people. The largest room can take 100 theatre style, but is more frequently used for dinners or weddings than meetings, as it has a bar in the corner and dance floor covered with carpet. It has pillars and the natural daylight is from a skylight which has a retractable blackout blind
Copthorne Effingham Gatwick
The largest meeting room is an oval room with large windows either side and takes 650 people with stage and back projection. It is in a separate building, but opposite reception and with a walkway from the hotel on the 1st floor. There are no pillars and a high ceiling, so can be used as blank canvass space. The remaining smaller rooms are in different parts of the hotel. The Wellingtonia suite has been refurbished and consists of 4 joining rooms, with its own terrace overlooking the garden. This is a good training room or meeting room with breakouts. Lunch and breaks can be served there, so meetings can have their own private part of the hotel. The hotel is traditional in style. The club bedrooms have their own balconies.
The decor of this venue is tired, however, they are about to start refurbishment which will take at least a year, so be completed by the end of 2015. The hotel has a large amount of meeting space, but only 122 bedrooms, so works with the Copthorne London Gatwick for overflow accommodation (3 mins by car)
Hickstead Hotel
A 3* hotel that is better inside than it looks from the approach. The reception and meeting rooms are in the old part of the building and there is a newer wing with 54 bedrooms. The main meeting room is on the ground floor with access to a gravel garden, which can be used for breaks or lunch if the weather is good. There are two boardrooms in another area of the hotel on separate floors.
A good hotel for a regional meeting, without getting involved in the traffic of a town and plenty of free parking
South Lodge
Very impressive building and setting. It is a traditional hotel, with wood panneling and tapestries, terraces leading to gardens and views over the Sussex hills. The 12 meeting rooms are in one area of the hotel, on several floors, the largest takes 130 people on rounds. There is a new conference room, the Arundel, which has a fixed U-shaped table for 18 people. Tables in the Pass restaurant have views of the kitchen. It takes 32 for private hire.
There are bedrooms in the old part of the hotel and a newer wing. There is refurbishment going on at the moment. The head chef is Stephen Edwards, who won Masterchef in 2014, consequently the hotel is popular with leisure guests.
Copthorne London Gatwick
This hotel is traditional in style and has recently been refurbished. It has some nice meeting rooms, with natural daylight and there are four dining outlets, so they can offer variation with lunches and dinners. The Lion d’Or a la carte restaurant has semi-private dining for 8 people. The garden is lovely and there is good outdoor space for breaks or BBQ.
Although there are 227 bedrooms the maximum size residential group is 100 people. The largest room can take 100 theatre style, but is more frequently used for dinners or weddings than meetings, as it has a bar in the corner and dance floor covered with carpet. It has pillars and the natural daylight is from a skylight which has a retractable blackout blind
Copthorne Effingham Gatwick
The largest meeting room is an oval room with large windows either side and takes 650 people with stage and back projection. It is in a separate building, but opposite reception and with a walkway from the hotel on the 1st floor. There are no pillars and a high ceiling, so can be used as blank canvass space. The remaining smaller rooms are in different parts of the hotel. The Wellingtonia suite has been refurbished and consists of 4 joining rooms, with its own terrace overlooking the garden. This is a good training room or meeting room with breakouts. Lunch and breaks can be served there, so meetings can have their own private part of the hotel. The hotel is traditional in style. The club bedrooms have their own balconies.
The decor of this venue is tired, however, they are about to start refurbishment which will take at least a year, so be completed by the end of 2015. The hotel has a large amount of meeting space, but only 122 bedrooms, so works with the Copthorne London Gatwick for overflow accommodation (3 mins by car)
Hickstead Hotel
A 3* hotel that is better inside than it looks from the approach. The reception and meeting rooms are in the old part of the building and there is a newer wing with 54 bedrooms. The main meeting room is on the ground floor with access to a gravel garden, which can be used for breaks or lunch if the weather is good. There are two boardrooms in another area of the hotel on separate floors.
A good hotel for a regional meeting, without getting involved in the traffic of a town and plenty of free parking
South Lodge
Very impressive building and setting. It is a traditional hotel, with wood panneling and tapestries, terraces leading to gardens and views over the Sussex hills. The 12 meeting rooms are in one area of the hotel, on several floors, the largest takes 130 people on rounds. There is a new conference room, the Arundel, which has a fixed U-shaped table for 18 people. Tables in the Pass restaurant have views of the kitchen. It takes 32 for private hire.
There are bedrooms in the old part of the hotel and a newer wing. There is refurbishment going on at the moment. The head chef is Stephen Edwards, who won Masterchef in 2014, consequently the hotel is popular with leisure guests.
Copthorne London Gatwick
This hotel is traditional in style and has recently been refurbished. It has some nice meeting rooms, with natural daylight and there are four dining outlets, so they can offer variation with lunches and dinners. The Lion d’Or a la carte restaurant has semi-private dining for 8 people. The garden is lovely and there is good outdoor space for breaks or BBQ.
Although there are 227 bedrooms the maximum size residential group is 100 people. The largest room can take 100 theatre style, but is more frequently used for dinners or weddings than meetings, as it has a bar in the corner and dance floor covered with carpet. It has pillars and the natural daylight is from a skylight which has a retractable blackout blind
Copthorne Effingham Gatwick
The largest meeting room is an oval room with large windows either side and takes 650 people with stage and back projection. It is in a separate building, but opposite reception and with a walkway from the hotel on the 1st floor. There are no pillars and a high ceiling, so can be used as blank canvass space. The remaining smaller rooms are in different parts of the hotel. The Wellingtonia suite has been refurbished and consists of 4 joining rooms, with its own terrace overlooking the garden. This is a good training room or meeting room with breakouts. Lunch and breaks can be served there, so meetings can have their own private part of the hotel. The hotel is traditional in style. The club bedrooms have their own balconies.
The decor of this venue is tired, however, they are about to start refurbishment which will take at least a year, so be completed by the end of 2015. The hotel has a large amount of meeting space, but only 122 bedrooms, so works with the Copthorne London Gatwick for overflow accommodation (3 mins by car)
Hickstead Hotel
A 3* hotel that is better inside than it looks from the approach. The reception and meeting rooms are in the old part of the building and there is a newer wing with 54 bedrooms. The main meeting room is on the ground floor with access to a gravel garden, which can be used for breaks or lunch if the weather is good. There are two boardrooms in another area of the hotel on separate floors.
A good hotel for a regional meeting, without getting involved in the traffic of a town and plenty of free parking
South Lodge
Very impressive building and setting. It is a traditional hotel, with wood panneling and tapestries, terraces leading to gardens and views over the Sussex hills. The 12 meeting rooms are in one area of the hotel, on several floors, the largest takes 130 people on rounds. There is a new conference room, the Arundel, which has a fixed U-shaped table for 18 people. Tables in the Pass restaurant have views of the kitchen. It takes 32 for private hire.
There are bedrooms in the old part of the hotel and a newer wing. There is refurbishment going on at the moment. The head chef is Stephen Edwards, who won Masterchef in 2014, consequently the hotel is popular with leisure guests.
There is a very interesting room on the lower ground floor, with daylight and its own entrance. It was used as an airline lounge and has a sunken seating area, fireplace, bar and room previously used for computers. It is flexible space and can be used for a completely private meeting, with dining in the same room, or parties, meetings with break out areas. The largest residential group that this hotel can take is 240/250 people.
Copthorne London Gatwick
This hotel is traditional in style and has recently been refurbished. It has some nice meeting rooms, with natural daylight and there are four dining outlets, so they can offer variation with lunches and dinners. The Lion d’Or a la carte restaurant has semi-private dining for 8 people. The garden is lovely and there is good outdoor space for breaks or BBQ.
Although there are 227 bedrooms the maximum size residential group is 100 people. The largest room can take 100 theatre style, but is more frequently used for dinners or weddings than meetings, as it has a bar in the corner and dance floor covered with carpet. It has pillars and the natural daylight is from a skylight which has a retractable blackout blind
Copthorne Effingham Gatwick
The largest meeting room is an oval room with large windows either side and takes 650 people with stage and back projection. It is in a separate building, but opposite reception and with a walkway from the hotel on the 1st floor. There are no pillars and a high ceiling, so can be used as blank canvass space. The remaining smaller rooms are in different parts of the hotel. The Wellingtonia suite has been refurbished and consists of 4 joining rooms, with its own terrace overlooking the garden. This is a good training room or meeting room with breakouts. Lunch and breaks can be served there, so meetings can have their own private part of the hotel. The hotel is traditional in style. The club bedrooms have their own balconies.
The decor of this venue is tired, however, they are about to start refurbishment which will take at least a year, so be completed by the end of 2015. The hotel has a large amount of meeting space, but only 122 bedrooms, so works with the Copthorne London Gatwick for overflow accommodation (3 mins by car)
Hickstead Hotel
A 3* hotel that is better inside than it looks from the approach. The reception and meeting rooms are in the old part of the building and there is a newer wing with 54 bedrooms. The main meeting room is on the ground floor with access to a gravel garden, which can be used for breaks or lunch if the weather is good. There are two boardrooms in another area of the hotel on separate floors.
A good hotel for a regional meeting, without getting involved in the traffic of a town and plenty of free parking
South Lodge
Very impressive building and setting. It is a traditional hotel, with wood panneling and tapestries, terraces leading to gardens and views over the Sussex hills. The 12 meeting rooms are in one area of the hotel, on several floors, the largest takes 130 people on rounds. There is a new conference room, the Arundel, which has a fixed U-shaped table for 18 people. Tables in the Pass restaurant have views of the kitchen. It takes 32 for private hire.
There are bedrooms in the old part of the hotel and a newer wing. There is refurbishment going on at the moment. The head chef is Stephen Edwards, who won Masterchef in 2014, consequently the hotel is popular with leisure guests.
This does not feel like an airport hotel. The entrance has a bright atrium and was quiet and calm on the day that I visited. The hotel has 518 bedrooms and 11 meeting rooms that can be divided into 14 smaller ones. There are lots of areas of casual seating areas and a bar which can be privatised or used as a casual break out area. The restaurant has two rosettes, has a private room for 42 or can be privatised for 100 people. The largest meeting room is on the ground floor with its own reception are and bar. This is the only room without natural daylight, the others have large windows or two have secondary light from the atrium, they were all bright with high ceilings.
There is a very interesting room on the lower ground floor, with daylight and its own entrance. It was used as an airline lounge and has a sunken seating area, fireplace, bar and room previously used for computers. It is flexible space and can be used for a completely private meeting, with dining in the same room, or parties, meetings with break out areas. The largest residential group that this hotel can take is 240/250 people.
Copthorne London Gatwick
This hotel is traditional in style and has recently been refurbished. It has some nice meeting rooms, with natural daylight and there are four dining outlets, so they can offer variation with lunches and dinners. The Lion d’Or a la carte restaurant has semi-private dining for 8 people. The garden is lovely and there is good outdoor space for breaks or BBQ.
Although there are 227 bedrooms the maximum size residential group is 100 people. The largest room can take 100 theatre style, but is more frequently used for dinners or weddings than meetings, as it has a bar in the corner and dance floor covered with carpet. It has pillars and the natural daylight is from a skylight which has a retractable blackout blind
Copthorne Effingham Gatwick
The largest meeting room is an oval room with large windows either side and takes 650 people with stage and back projection. It is in a separate building, but opposite reception and with a walkway from the hotel on the 1st floor. There are no pillars and a high ceiling, so can be used as blank canvass space. The remaining smaller rooms are in different parts of the hotel. The Wellingtonia suite has been refurbished and consists of 4 joining rooms, with its own terrace overlooking the garden. This is a good training room or meeting room with breakouts. Lunch and breaks can be served there, so meetings can have their own private part of the hotel. The hotel is traditional in style. The club bedrooms have their own balconies.
The decor of this venue is tired, however, they are about to start refurbishment which will take at least a year, so be completed by the end of 2015. The hotel has a large amount of meeting space, but only 122 bedrooms, so works with the Copthorne London Gatwick for overflow accommodation (3 mins by car)
Hickstead Hotel
A 3* hotel that is better inside than it looks from the approach. The reception and meeting rooms are in the old part of the building and there is a newer wing with 54 bedrooms. The main meeting room is on the ground floor with access to a gravel garden, which can be used for breaks or lunch if the weather is good. There are two boardrooms in another area of the hotel on separate floors.
A good hotel for a regional meeting, without getting involved in the traffic of a town and plenty of free parking
South Lodge
Very impressive building and setting. It is a traditional hotel, with wood panneling and tapestries, terraces leading to gardens and views over the Sussex hills. The 12 meeting rooms are in one area of the hotel, on several floors, the largest takes 130 people on rounds. There is a new conference room, the Arundel, which has a fixed U-shaped table for 18 people. Tables in the Pass restaurant have views of the kitchen. It takes 32 for private hire.
There are bedrooms in the old part of the hotel and a newer wing. There is refurbishment going on at the moment. The head chef is Stephen Edwards, who won Masterchef in 2014, consequently the hotel is popular with leisure guests.
This does not feel like an airport hotel. The entrance has a bright atrium and was quiet and calm on the day that I visited. The hotel has 518 bedrooms and 11 meeting rooms that can be divided into 14 smaller ones. There are lots of areas of casual seating areas and a bar which can be privatised or used as a casual break out area. The restaurant has two rosettes, has a private room for 42 or can be privatised for 100 people. The largest meeting room is on the ground floor with its own reception are and bar. This is the only room without natural daylight, the others have large windows or two have secondary light from the atrium, they were all bright with high ceilings.
There is a very interesting room on the lower ground floor, with daylight and its own entrance. It was used as an airline lounge and has a sunken seating area, fireplace, bar and room previously used for computers. It is flexible space and can be used for a completely private meeting, with dining in the same room, or parties, meetings with break out areas. The largest residential group that this hotel can take is 240/250 people.
Copthorne London Gatwick
This hotel is traditional in style and has recently been refurbished. It has some nice meeting rooms, with natural daylight and there are four dining outlets, so they can offer variation with lunches and dinners. The Lion d’Or a la carte restaurant has semi-private dining for 8 people. The garden is lovely and there is good outdoor space for breaks or BBQ.
Although there are 227 bedrooms the maximum size residential group is 100 people. The largest room can take 100 theatre style, but is more frequently used for dinners or weddings than meetings, as it has a bar in the corner and dance floor covered with carpet. It has pillars and the natural daylight is from a skylight which has a retractable blackout blind
Copthorne Effingham Gatwick
The largest meeting room is an oval room with large windows either side and takes 650 people with stage and back projection. It is in a separate building, but opposite reception and with a walkway from the hotel on the 1st floor. There are no pillars and a high ceiling, so can be used as blank canvass space. The remaining smaller rooms are in different parts of the hotel. The Wellingtonia suite has been refurbished and consists of 4 joining rooms, with its own terrace overlooking the garden. This is a good training room or meeting room with breakouts. Lunch and breaks can be served there, so meetings can have their own private part of the hotel. The hotel is traditional in style. The club bedrooms have their own balconies.
The decor of this venue is tired, however, they are about to start refurbishment which will take at least a year, so be completed by the end of 2015. The hotel has a large amount of meeting space, but only 122 bedrooms, so works with the Copthorne London Gatwick for overflow accommodation (3 mins by car)
Hickstead Hotel
A 3* hotel that is better inside than it looks from the approach. The reception and meeting rooms are in the old part of the building and there is a newer wing with 54 bedrooms. The main meeting room is on the ground floor with access to a gravel garden, which can be used for breaks or lunch if the weather is good. There are two boardrooms in another area of the hotel on separate floors.
A good hotel for a regional meeting, without getting involved in the traffic of a town and plenty of free parking
South Lodge
Very impressive building and setting. It is a traditional hotel, with wood panneling and tapestries, terraces leading to gardens and views over the Sussex hills. The 12 meeting rooms are in one area of the hotel, on several floors, the largest takes 130 people on rounds. There is a new conference room, the Arundel, which has a fixed U-shaped table for 18 people. Tables in the Pass restaurant have views of the kitchen. It takes 32 for private hire.
There are bedrooms in the old part of the hotel and a newer wing. There is refurbishment going on at the moment. The head chef is Stephen Edwards, who won Masterchef in 2014, consequently the hotel is popular with leisure guests.
Sofitel London Gatwick
This does not feel like an airport hotel. The entrance has a bright atrium and was quiet and calm on the day that I visited. The hotel has 518 bedrooms and 11 meeting rooms that can be divided into 14 smaller ones. There are lots of areas of casual seating areas and a bar which can be privatised or used as a casual break out area. The restaurant has two rosettes, has a private room for 42 or can be privatised for 100 people. The largest meeting room is on the ground floor with its own reception are and bar. This is the only room without natural daylight, the others have large windows or two have secondary light from the atrium, they were all bright with high ceilings.
There is a very interesting room on the lower ground floor, with daylight and its own entrance. It was used as an airline lounge and has a sunken seating area, fireplace, bar and room previously used for computers. It is flexible space and can be used for a completely private meeting, with dining in the same room, or parties, meetings with break out areas. The largest residential group that this hotel can take is 240/250 people.
Copthorne London Gatwick
This hotel is traditional in style and has recently been refurbished. It has some nice meeting rooms, with natural daylight and there are four dining outlets, so they can offer variation with lunches and dinners. The Lion d’Or a la carte restaurant has semi-private dining for 8 people. The garden is lovely and there is good outdoor space for breaks or BBQ.
Although there are 227 bedrooms the maximum size residential group is 100 people. The largest room can take 100 theatre style, but is more frequently used for dinners or weddings than meetings, as it has a bar in the corner and dance floor covered with carpet. It has pillars and the natural daylight is from a skylight which has a retractable blackout blind
Copthorne Effingham Gatwick
The largest meeting room is an oval room with large windows either side and takes 650 people with stage and back projection. It is in a separate building, but opposite reception and with a walkway from the hotel on the 1st floor. There are no pillars and a high ceiling, so can be used as blank canvass space. The remaining smaller rooms are in different parts of the hotel. The Wellingtonia suite has been refurbished and consists of 4 joining rooms, with its own terrace overlooking the garden. This is a good training room or meeting room with breakouts. Lunch and breaks can be served there, so meetings can have their own private part of the hotel. The hotel is traditional in style. The club bedrooms have their own balconies.
The decor of this venue is tired, however, they are about to start refurbishment which will take at least a year, so be completed by the end of 2015. The hotel has a large amount of meeting space, but only 122 bedrooms, so works with the Copthorne London Gatwick for overflow accommodation (3 mins by car)
Hickstead Hotel
A 3* hotel that is better inside than it looks from the approach. The reception and meeting rooms are in the old part of the building and there is a newer wing with 54 bedrooms. The main meeting room is on the ground floor with access to a gravel garden, which can be used for breaks or lunch if the weather is good. There are two boardrooms in another area of the hotel on separate floors.
A good hotel for a regional meeting, without getting involved in the traffic of a town and plenty of free parking
South Lodge
Very impressive building and setting. It is a traditional hotel, with wood panneling and tapestries, terraces leading to gardens and views over the Sussex hills. The 12 meeting rooms are in one area of the hotel, on several floors, the largest takes 130 people on rounds. There is a new conference room, the Arundel, which has a fixed U-shaped table for 18 people. Tables in the Pass restaurant have views of the kitchen. It takes 32 for private hire.
There are bedrooms in the old part of the hotel and a newer wing. There is refurbishment going on at the moment. The head chef is Stephen Edwards, who won Masterchef in 2014, consequently the hotel is popular with leisure guests.
Sofitel London Gatwick
This does not feel like an airport hotel. The entrance has a bright atrium and was quiet and calm on the day that I visited. The hotel has 518 bedrooms and 11 meeting rooms that can be divided into 14 smaller ones. There are lots of areas of casual seating areas and a bar which can be privatised or used as a casual break out area. The restaurant has two rosettes, has a private room for 42 or can be privatised for 100 people. The largest meeting room is on the ground floor with its own reception are and bar. This is the only room without natural daylight, the others have large windows or two have secondary light from the atrium, they were all bright with high ceilings.
There is a very interesting room on the lower ground floor, with daylight and its own entrance. It was used as an airline lounge and has a sunken seating area, fireplace, bar and room previously used for computers. It is flexible space and can be used for a completely private meeting, with dining in the same room, or parties, meetings with break out areas. The largest residential group that this hotel can take is 240/250 people.
Copthorne London Gatwick
This hotel is traditional in style and has recently been refurbished. It has some nice meeting rooms, with natural daylight and there are four dining outlets, so they can offer variation with lunches and dinners. The Lion d’Or a la carte restaurant has semi-private dining for 8 people. The garden is lovely and there is good outdoor space for breaks or BBQ.
Although there are 227 bedrooms the maximum size residential group is 100 people. The largest room can take 100 theatre style, but is more frequently used for dinners or weddings than meetings, as it has a bar in the corner and dance floor covered with carpet. It has pillars and the natural daylight is from a skylight which has a retractable blackout blind
Copthorne Effingham Gatwick
The largest meeting room is an oval room with large windows either side and takes 650 people with stage and back projection. It is in a separate building, but opposite reception and with a walkway from the hotel on the 1st floor. There are no pillars and a high ceiling, so can be used as blank canvass space. The remaining smaller rooms are in different parts of the hotel. The Wellingtonia suite has been refurbished and consists of 4 joining rooms, with its own terrace overlooking the garden. This is a good training room or meeting room with breakouts. Lunch and breaks can be served there, so meetings can have their own private part of the hotel. The hotel is traditional in style. The club bedrooms have their own balconies.
The decor of this venue is tired, however, they are about to start refurbishment which will take at least a year, so be completed by the end of 2015. The hotel has a large amount of meeting space, but only 122 bedrooms, so works with the Copthorne London Gatwick for overflow accommodation (3 mins by car)
Hickstead Hotel
A 3* hotel that is better inside than it looks from the approach. The reception and meeting rooms are in the old part of the building and there is a newer wing with 54 bedrooms. The main meeting room is on the ground floor with access to a gravel garden, which can be used for breaks or lunch if the weather is good. There are two boardrooms in another area of the hotel on separate floors.
A good hotel for a regional meeting, without getting involved in the traffic of a town and plenty of free parking
South Lodge
Very impressive building and setting. It is a traditional hotel, with wood panneling and tapestries, terraces leading to gardens and views over the Sussex hills. The 12 meeting rooms are in one area of the hotel, on several floors, the largest takes 130 people on rounds. There is a new conference room, the Arundel, which has a fixed U-shaped table for 18 people. Tables in the Pass restaurant have views of the kitchen. It takes 32 for private hire.
There are bedrooms in the old part of the hotel and a newer wing. There is refurbishment going on at the moment. The head chef is Stephen Edwards, who won Masterchef in 2014, consequently the hotel is popular with leisure guests.
This is probably the best management training centre that I have visited. The environment was very pleasant and conducive to work. As it is not a hotel there is never an overlap with leisure guests. The staff were very welcoming and efficient and gave me an excellent sandwich lunch, with very fresh ingredients. If there is a large meeting and extra accommodation is needed, they use the Arora Gatwick.
Sofitel London Gatwick
This does not feel like an airport hotel. The entrance has a bright atrium and was quiet and calm on the day that I visited. The hotel has 518 bedrooms and 11 meeting rooms that can be divided into 14 smaller ones. There are lots of areas of casual seating areas and a bar which can be privatised or used as a casual break out area. The restaurant has two rosettes, has a private room for 42 or can be privatised for 100 people. The largest meeting room is on the ground floor with its own reception are and bar. This is the only room without natural daylight, the others have large windows or two have secondary light from the atrium, they were all bright with high ceilings.
There is a very interesting room on the lower ground floor, with daylight and its own entrance. It was used as an airline lounge and has a sunken seating area, fireplace, bar and room previously used for computers. It is flexible space and can be used for a completely private meeting, with dining in the same room, or parties, meetings with break out areas. The largest residential group that this hotel can take is 240/250 people.
Copthorne London Gatwick
This hotel is traditional in style and has recently been refurbished. It has some nice meeting rooms, with natural daylight and there are four dining outlets, so they can offer variation with lunches and dinners. The Lion d’Or a la carte restaurant has semi-private dining for 8 people. The garden is lovely and there is good outdoor space for breaks or BBQ.
Although there are 227 bedrooms the maximum size residential group is 100 people. The largest room can take 100 theatre style, but is more frequently used for dinners or weddings than meetings, as it has a bar in the corner and dance floor covered with carpet. It has pillars and the natural daylight is from a skylight which has a retractable blackout blind
Copthorne Effingham Gatwick
The largest meeting room is an oval room with large windows either side and takes 650 people with stage and back projection. It is in a separate building, but opposite reception and with a walkway from the hotel on the 1st floor. There are no pillars and a high ceiling, so can be used as blank canvass space. The remaining smaller rooms are in different parts of the hotel. The Wellingtonia suite has been refurbished and consists of 4 joining rooms, with its own terrace overlooking the garden. This is a good training room or meeting room with breakouts. Lunch and breaks can be served there, so meetings can have their own private part of the hotel. The hotel is traditional in style. The club bedrooms have their own balconies.
The decor of this venue is tired, however, they are about to start refurbishment which will take at least a year, so be completed by the end of 2015. The hotel has a large amount of meeting space, but only 122 bedrooms, so works with the Copthorne London Gatwick for overflow accommodation (3 mins by car)
Hickstead Hotel
A 3* hotel that is better inside than it looks from the approach. The reception and meeting rooms are in the old part of the building and there is a newer wing with 54 bedrooms. The main meeting room is on the ground floor with access to a gravel garden, which can be used for breaks or lunch if the weather is good. There are two boardrooms in another area of the hotel on separate floors.
A good hotel for a regional meeting, without getting involved in the traffic of a town and plenty of free parking
South Lodge
Very impressive building and setting. It is a traditional hotel, with wood panneling and tapestries, terraces leading to gardens and views over the Sussex hills. The 12 meeting rooms are in one area of the hotel, on several floors, the largest takes 130 people on rounds. There is a new conference room, the Arundel, which has a fixed U-shaped table for 18 people. Tables in the Pass restaurant have views of the kitchen. It takes 32 for private hire.
There are bedrooms in the old part of the hotel and a newer wing. There is refurbishment going on at the moment. The head chef is Stephen Edwards, who won Masterchef in 2014, consequently the hotel is popular with leisure guests.
I really enjoyed my visit to this management training centre. it is 5 minutes from the M23, just south of Gatwick. It is modern, bright and welcoming – a great place to have a meeting, conference or training event. It is not open to the public, so the clients are only there to work. Roffey is set in 40 acres of grounds and backs on to forest so it is peaceful and you have a feeling of space. There are paths around the grounds, lots of seating and areas for team building. It has a lovely indoor pool or you can borrow a bike to get some exercise. All meeting rooms are light and airy with natural daylight and all rooms on the ground floor open to the garden, so they have their own outside area. There are two restaurants which can be open, secluded or have private areas. There are 60 bedrooms, 10 of which are twins, in one wing of the property. They are plain, so designed for work, but have everything you need.
This is probably the best management training centre that I have visited. The environment was very pleasant and conducive to work. As it is not a hotel there is never an overlap with leisure guests. The staff were very welcoming and efficient and gave me an excellent sandwich lunch, with very fresh ingredients. If there is a large meeting and extra accommodation is needed, they use the Arora Gatwick.
Sofitel London Gatwick
This does not feel like an airport hotel. The entrance has a bright atrium and was quiet and calm on the day that I visited. The hotel has 518 bedrooms and 11 meeting rooms that can be divided into 14 smaller ones. There are lots of areas of casual seating areas and a bar which can be privatised or used as a casual break out area. The restaurant has two rosettes, has a private room for 42 or can be privatised for 100 people. The largest meeting room is on the ground floor with its own reception are and bar. This is the only room without natural daylight, the others have large windows or two have secondary light from the atrium, they were all bright with high ceilings.
There is a very interesting room on the lower ground floor, with daylight and its own entrance. It was used as an airline lounge and has a sunken seating area, fireplace, bar and room previously used for computers. It is flexible space and can be used for a completely private meeting, with dining in the same room, or parties, meetings with break out areas. The largest residential group that this hotel can take is 240/250 people.
Copthorne London Gatwick
This hotel is traditional in style and has recently been refurbished. It has some nice meeting rooms, with natural daylight and there are four dining outlets, so they can offer variation with lunches and dinners. The Lion d’Or a la carte restaurant has semi-private dining for 8 people. The garden is lovely and there is good outdoor space for breaks or BBQ.
Although there are 227 bedrooms the maximum size residential group is 100 people. The largest room can take 100 theatre style, but is more frequently used for dinners or weddings than meetings, as it has a bar in the corner and dance floor covered with carpet. It has pillars and the natural daylight is from a skylight which has a retractable blackout blind
Copthorne Effingham Gatwick
The largest meeting room is an oval room with large windows either side and takes 650 people with stage and back projection. It is in a separate building, but opposite reception and with a walkway from the hotel on the 1st floor. There are no pillars and a high ceiling, so can be used as blank canvass space. The remaining smaller rooms are in different parts of the hotel. The Wellingtonia suite has been refurbished and consists of 4 joining rooms, with its own terrace overlooking the garden. This is a good training room or meeting room with breakouts. Lunch and breaks can be served there, so meetings can have their own private part of the hotel. The hotel is traditional in style. The club bedrooms have their own balconies.
The decor of this venue is tired, however, they are about to start refurbishment which will take at least a year, so be completed by the end of 2015. The hotel has a large amount of meeting space, but only 122 bedrooms, so works with the Copthorne London Gatwick for overflow accommodation (3 mins by car)
Hickstead Hotel
A 3* hotel that is better inside than it looks from the approach. The reception and meeting rooms are in the old part of the building and there is a newer wing with 54 bedrooms. The main meeting room is on the ground floor with access to a gravel garden, which can be used for breaks or lunch if the weather is good. There are two boardrooms in another area of the hotel on separate floors.
A good hotel for a regional meeting, without getting involved in the traffic of a town and plenty of free parking
South Lodge
Very impressive building and setting. It is a traditional hotel, with wood panneling and tapestries, terraces leading to gardens and views over the Sussex hills. The 12 meeting rooms are in one area of the hotel, on several floors, the largest takes 130 people on rounds. There is a new conference room, the Arundel, which has a fixed U-shaped table for 18 people. Tables in the Pass restaurant have views of the kitchen. It takes 32 for private hire.
There are bedrooms in the old part of the hotel and a newer wing. There is refurbishment going on at the moment. The head chef is Stephen Edwards, who won Masterchef in 2014, consequently the hotel is popular with leisure guests.
I really enjoyed my visit to this management training centre. it is 5 minutes from the M23, just south of Gatwick. It is modern, bright and welcoming – a great place to have a meeting, conference or training event. It is not open to the public, so the clients are only there to work. Roffey is set in 40 acres of grounds and backs on to forest so it is peaceful and you have a feeling of space. There are paths around the grounds, lots of seating and areas for team building. It has a lovely indoor pool or you can borrow a bike to get some exercise. All meeting rooms are light and airy with natural daylight and all rooms on the ground floor open to the garden, so they have their own outside area. There are two restaurants which can be open, secluded or have private areas. There are 60 bedrooms, 10 of which are twins, in one wing of the property. They are plain, so designed for work, but have everything you need.
This is probably the best management training centre that I have visited. The environment was very pleasant and conducive to work. As it is not a hotel there is never an overlap with leisure guests. The staff were very welcoming and efficient and gave me an excellent sandwich lunch, with very fresh ingredients. If there is a large meeting and extra accommodation is needed, they use the Arora Gatwick.
Sofitel London Gatwick
This does not feel like an airport hotel. The entrance has a bright atrium and was quiet and calm on the day that I visited. The hotel has 518 bedrooms and 11 meeting rooms that can be divided into 14 smaller ones. There are lots of areas of casual seating areas and a bar which can be privatised or used as a casual break out area. The restaurant has two rosettes, has a private room for 42 or can be privatised for 100 people. The largest meeting room is on the ground floor with its own reception are and bar. This is the only room without natural daylight, the others have large windows or two have secondary light from the atrium, they were all bright with high ceilings.
There is a very interesting room on the lower ground floor, with daylight and its own entrance. It was used as an airline lounge and has a sunken seating area, fireplace, bar and room previously used for computers. It is flexible space and can be used for a completely private meeting, with dining in the same room, or parties, meetings with break out areas. The largest residential group that this hotel can take is 240/250 people.
Copthorne London Gatwick
This hotel is traditional in style and has recently been refurbished. It has some nice meeting rooms, with natural daylight and there are four dining outlets, so they can offer variation with lunches and dinners. The Lion d’Or a la carte restaurant has semi-private dining for 8 people. The garden is lovely and there is good outdoor space for breaks or BBQ.
Although there are 227 bedrooms the maximum size residential group is 100 people. The largest room can take 100 theatre style, but is more frequently used for dinners or weddings than meetings, as it has a bar in the corner and dance floor covered with carpet. It has pillars and the natural daylight is from a skylight which has a retractable blackout blind
Copthorne Effingham Gatwick
The largest meeting room is an oval room with large windows either side and takes 650 people with stage and back projection. It is in a separate building, but opposite reception and with a walkway from the hotel on the 1st floor. There are no pillars and a high ceiling, so can be used as blank canvass space. The remaining smaller rooms are in different parts of the hotel. The Wellingtonia suite has been refurbished and consists of 4 joining rooms, with its own terrace overlooking the garden. This is a good training room or meeting room with breakouts. Lunch and breaks can be served there, so meetings can have their own private part of the hotel. The hotel is traditional in style. The club bedrooms have their own balconies.
The decor of this venue is tired, however, they are about to start refurbishment which will take at least a year, so be completed by the end of 2015. The hotel has a large amount of meeting space, but only 122 bedrooms, so works with the Copthorne London Gatwick for overflow accommodation (3 mins by car)
Hickstead Hotel
A 3* hotel that is better inside than it looks from the approach. The reception and meeting rooms are in the old part of the building and there is a newer wing with 54 bedrooms. The main meeting room is on the ground floor with access to a gravel garden, which can be used for breaks or lunch if the weather is good. There are two boardrooms in another area of the hotel on separate floors.
A good hotel for a regional meeting, without getting involved in the traffic of a town and plenty of free parking
South Lodge
Very impressive building and setting. It is a traditional hotel, with wood panneling and tapestries, terraces leading to gardens and views over the Sussex hills. The 12 meeting rooms are in one area of the hotel, on several floors, the largest takes 130 people on rounds. There is a new conference room, the Arundel, which has a fixed U-shaped table for 18 people. Tables in the Pass restaurant have views of the kitchen. It takes 32 for private hire.
There are bedrooms in the old part of the hotel and a newer wing. There is refurbishment going on at the moment. The head chef is Stephen Edwards, who won Masterchef in 2014, consequently the hotel is popular with leisure guests.
Roffey Park
I really enjoyed my visit to this management training centre. it is 5 minutes from the M23, just south of Gatwick. It is modern, bright and welcoming – a great place to have a meeting, conference or training event. It is not open to the public, so the clients are only there to work. Roffey is set in 40 acres of grounds and backs on to forest so it is peaceful and you have a feeling of space. There are paths around the grounds, lots of seating and areas for team building. It has a lovely indoor pool or you can borrow a bike to get some exercise. All meeting rooms are light and airy with natural daylight and all rooms on the ground floor open to the garden, so they have their own outside area. There are two restaurants which can be open, secluded or have private areas. There are 60 bedrooms, 10 of which are twins, in one wing of the property. They are plain, so designed for work, but have everything you need.
This is probably the best management training centre that I have visited. The environment was very pleasant and conducive to work. As it is not a hotel there is never an overlap with leisure guests. The staff were very welcoming and efficient and gave me an excellent sandwich lunch, with very fresh ingredients. If there is a large meeting and extra accommodation is needed, they use the Arora Gatwick.
Sofitel London Gatwick
This does not feel like an airport hotel. The entrance has a bright atrium and was quiet and calm on the day that I visited. The hotel has 518 bedrooms and 11 meeting rooms that can be divided into 14 smaller ones. There are lots of areas of casual seating areas and a bar which can be privatised or used as a casual break out area. The restaurant has two rosettes, has a private room for 42 or can be privatised for 100 people. The largest meeting room is on the ground floor with its own reception are and bar. This is the only room without natural daylight, the others have large windows or two have secondary light from the atrium, they were all bright with high ceilings.
There is a very interesting room on the lower ground floor, with daylight and its own entrance. It was used as an airline lounge and has a sunken seating area, fireplace, bar and room previously used for computers. It is flexible space and can be used for a completely private meeting, with dining in the same room, or parties, meetings with break out areas. The largest residential group that this hotel can take is 240/250 people.
Copthorne London Gatwick
This hotel is traditional in style and has recently been refurbished. It has some nice meeting rooms, with natural daylight and there are four dining outlets, so they can offer variation with lunches and dinners. The Lion d’Or a la carte restaurant has semi-private dining for 8 people. The garden is lovely and there is good outdoor space for breaks or BBQ.
Although there are 227 bedrooms the maximum size residential group is 100 people. The largest room can take 100 theatre style, but is more frequently used for dinners or weddings than meetings, as it has a bar in the corner and dance floor covered with carpet. It has pillars and the natural daylight is from a skylight which has a retractable blackout blind
Copthorne Effingham Gatwick
The largest meeting room is an oval room with large windows either side and takes 650 people with stage and back projection. It is in a separate building, but opposite reception and with a walkway from the hotel on the 1st floor. There are no pillars and a high ceiling, so can be used as blank canvass space. The remaining smaller rooms are in different parts of the hotel. The Wellingtonia suite has been refurbished and consists of 4 joining rooms, with its own terrace overlooking the garden. This is a good training room or meeting room with breakouts. Lunch and breaks can be served there, so meetings can have their own private part of the hotel. The hotel is traditional in style. The club bedrooms have their own balconies.
The decor of this venue is tired, however, they are about to start refurbishment which will take at least a year, so be completed by the end of 2015. The hotel has a large amount of meeting space, but only 122 bedrooms, so works with the Copthorne London Gatwick for overflow accommodation (3 mins by car)
Hickstead Hotel
A 3* hotel that is better inside than it looks from the approach. The reception and meeting rooms are in the old part of the building and there is a newer wing with 54 bedrooms. The main meeting room is on the ground floor with access to a gravel garden, which can be used for breaks or lunch if the weather is good. There are two boardrooms in another area of the hotel on separate floors.
A good hotel for a regional meeting, without getting involved in the traffic of a town and plenty of free parking
South Lodge
Very impressive building and setting. It is a traditional hotel, with wood panneling and tapestries, terraces leading to gardens and views over the Sussex hills. The 12 meeting rooms are in one area of the hotel, on several floors, the largest takes 130 people on rounds. There is a new conference room, the Arundel, which has a fixed U-shaped table for 18 people. Tables in the Pass restaurant have views of the kitchen. It takes 32 for private hire.
There are bedrooms in the old part of the hotel and a newer wing. There is refurbishment going on at the moment. The head chef is Stephen Edwards, who won Masterchef in 2014, consequently the hotel is popular with leisure guests.
Roffey Park
I really enjoyed my visit to this management training centre. it is 5 minutes from the M23, just south of Gatwick. It is modern, bright and welcoming – a great place to have a meeting, conference or training event. It is not open to the public, so the clients are only there to work. Roffey is set in 40 acres of grounds and backs on to forest so it is peaceful and you have a feeling of space. There are paths around the grounds, lots of seating and areas for team building. It has a lovely indoor pool or you can borrow a bike to get some exercise. All meeting rooms are light and airy with natural daylight and all rooms on the ground floor open to the garden, so they have their own outside area. There are two restaurants which can be open, secluded or have private areas. There are 60 bedrooms, 10 of which are twins, in one wing of the property. They are plain, so designed for work, but have everything you need.
This is probably the best management training centre that I have visited. The environment was very pleasant and conducive to work. As it is not a hotel there is never an overlap with leisure guests. The staff were very welcoming and efficient and gave me an excellent sandwich lunch, with very fresh ingredients. If there is a large meeting and extra accommodation is needed, they use the Arora Gatwick.
Sofitel London Gatwick
This does not feel like an airport hotel. The entrance has a bright atrium and was quiet and calm on the day that I visited. The hotel has 518 bedrooms and 11 meeting rooms that can be divided into 14 smaller ones. There are lots of areas of casual seating areas and a bar which can be privatised or used as a casual break out area. The restaurant has two rosettes, has a private room for 42 or can be privatised for 100 people. The largest meeting room is on the ground floor with its own reception are and bar. This is the only room without natural daylight, the others have large windows or two have secondary light from the atrium, they were all bright with high ceilings.
There is a very interesting room on the lower ground floor, with daylight and its own entrance. It was used as an airline lounge and has a sunken seating area, fireplace, bar and room previously used for computers. It is flexible space and can be used for a completely private meeting, with dining in the same room, or parties, meetings with break out areas. The largest residential group that this hotel can take is 240/250 people.
Copthorne London Gatwick
This hotel is traditional in style and has recently been refurbished. It has some nice meeting rooms, with natural daylight and there are four dining outlets, so they can offer variation with lunches and dinners. The Lion d’Or a la carte restaurant has semi-private dining for 8 people. The garden is lovely and there is good outdoor space for breaks or BBQ.
Although there are 227 bedrooms the maximum size residential group is 100 people. The largest room can take 100 theatre style, but is more frequently used for dinners or weddings than meetings, as it has a bar in the corner and dance floor covered with carpet. It has pillars and the natural daylight is from a skylight which has a retractable blackout blind
Copthorne Effingham Gatwick
The largest meeting room is an oval room with large windows either side and takes 650 people with stage and back projection. It is in a separate building, but opposite reception and with a walkway from the hotel on the 1st floor. There are no pillars and a high ceiling, so can be used as blank canvass space. The remaining smaller rooms are in different parts of the hotel. The Wellingtonia suite has been refurbished and consists of 4 joining rooms, with its own terrace overlooking the garden. This is a good training room or meeting room with breakouts. Lunch and breaks can be served there, so meetings can have their own private part of the hotel. The hotel is traditional in style. The club bedrooms have their own balconies.
The decor of this venue is tired, however, they are about to start refurbishment which will take at least a year, so be completed by the end of 2015. The hotel has a large amount of meeting space, but only 122 bedrooms, so works with the Copthorne London Gatwick for overflow accommodation (3 mins by car)
Hickstead Hotel
A 3* hotel that is better inside than it looks from the approach. The reception and meeting rooms are in the old part of the building and there is a newer wing with 54 bedrooms. The main meeting room is on the ground floor with access to a gravel garden, which can be used for breaks or lunch if the weather is good. There are two boardrooms in another area of the hotel on separate floors.
A good hotel for a regional meeting, without getting involved in the traffic of a town and plenty of free parking
South Lodge
Very impressive building and setting. It is a traditional hotel, with wood panneling and tapestries, terraces leading to gardens and views over the Sussex hills. The 12 meeting rooms are in one area of the hotel, on several floors, the largest takes 130 people on rounds. There is a new conference room, the Arundel, which has a fixed U-shaped table for 18 people. Tables in the Pass restaurant have views of the kitchen. It takes 32 for private hire.
There are bedrooms in the old part of the hotel and a newer wing. There is refurbishment going on at the moment. The head chef is Stephen Edwards, who won Masterchef in 2014, consequently the hotel is popular with leisure guests.
I stayed the night here and had a lovely large room and it was completely quiet, although there was a wedding reception in the hotel that evening. I ate in the Anderida Restaurant, the food, service and all the staff were excellent.
Roffey Park
I really enjoyed my visit to this management training centre. it is 5 minutes from the M23, just south of Gatwick. It is modern, bright and welcoming – a great place to have a meeting, conference or training event. It is not open to the public, so the clients are only there to work. Roffey is set in 40 acres of grounds and backs on to forest so it is peaceful and you have a feeling of space. There are paths around the grounds, lots of seating and areas for team building. It has a lovely indoor pool or you can borrow a bike to get some exercise. All meeting rooms are light and airy with natural daylight and all rooms on the ground floor open to the garden, so they have their own outside area. There are two restaurants which can be open, secluded or have private areas. There are 60 bedrooms, 10 of which are twins, in one wing of the property. They are plain, so designed for work, but have everything you need.
This is probably the best management training centre that I have visited. The environment was very pleasant and conducive to work. As it is not a hotel there is never an overlap with leisure guests. The staff were very welcoming and efficient and gave me an excellent sandwich lunch, with very fresh ingredients. If there is a large meeting and extra accommodation is needed, they use the Arora Gatwick.
Sofitel London Gatwick
This does not feel like an airport hotel. The entrance has a bright atrium and was quiet and calm on the day that I visited. The hotel has 518 bedrooms and 11 meeting rooms that can be divided into 14 smaller ones. There are lots of areas of casual seating areas and a bar which can be privatised or used as a casual break out area. The restaurant has two rosettes, has a private room for 42 or can be privatised for 100 people. The largest meeting room is on the ground floor with its own reception are and bar. This is the only room without natural daylight, the others have large windows or two have secondary light from the atrium, they were all bright with high ceilings.
There is a very interesting room on the lower ground floor, with daylight and its own entrance. It was used as an airline lounge and has a sunken seating area, fireplace, bar and room previously used for computers. It is flexible space and can be used for a completely private meeting, with dining in the same room, or parties, meetings with break out areas. The largest residential group that this hotel can take is 240/250 people.
Copthorne London Gatwick
This hotel is traditional in style and has recently been refurbished. It has some nice meeting rooms, with natural daylight and there are four dining outlets, so they can offer variation with lunches and dinners. The Lion d’Or a la carte restaurant has semi-private dining for 8 people. The garden is lovely and there is good outdoor space for breaks or BBQ.
Although there are 227 bedrooms the maximum size residential group is 100 people. The largest room can take 100 theatre style, but is more frequently used for dinners or weddings than meetings, as it has a bar in the corner and dance floor covered with carpet. It has pillars and the natural daylight is from a skylight which has a retractable blackout blind
Copthorne Effingham Gatwick
The largest meeting room is an oval room with large windows either side and takes 650 people with stage and back projection. It is in a separate building, but opposite reception and with a walkway from the hotel on the 1st floor. There are no pillars and a high ceiling, so can be used as blank canvass space. The remaining smaller rooms are in different parts of the hotel. The Wellingtonia suite has been refurbished and consists of 4 joining rooms, with its own terrace overlooking the garden. This is a good training room or meeting room with breakouts. Lunch and breaks can be served there, so meetings can have their own private part of the hotel. The hotel is traditional in style. The club bedrooms have their own balconies.
The decor of this venue is tired, however, they are about to start refurbishment which will take at least a year, so be completed by the end of 2015. The hotel has a large amount of meeting space, but only 122 bedrooms, so works with the Copthorne London Gatwick for overflow accommodation (3 mins by car)
Hickstead Hotel
A 3* hotel that is better inside than it looks from the approach. The reception and meeting rooms are in the old part of the building and there is a newer wing with 54 bedrooms. The main meeting room is on the ground floor with access to a gravel garden, which can be used for breaks or lunch if the weather is good. There are two boardrooms in another area of the hotel on separate floors.
A good hotel for a regional meeting, without getting involved in the traffic of a town and plenty of free parking
South Lodge
Very impressive building and setting. It is a traditional hotel, with wood panneling and tapestries, terraces leading to gardens and views over the Sussex hills. The 12 meeting rooms are in one area of the hotel, on several floors, the largest takes 130 people on rounds. There is a new conference room, the Arundel, which has a fixed U-shaped table for 18 people. Tables in the Pass restaurant have views of the kitchen. It takes 32 for private hire.
There are bedrooms in the old part of the hotel and a newer wing. There is refurbishment going on at the moment. The head chef is Stephen Edwards, who won Masterchef in 2014, consequently the hotel is popular with leisure guests.
Traditional style hotel set in 1,500 acres of grounds with a lake, fountain and lovely views of the Ashdown Forest. It is a 19th century stone mansion, with a spa, golf and they can organise team building events. There are 14 meeting rooms of different sizes, which can be flexible with private dining. The highlight of the building is a converted chapel, which has function rooms on the ground and 1st floor. The ideal size group is 80-100 for this area and it would work well with a meeting on one floor and catering on the other. This would keep the group in one place and would be completely private. There is stained glass at one end of the building and a working organ, so is a spectacular dinner venue.
I stayed the night here and had a lovely large room and it was completely quiet, although there was a wedding reception in the hotel that evening. I ate in the Anderida Restaurant, the food, service and all the staff were excellent.
Roffey Park
I really enjoyed my visit to this management training centre. it is 5 minutes from the M23, just south of Gatwick. It is modern, bright and welcoming – a great place to have a meeting, conference or training event. It is not open to the public, so the clients are only there to work. Roffey is set in 40 acres of grounds and backs on to forest so it is peaceful and you have a feeling of space. There are paths around the grounds, lots of seating and areas for team building. It has a lovely indoor pool or you can borrow a bike to get some exercise. All meeting rooms are light and airy with natural daylight and all rooms on the ground floor open to the garden, so they have their own outside area. There are two restaurants which can be open, secluded or have private areas. There are 60 bedrooms, 10 of which are twins, in one wing of the property. They are plain, so designed for work, but have everything you need.
This is probably the best management training centre that I have visited. The environment was very pleasant and conducive to work. As it is not a hotel there is never an overlap with leisure guests. The staff were very welcoming and efficient and gave me an excellent sandwich lunch, with very fresh ingredients. If there is a large meeting and extra accommodation is needed, they use the Arora Gatwick.
Sofitel London Gatwick
This does not feel like an airport hotel. The entrance has a bright atrium and was quiet and calm on the day that I visited. The hotel has 518 bedrooms and 11 meeting rooms that can be divided into 14 smaller ones. There are lots of areas of casual seating areas and a bar which can be privatised or used as a casual break out area. The restaurant has two rosettes, has a private room for 42 or can be privatised for 100 people. The largest meeting room is on the ground floor with its own reception are and bar. This is the only room without natural daylight, the others have large windows or two have secondary light from the atrium, they were all bright with high ceilings.
There is a very interesting room on the lower ground floor, with daylight and its own entrance. It was used as an airline lounge and has a sunken seating area, fireplace, bar and room previously used for computers. It is flexible space and can be used for a completely private meeting, with dining in the same room, or parties, meetings with break out areas. The largest residential group that this hotel can take is 240/250 people.
Copthorne London Gatwick
This hotel is traditional in style and has recently been refurbished. It has some nice meeting rooms, with natural daylight and there are four dining outlets, so they can offer variation with lunches and dinners. The Lion d’Or a la carte restaurant has semi-private dining for 8 people. The garden is lovely and there is good outdoor space for breaks or BBQ.
Although there are 227 bedrooms the maximum size residential group is 100 people. The largest room can take 100 theatre style, but is more frequently used for dinners or weddings than meetings, as it has a bar in the corner and dance floor covered with carpet. It has pillars and the natural daylight is from a skylight which has a retractable blackout blind
Copthorne Effingham Gatwick
The largest meeting room is an oval room with large windows either side and takes 650 people with stage and back projection. It is in a separate building, but opposite reception and with a walkway from the hotel on the 1st floor. There are no pillars and a high ceiling, so can be used as blank canvass space. The remaining smaller rooms are in different parts of the hotel. The Wellingtonia suite has been refurbished and consists of 4 joining rooms, with its own terrace overlooking the garden. This is a good training room or meeting room with breakouts. Lunch and breaks can be served there, so meetings can have their own private part of the hotel. The hotel is traditional in style. The club bedrooms have their own balconies.
The decor of this venue is tired, however, they are about to start refurbishment which will take at least a year, so be completed by the end of 2015. The hotel has a large amount of meeting space, but only 122 bedrooms, so works with the Copthorne London Gatwick for overflow accommodation (3 mins by car)
Hickstead Hotel
A 3* hotel that is better inside than it looks from the approach. The reception and meeting rooms are in the old part of the building and there is a newer wing with 54 bedrooms. The main meeting room is on the ground floor with access to a gravel garden, which can be used for breaks or lunch if the weather is good. There are two boardrooms in another area of the hotel on separate floors.
A good hotel for a regional meeting, without getting involved in the traffic of a town and plenty of free parking
South Lodge
Very impressive building and setting. It is a traditional hotel, with wood panneling and tapestries, terraces leading to gardens and views over the Sussex hills. The 12 meeting rooms are in one area of the hotel, on several floors, the largest takes 130 people on rounds. There is a new conference room, the Arundel, which has a fixed U-shaped table for 18 people. Tables in the Pass restaurant have views of the kitchen. It takes 32 for private hire.
There are bedrooms in the old part of the hotel and a newer wing. There is refurbishment going on at the moment. The head chef is Stephen Edwards, who won Masterchef in 2014, consequently the hotel is popular with leisure guests.
Traditional style hotel set in 1,500 acres of grounds with a lake, fountain and lovely views of the Ashdown Forest. It is a 19th century stone mansion, with a spa, golf and they can organise team building events. There are 14 meeting rooms of different sizes, which can be flexible with private dining. The highlight of the building is a converted chapel, which has function rooms on the ground and 1st floor. The ideal size group is 80-100 for this area and it would work well with a meeting on one floor and catering on the other. This would keep the group in one place and would be completely private. There is stained glass at one end of the building and a working organ, so is a spectacular dinner venue.
I stayed the night here and had a lovely large room and it was completely quiet, although there was a wedding reception in the hotel that evening. I ate in the Anderida Restaurant, the food, service and all the staff were excellent.
Roffey Park
I really enjoyed my visit to this management training centre. it is 5 minutes from the M23, just south of Gatwick. It is modern, bright and welcoming – a great place to have a meeting, conference or training event. It is not open to the public, so the clients are only there to work. Roffey is set in 40 acres of grounds and backs on to forest so it is peaceful and you have a feeling of space. There are paths around the grounds, lots of seating and areas for team building. It has a lovely indoor pool or you can borrow a bike to get some exercise. All meeting rooms are light and airy with natural daylight and all rooms on the ground floor open to the garden, so they have their own outside area. There are two restaurants which can be open, secluded or have private areas. There are 60 bedrooms, 10 of which are twins, in one wing of the property. They are plain, so designed for work, but have everything you need.
This is probably the best management training centre that I have visited. The environment was very pleasant and conducive to work. As it is not a hotel there is never an overlap with leisure guests. The staff were very welcoming and efficient and gave me an excellent sandwich lunch, with very fresh ingredients. If there is a large meeting and extra accommodation is needed, they use the Arora Gatwick.
Sofitel London Gatwick
This does not feel like an airport hotel. The entrance has a bright atrium and was quiet and calm on the day that I visited. The hotel has 518 bedrooms and 11 meeting rooms that can be divided into 14 smaller ones. There are lots of areas of casual seating areas and a bar which can be privatised or used as a casual break out area. The restaurant has two rosettes, has a private room for 42 or can be privatised for 100 people. The largest meeting room is on the ground floor with its own reception are and bar. This is the only room without natural daylight, the others have large windows or two have secondary light from the atrium, they were all bright with high ceilings.
There is a very interesting room on the lower ground floor, with daylight and its own entrance. It was used as an airline lounge and has a sunken seating area, fireplace, bar and room previously used for computers. It is flexible space and can be used for a completely private meeting, with dining in the same room, or parties, meetings with break out areas. The largest residential group that this hotel can take is 240/250 people.
Copthorne London Gatwick
This hotel is traditional in style and has recently been refurbished. It has some nice meeting rooms, with natural daylight and there are four dining outlets, so they can offer variation with lunches and dinners. The Lion d’Or a la carte restaurant has semi-private dining for 8 people. The garden is lovely and there is good outdoor space for breaks or BBQ.
Although there are 227 bedrooms the maximum size residential group is 100 people. The largest room can take 100 theatre style, but is more frequently used for dinners or weddings than meetings, as it has a bar in the corner and dance floor covered with carpet. It has pillars and the natural daylight is from a skylight which has a retractable blackout blind
Copthorne Effingham Gatwick
The largest meeting room is an oval room with large windows either side and takes 650 people with stage and back projection. It is in a separate building, but opposite reception and with a walkway from the hotel on the 1st floor. There are no pillars and a high ceiling, so can be used as blank canvass space. The remaining smaller rooms are in different parts of the hotel. The Wellingtonia suite has been refurbished and consists of 4 joining rooms, with its own terrace overlooking the garden. This is a good training room or meeting room with breakouts. Lunch and breaks can be served there, so meetings can have their own private part of the hotel. The hotel is traditional in style. The club bedrooms have their own balconies.
The decor of this venue is tired, however, they are about to start refurbishment which will take at least a year, so be completed by the end of 2015. The hotel has a large amount of meeting space, but only 122 bedrooms, so works with the Copthorne London Gatwick for overflow accommodation (3 mins by car)
Hickstead Hotel
A 3* hotel that is better inside than it looks from the approach. The reception and meeting rooms are in the old part of the building and there is a newer wing with 54 bedrooms. The main meeting room is on the ground floor with access to a gravel garden, which can be used for breaks or lunch if the weather is good. There are two boardrooms in another area of the hotel on separate floors.
A good hotel for a regional meeting, without getting involved in the traffic of a town and plenty of free parking
South Lodge
Very impressive building and setting. It is a traditional hotel, with wood panneling and tapestries, terraces leading to gardens and views over the Sussex hills. The 12 meeting rooms are in one area of the hotel, on several floors, the largest takes 130 people on rounds. There is a new conference room, the Arundel, which has a fixed U-shaped table for 18 people. Tables in the Pass restaurant have views of the kitchen. It takes 32 for private hire.
There are bedrooms in the old part of the hotel and a newer wing. There is refurbishment going on at the moment. The head chef is Stephen Edwards, who won Masterchef in 2014, consequently the hotel is popular with leisure guests.
Ashdown Park
Traditional style hotel set in 1,500 acres of grounds with a lake, fountain and lovely views of the Ashdown Forest. It is a 19th century stone mansion, with a spa, golf and they can organise team building events. There are 14 meeting rooms of different sizes, which can be flexible with private dining. The highlight of the building is a converted chapel, which has function rooms on the ground and 1st floor. The ideal size group is 80-100 for this area and it would work well with a meeting on one floor and catering on the other. This would keep the group in one place and would be completely private. There is stained glass at one end of the building and a working organ, so is a spectacular dinner venue.
I stayed the night here and had a lovely large room and it was completely quiet, although there was a wedding reception in the hotel that evening. I ate in the Anderida Restaurant, the food, service and all the staff were excellent.
Roffey Park
I really enjoyed my visit to this management training centre. it is 5 minutes from the M23, just south of Gatwick. It is modern, bright and welcoming – a great place to have a meeting, conference or training event. It is not open to the public, so the clients are only there to work. Roffey is set in 40 acres of grounds and backs on to forest so it is peaceful and you have a feeling of space. There are paths around the grounds, lots of seating and areas for team building. It has a lovely indoor pool or you can borrow a bike to get some exercise. All meeting rooms are light and airy with natural daylight and all rooms on the ground floor open to the garden, so they have their own outside area. There are two restaurants which can be open, secluded or have private areas. There are 60 bedrooms, 10 of which are twins, in one wing of the property. They are plain, so designed for work, but have everything you need.
This is probably the best management training centre that I have visited. The environment was very pleasant and conducive to work. As it is not a hotel there is never an overlap with leisure guests. The staff were very welcoming and efficient and gave me an excellent sandwich lunch, with very fresh ingredients. If there is a large meeting and extra accommodation is needed, they use the Arora Gatwick.
Sofitel London Gatwick
This does not feel like an airport hotel. The entrance has a bright atrium and was quiet and calm on the day that I visited. The hotel has 518 bedrooms and 11 meeting rooms that can be divided into 14 smaller ones. There are lots of areas of casual seating areas and a bar which can be privatised or used as a casual break out area. The restaurant has two rosettes, has a private room for 42 or can be privatised for 100 people. The largest meeting room is on the ground floor with its own reception are and bar. This is the only room without natural daylight, the others have large windows or two have secondary light from the atrium, they were all bright with high ceilings.
There is a very interesting room on the lower ground floor, with daylight and its own entrance. It was used as an airline lounge and has a sunken seating area, fireplace, bar and room previously used for computers. It is flexible space and can be used for a completely private meeting, with dining in the same room, or parties, meetings with break out areas. The largest residential group that this hotel can take is 240/250 people.
Copthorne London Gatwick
This hotel is traditional in style and has recently been refurbished. It has some nice meeting rooms, with natural daylight and there are four dining outlets, so they can offer variation with lunches and dinners. The Lion d’Or a la carte restaurant has semi-private dining for 8 people. The garden is lovely and there is good outdoor space for breaks or BBQ.
Although there are 227 bedrooms the maximum size residential group is 100 people. The largest room can take 100 theatre style, but is more frequently used for dinners or weddings than meetings, as it has a bar in the corner and dance floor covered with carpet. It has pillars and the natural daylight is from a skylight which has a retractable blackout blind
Copthorne Effingham Gatwick
The largest meeting room is an oval room with large windows either side and takes 650 people with stage and back projection. It is in a separate building, but opposite reception and with a walkway from the hotel on the 1st floor. There are no pillars and a high ceiling, so can be used as blank canvass space. The remaining smaller rooms are in different parts of the hotel. The Wellingtonia suite has been refurbished and consists of 4 joining rooms, with its own terrace overlooking the garden. This is a good training room or meeting room with breakouts. Lunch and breaks can be served there, so meetings can have their own private part of the hotel. The hotel is traditional in style. The club bedrooms have their own balconies.
The decor of this venue is tired, however, they are about to start refurbishment which will take at least a year, so be completed by the end of 2015. The hotel has a large amount of meeting space, but only 122 bedrooms, so works with the Copthorne London Gatwick for overflow accommodation (3 mins by car)
Hickstead Hotel
A 3* hotel that is better inside than it looks from the approach. The reception and meeting rooms are in the old part of the building and there is a newer wing with 54 bedrooms. The main meeting room is on the ground floor with access to a gravel garden, which can be used for breaks or lunch if the weather is good. There are two boardrooms in another area of the hotel on separate floors.
A good hotel for a regional meeting, without getting involved in the traffic of a town and plenty of free parking
South Lodge
Very impressive building and setting. It is a traditional hotel, with wood panneling and tapestries, terraces leading to gardens and views over the Sussex hills. The 12 meeting rooms are in one area of the hotel, on several floors, the largest takes 130 people on rounds. There is a new conference room, the Arundel, which has a fixed U-shaped table for 18 people. Tables in the Pass restaurant have views of the kitchen. It takes 32 for private hire.
There are bedrooms in the old part of the hotel and a newer wing. There is refurbishment going on at the moment. The head chef is Stephen Edwards, who won Masterchef in 2014, consequently the hotel is popular with leisure guests.
Ashdown Park
Traditional style hotel set in 1,500 acres of grounds with a lake, fountain and lovely views of the Ashdown Forest. It is a 19th century stone mansion, with a spa, golf and they can organise team building events. There are 14 meeting rooms of different sizes, which can be flexible with private dining. The highlight of the building is a converted chapel, which has function rooms on the ground and 1st floor. The ideal size group is 80-100 for this area and it would work well with a meeting on one floor and catering on the other. This would keep the group in one place and would be completely private. There is stained glass at one end of the building and a working organ, so is a spectacular dinner venue.
I stayed the night here and had a lovely large room and it was completely quiet, although there was a wedding reception in the hotel that evening. I ate in the Anderida Restaurant, the food, service and all the staff were excellent.
Roffey Park
I really enjoyed my visit to this management training centre. it is 5 minutes from the M23, just south of Gatwick. It is modern, bright and welcoming – a great place to have a meeting, conference or training event. It is not open to the public, so the clients are only there to work. Roffey is set in 40 acres of grounds and backs on to forest so it is peaceful and you have a feeling of space. There are paths around the grounds, lots of seating and areas for team building. It has a lovely indoor pool or you can borrow a bike to get some exercise. All meeting rooms are light and airy with natural daylight and all rooms on the ground floor open to the garden, so they have their own outside area. There are two restaurants which can be open, secluded or have private areas. There are 60 bedrooms, 10 of which are twins, in one wing of the property. They are plain, so designed for work, but have everything you need.
This is probably the best management training centre that I have visited. The environment was very pleasant and conducive to work. As it is not a hotel there is never an overlap with leisure guests. The staff were very welcoming and efficient and gave me an excellent sandwich lunch, with very fresh ingredients. If there is a large meeting and extra accommodation is needed, they use the Arora Gatwick.
Sofitel London Gatwick
This does not feel like an airport hotel. The entrance has a bright atrium and was quiet and calm on the day that I visited. The hotel has 518 bedrooms and 11 meeting rooms that can be divided into 14 smaller ones. There are lots of areas of casual seating areas and a bar which can be privatised or used as a casual break out area. The restaurant has two rosettes, has a private room for 42 or can be privatised for 100 people. The largest meeting room is on the ground floor with its own reception are and bar. This is the only room without natural daylight, the others have large windows or two have secondary light from the atrium, they were all bright with high ceilings.
There is a very interesting room on the lower ground floor, with daylight and its own entrance. It was used as an airline lounge and has a sunken seating area, fireplace, bar and room previously used for computers. It is flexible space and can be used for a completely private meeting, with dining in the same room, or parties, meetings with break out areas. The largest residential group that this hotel can take is 240/250 people.
Copthorne London Gatwick
This hotel is traditional in style and has recently been refurbished. It has some nice meeting rooms, with natural daylight and there are four dining outlets, so they can offer variation with lunches and dinners. The Lion d’Or a la carte restaurant has semi-private dining for 8 people. The garden is lovely and there is good outdoor space for breaks or BBQ.
Although there are 227 bedrooms the maximum size residential group is 100 people. The largest room can take 100 theatre style, but is more frequently used for dinners or weddings than meetings, as it has a bar in the corner and dance floor covered with carpet. It has pillars and the natural daylight is from a skylight which has a retractable blackout blind
Copthorne Effingham Gatwick
The largest meeting room is an oval room with large windows either side and takes 650 people with stage and back projection. It is in a separate building, but opposite reception and with a walkway from the hotel on the 1st floor. There are no pillars and a high ceiling, so can be used as blank canvass space. The remaining smaller rooms are in different parts of the hotel. The Wellingtonia suite has been refurbished and consists of 4 joining rooms, with its own terrace overlooking the garden. This is a good training room or meeting room with breakouts. Lunch and breaks can be served there, so meetings can have their own private part of the hotel. The hotel is traditional in style. The club bedrooms have their own balconies.
The decor of this venue is tired, however, they are about to start refurbishment which will take at least a year, so be completed by the end of 2015. The hotel has a large amount of meeting space, but only 122 bedrooms, so works with the Copthorne London Gatwick for overflow accommodation (3 mins by car)
Hickstead Hotel
A 3* hotel that is better inside than it looks from the approach. The reception and meeting rooms are in the old part of the building and there is a newer wing with 54 bedrooms. The main meeting room is on the ground floor with access to a gravel garden, which can be used for breaks or lunch if the weather is good. There are two boardrooms in another area of the hotel on separate floors.
A good hotel for a regional meeting, without getting involved in the traffic of a town and plenty of free parking
South Lodge
Very impressive building and setting. It is a traditional hotel, with wood panneling and tapestries, terraces leading to gardens and views over the Sussex hills. The 12 meeting rooms are in one area of the hotel, on several floors, the largest takes 130 people on rounds. There is a new conference room, the Arundel, which has a fixed U-shaped table for 18 people. Tables in the Pass restaurant have views of the kitchen. It takes 32 for private hire.
There are bedrooms in the old part of the hotel and a newer wing. There is refurbishment going on at the moment. The head chef is Stephen Edwards, who won Masterchef in 2014, consequently the hotel is popular with leisure guests.
The hotel will spend £2m on refurbishment. Bedrooms will be done a floor at a time starting in October 2014 and public areas done after Christmas. The rates are competitive as they recognise that they are not in the centre of town or on the seafront. But if you don’t want to get tangled up in Brighton’s traffic then it is a good option.
Ashdown Park
Traditional style hotel set in 1,500 acres of grounds with a lake, fountain and lovely views of the Ashdown Forest. It is a 19th century stone mansion, with a spa, golf and they can organise team building events. There are 14 meeting rooms of different sizes, which can be flexible with private dining. The highlight of the building is a converted chapel, which has function rooms on the ground and 1st floor. The ideal size group is 80-100 for this area and it would work well with a meeting on one floor and catering on the other. This would keep the group in one place and would be completely private. There is stained glass at one end of the building and a working organ, so is a spectacular dinner venue.
I stayed the night here and had a lovely large room and it was completely quiet, although there was a wedding reception in the hotel that evening. I ate in the Anderida Restaurant, the food, service and all the staff were excellent.
Roffey Park
I really enjoyed my visit to this management training centre. it is 5 minutes from the M23, just south of Gatwick. It is modern, bright and welcoming – a great place to have a meeting, conference or training event. It is not open to the public, so the clients are only there to work. Roffey is set in 40 acres of grounds and backs on to forest so it is peaceful and you have a feeling of space. There are paths around the grounds, lots of seating and areas for team building. It has a lovely indoor pool or you can borrow a bike to get some exercise. All meeting rooms are light and airy with natural daylight and all rooms on the ground floor open to the garden, so they have their own outside area. There are two restaurants which can be open, secluded or have private areas. There are 60 bedrooms, 10 of which are twins, in one wing of the property. They are plain, so designed for work, but have everything you need.
This is probably the best management training centre that I have visited. The environment was very pleasant and conducive to work. As it is not a hotel there is never an overlap with leisure guests. The staff were very welcoming and efficient and gave me an excellent sandwich lunch, with very fresh ingredients. If there is a large meeting and extra accommodation is needed, they use the Arora Gatwick.
Sofitel London Gatwick
This does not feel like an airport hotel. The entrance has a bright atrium and was quiet and calm on the day that I visited. The hotel has 518 bedrooms and 11 meeting rooms that can be divided into 14 smaller ones. There are lots of areas of casual seating areas and a bar which can be privatised or used as a casual break out area. The restaurant has two rosettes, has a private room for 42 or can be privatised for 100 people. The largest meeting room is on the ground floor with its own reception are and bar. This is the only room without natural daylight, the others have large windows or two have secondary light from the atrium, they were all bright with high ceilings.
There is a very interesting room on the lower ground floor, with daylight and its own entrance. It was used as an airline lounge and has a sunken seating area, fireplace, bar and room previously used for computers. It is flexible space and can be used for a completely private meeting, with dining in the same room, or parties, meetings with break out areas. The largest residential group that this hotel can take is 240/250 people.
Copthorne London Gatwick
This hotel is traditional in style and has recently been refurbished. It has some nice meeting rooms, with natural daylight and there are four dining outlets, so they can offer variation with lunches and dinners. The Lion d’Or a la carte restaurant has semi-private dining for 8 people. The garden is lovely and there is good outdoor space for breaks or BBQ.
Although there are 227 bedrooms the maximum size residential group is 100 people. The largest room can take 100 theatre style, but is more frequently used for dinners or weddings than meetings, as it has a bar in the corner and dance floor covered with carpet. It has pillars and the natural daylight is from a skylight which has a retractable blackout blind
Copthorne Effingham Gatwick
The largest meeting room is an oval room with large windows either side and takes 650 people with stage and back projection. It is in a separate building, but opposite reception and with a walkway from the hotel on the 1st floor. There are no pillars and a high ceiling, so can be used as blank canvass space. The remaining smaller rooms are in different parts of the hotel. The Wellingtonia suite has been refurbished and consists of 4 joining rooms, with its own terrace overlooking the garden. This is a good training room or meeting room with breakouts. Lunch and breaks can be served there, so meetings can have their own private part of the hotel. The hotel is traditional in style. The club bedrooms have their own balconies.
The decor of this venue is tired, however, they are about to start refurbishment which will take at least a year, so be completed by the end of 2015. The hotel has a large amount of meeting space, but only 122 bedrooms, so works with the Copthorne London Gatwick for overflow accommodation (3 mins by car)
Hickstead Hotel
A 3* hotel that is better inside than it looks from the approach. The reception and meeting rooms are in the old part of the building and there is a newer wing with 54 bedrooms. The main meeting room is on the ground floor with access to a gravel garden, which can be used for breaks or lunch if the weather is good. There are two boardrooms in another area of the hotel on separate floors.
A good hotel for a regional meeting, without getting involved in the traffic of a town and plenty of free parking
South Lodge
Very impressive building and setting. It is a traditional hotel, with wood panneling and tapestries, terraces leading to gardens and views over the Sussex hills. The 12 meeting rooms are in one area of the hotel, on several floors, the largest takes 130 people on rounds. There is a new conference room, the Arundel, which has a fixed U-shaped table for 18 people. Tables in the Pass restaurant have views of the kitchen. It takes 32 for private hire.
There are bedrooms in the old part of the hotel and a newer wing. There is refurbishment going on at the moment. The head chef is Stephen Edwards, who won Masterchef in 2014, consequently the hotel is popular with leisure guests.
4* hotel next to the station, about 10 mins walk to the North Laine area. There are 9 meeting rooms in a dedicated conference area. The largest room has access to a roof terrace and has capacity for 80 in cabaret style. The hotel does well with charities and associations and is fully DDA compliant. Everything was clean and tidy and it appeared to be efficient. All 234 bedrooms have double beds and triple glazed windows. There is free wifi throughout the hotel. There is some complimentary parking or there is a large car park opposite and it is half the price of the ones at the seafront.
The hotel will spend £2m on refurbishment. Bedrooms will be done a floor at a time starting in October 2014 and public areas done after Christmas. The rates are competitive as they recognise that they are not in the centre of town or on the seafront. But if you don’t want to get tangled up in Brighton’s traffic then it is a good option.
Ashdown Park
Traditional style hotel set in 1,500 acres of grounds with a lake, fountain and lovely views of the Ashdown Forest. It is a 19th century stone mansion, with a spa, golf and they can organise team building events. There are 14 meeting rooms of different sizes, which can be flexible with private dining. The highlight of the building is a converted chapel, which has function rooms on the ground and 1st floor. The ideal size group is 80-100 for this area and it would work well with a meeting on one floor and catering on the other. This would keep the group in one place and would be completely private. There is stained glass at one end of the building and a working organ, so is a spectacular dinner venue.
I stayed the night here and had a lovely large room and it was completely quiet, although there was a wedding reception in the hotel that evening. I ate in the Anderida Restaurant, the food, service and all the staff were excellent.
Roffey Park
I really enjoyed my visit to this management training centre. it is 5 minutes from the M23, just south of Gatwick. It is modern, bright and welcoming – a great place to have a meeting, conference or training event. It is not open to the public, so the clients are only there to work. Roffey is set in 40 acres of grounds and backs on to forest so it is peaceful and you have a feeling of space. There are paths around the grounds, lots of seating and areas for team building. It has a lovely indoor pool or you can borrow a bike to get some exercise. All meeting rooms are light and airy with natural daylight and all rooms on the ground floor open to the garden, so they have their own outside area. There are two restaurants which can be open, secluded or have private areas. There are 60 bedrooms, 10 of which are twins, in one wing of the property. They are plain, so designed for work, but have everything you need.
This is probably the best management training centre that I have visited. The environment was very pleasant and conducive to work. As it is not a hotel there is never an overlap with leisure guests. The staff were very welcoming and efficient and gave me an excellent sandwich lunch, with very fresh ingredients. If there is a large meeting and extra accommodation is needed, they use the Arora Gatwick.
Sofitel London Gatwick
This does not feel like an airport hotel. The entrance has a bright atrium and was quiet and calm on the day that I visited. The hotel has 518 bedrooms and 11 meeting rooms that can be divided into 14 smaller ones. There are lots of areas of casual seating areas and a bar which can be privatised or used as a casual break out area. The restaurant has two rosettes, has a private room for 42 or can be privatised for 100 people. The largest meeting room is on the ground floor with its own reception are and bar. This is the only room without natural daylight, the others have large windows or two have secondary light from the atrium, they were all bright with high ceilings.
There is a very interesting room on the lower ground floor, with daylight and its own entrance. It was used as an airline lounge and has a sunken seating area, fireplace, bar and room previously used for computers. It is flexible space and can be used for a completely private meeting, with dining in the same room, or parties, meetings with break out areas. The largest residential group that this hotel can take is 240/250 people.
Copthorne London Gatwick
This hotel is traditional in style and has recently been refurbished. It has some nice meeting rooms, with natural daylight and there are four dining outlets, so they can offer variation with lunches and dinners. The Lion d’Or a la carte restaurant has semi-private dining for 8 people. The garden is lovely and there is good outdoor space for breaks or BBQ.
Although there are 227 bedrooms the maximum size residential group is 100 people. The largest room can take 100 theatre style, but is more frequently used for dinners or weddings than meetings, as it has a bar in the corner and dance floor covered with carpet. It has pillars and the natural daylight is from a skylight which has a retractable blackout blind
Copthorne Effingham Gatwick
The largest meeting room is an oval room with large windows either side and takes 650 people with stage and back projection. It is in a separate building, but opposite reception and with a walkway from the hotel on the 1st floor. There are no pillars and a high ceiling, so can be used as blank canvass space. The remaining smaller rooms are in different parts of the hotel. The Wellingtonia suite has been refurbished and consists of 4 joining rooms, with its own terrace overlooking the garden. This is a good training room or meeting room with breakouts. Lunch and breaks can be served there, so meetings can have their own private part of the hotel. The hotel is traditional in style. The club bedrooms have their own balconies.
The decor of this venue is tired, however, they are about to start refurbishment which will take at least a year, so be completed by the end of 2015. The hotel has a large amount of meeting space, but only 122 bedrooms, so works with the Copthorne London Gatwick for overflow accommodation (3 mins by car)
Hickstead Hotel
A 3* hotel that is better inside than it looks from the approach. The reception and meeting rooms are in the old part of the building and there is a newer wing with 54 bedrooms. The main meeting room is on the ground floor with access to a gravel garden, which can be used for breaks or lunch if the weather is good. There are two boardrooms in another area of the hotel on separate floors.
A good hotel for a regional meeting, without getting involved in the traffic of a town and plenty of free parking
South Lodge
Very impressive building and setting. It is a traditional hotel, with wood panneling and tapestries, terraces leading to gardens and views over the Sussex hills. The 12 meeting rooms are in one area of the hotel, on several floors, the largest takes 130 people on rounds. There is a new conference room, the Arundel, which has a fixed U-shaped table for 18 people. Tables in the Pass restaurant have views of the kitchen. It takes 32 for private hire.
There are bedrooms in the old part of the hotel and a newer wing. There is refurbishment going on at the moment. The head chef is Stephen Edwards, who won Masterchef in 2014, consequently the hotel is popular with leisure guests.
4* hotel next to the station, about 10 mins walk to the North Laine area. There are 9 meeting rooms in a dedicated conference area. The largest room has access to a roof terrace and has capacity for 80 in cabaret style. The hotel does well with charities and associations and is fully DDA compliant. Everything was clean and tidy and it appeared to be efficient. All 234 bedrooms have double beds and triple glazed windows. There is free wifi throughout the hotel. There is some complimentary parking or there is a large car park opposite and it is half the price of the ones at the seafront.
The hotel will spend £2m on refurbishment. Bedrooms will be done a floor at a time starting in October 2014 and public areas done after Christmas. The rates are competitive as they recognise that they are not in the centre of town or on the seafront. But if you don’t want to get tangled up in Brighton’s traffic then it is a good option.
Ashdown Park
Traditional style hotel set in 1,500 acres of grounds with a lake, fountain and lovely views of the Ashdown Forest. It is a 19th century stone mansion, with a spa, golf and they can organise team building events. There are 14 meeting rooms of different sizes, which can be flexible with private dining. The highlight of the building is a converted chapel, which has function rooms on the ground and 1st floor. The ideal size group is 80-100 for this area and it would work well with a meeting on one floor and catering on the other. This would keep the group in one place and would be completely private. There is stained glass at one end of the building and a working organ, so is a spectacular dinner venue.
I stayed the night here and had a lovely large room and it was completely quiet, although there was a wedding reception in the hotel that evening. I ate in the Anderida Restaurant, the food, service and all the staff were excellent.
Roffey Park
I really enjoyed my visit to this management training centre. it is 5 minutes from the M23, just south of Gatwick. It is modern, bright and welcoming – a great place to have a meeting, conference or training event. It is not open to the public, so the clients are only there to work. Roffey is set in 40 acres of grounds and backs on to forest so it is peaceful and you have a feeling of space. There are paths around the grounds, lots of seating and areas for team building. It has a lovely indoor pool or you can borrow a bike to get some exercise. All meeting rooms are light and airy with natural daylight and all rooms on the ground floor open to the garden, so they have their own outside area. There are two restaurants which can be open, secluded or have private areas. There are 60 bedrooms, 10 of which are twins, in one wing of the property. They are plain, so designed for work, but have everything you need.
This is probably the best management training centre that I have visited. The environment was very pleasant and conducive to work. As it is not a hotel there is never an overlap with leisure guests. The staff were very welcoming and efficient and gave me an excellent sandwich lunch, with very fresh ingredients. If there is a large meeting and extra accommodation is needed, they use the Arora Gatwick.
Sofitel London Gatwick
This does not feel like an airport hotel. The entrance has a bright atrium and was quiet and calm on the day that I visited. The hotel has 518 bedrooms and 11 meeting rooms that can be divided into 14 smaller ones. There are lots of areas of casual seating areas and a bar which can be privatised or used as a casual break out area. The restaurant has two rosettes, has a private room for 42 or can be privatised for 100 people. The largest meeting room is on the ground floor with its own reception are and bar. This is the only room without natural daylight, the others have large windows or two have secondary light from the atrium, they were all bright with high ceilings.
There is a very interesting room on the lower ground floor, with daylight and its own entrance. It was used as an airline lounge and has a sunken seating area, fireplace, bar and room previously used for computers. It is flexible space and can be used for a completely private meeting, with dining in the same room, or parties, meetings with break out areas. The largest residential group that this hotel can take is 240/250 people.
Copthorne London Gatwick
This hotel is traditional in style and has recently been refurbished. It has some nice meeting rooms, with natural daylight and there are four dining outlets, so they can offer variation with lunches and dinners. The Lion d’Or a la carte restaurant has semi-private dining for 8 people. The garden is lovely and there is good outdoor space for breaks or BBQ.
Although there are 227 bedrooms the maximum size residential group is 100 people. The largest room can take 100 theatre style, but is more frequently used for dinners or weddings than meetings, as it has a bar in the corner and dance floor covered with carpet. It has pillars and the natural daylight is from a skylight which has a retractable blackout blind
Copthorne Effingham Gatwick
The largest meeting room is an oval room with large windows either side and takes 650 people with stage and back projection. It is in a separate building, but opposite reception and with a walkway from the hotel on the 1st floor. There are no pillars and a high ceiling, so can be used as blank canvass space. The remaining smaller rooms are in different parts of the hotel. The Wellingtonia suite has been refurbished and consists of 4 joining rooms, with its own terrace overlooking the garden. This is a good training room or meeting room with breakouts. Lunch and breaks can be served there, so meetings can have their own private part of the hotel. The hotel is traditional in style. The club bedrooms have their own balconies.
The decor of this venue is tired, however, they are about to start refurbishment which will take at least a year, so be completed by the end of 2015. The hotel has a large amount of meeting space, but only 122 bedrooms, so works with the Copthorne London Gatwick for overflow accommodation (3 mins by car)
Hickstead Hotel
A 3* hotel that is better inside than it looks from the approach. The reception and meeting rooms are in the old part of the building and there is a newer wing with 54 bedrooms. The main meeting room is on the ground floor with access to a gravel garden, which can be used for breaks or lunch if the weather is good. There are two boardrooms in another area of the hotel on separate floors.
A good hotel for a regional meeting, without getting involved in the traffic of a town and plenty of free parking
South Lodge
Very impressive building and setting. It is a traditional hotel, with wood panneling and tapestries, terraces leading to gardens and views over the Sussex hills. The 12 meeting rooms are in one area of the hotel, on several floors, the largest takes 130 people on rounds. There is a new conference room, the Arundel, which has a fixed U-shaped table for 18 people. Tables in the Pass restaurant have views of the kitchen. It takes 32 for private hire.
There are bedrooms in the old part of the hotel and a newer wing. There is refurbishment going on at the moment. The head chef is Stephen Edwards, who won Masterchef in 2014, consequently the hotel is popular with leisure guests.
Jurys Inn Brighton
4* hotel next to the station, about 10 mins walk to the North Laine area. There are 9 meeting rooms in a dedicated conference area. The largest room has access to a roof terrace and has capacity for 80 in cabaret style. The hotel does well with charities and associations and is fully DDA compliant. Everything was clean and tidy and it appeared to be efficient. All 234 bedrooms have double beds and triple glazed windows. There is free wifi throughout the hotel. There is some complimentary parking or there is a large car park opposite and it is half the price of the ones at the seafront.
The hotel will spend £2m on refurbishment. Bedrooms will be done a floor at a time starting in October 2014 and public areas done after Christmas. The rates are competitive as they recognise that they are not in the centre of town or on the seafront. But if you don’t want to get tangled up in Brighton’s traffic then it is a good option.
Ashdown Park
Traditional style hotel set in 1,500 acres of grounds with a lake, fountain and lovely views of the Ashdown Forest. It is a 19th century stone mansion, with a spa, golf and they can organise team building events. There are 14 meeting rooms of different sizes, which can be flexible with private dining. The highlight of the building is a converted chapel, which has function rooms on the ground and 1st floor. The ideal size group is 80-100 for this area and it would work well with a meeting on one floor and catering on the other. This would keep the group in one place and would be completely private. There is stained glass at one end of the building and a working organ, so is a spectacular dinner venue.
I stayed the night here and had a lovely large room and it was completely quiet, although there was a wedding reception in the hotel that evening. I ate in the Anderida Restaurant, the food, service and all the staff were excellent.
Roffey Park
I really enjoyed my visit to this management training centre. it is 5 minutes from the M23, just south of Gatwick. It is modern, bright and welcoming – a great place to have a meeting, conference or training event. It is not open to the public, so the clients are only there to work. Roffey is set in 40 acres of grounds and backs on to forest so it is peaceful and you have a feeling of space. There are paths around the grounds, lots of seating and areas for team building. It has a lovely indoor pool or you can borrow a bike to get some exercise. All meeting rooms are light and airy with natural daylight and all rooms on the ground floor open to the garden, so they have their own outside area. There are two restaurants which can be open, secluded or have private areas. There are 60 bedrooms, 10 of which are twins, in one wing of the property. They are plain, so designed for work, but have everything you need.
This is probably the best management training centre that I have visited. The environment was very pleasant and conducive to work. As it is not a hotel there is never an overlap with leisure guests. The staff were very welcoming and efficient and gave me an excellent sandwich lunch, with very fresh ingredients. If there is a large meeting and extra accommodation is needed, they use the Arora Gatwick.
Sofitel London Gatwick
This does not feel like an airport hotel. The entrance has a bright atrium and was quiet and calm on the day that I visited. The hotel has 518 bedrooms and 11 meeting rooms that can be divided into 14 smaller ones. There are lots of areas of casual seating areas and a bar which can be privatised or used as a casual break out area. The restaurant has two rosettes, has a private room for 42 or can be privatised for 100 people. The largest meeting room is on the ground floor with its own reception are and bar. This is the only room without natural daylight, the others have large windows or two have secondary light from the atrium, they were all bright with high ceilings.
There is a very interesting room on the lower ground floor, with daylight and its own entrance. It was used as an airline lounge and has a sunken seating area, fireplace, bar and room previously used for computers. It is flexible space and can be used for a completely private meeting, with dining in the same room, or parties, meetings with break out areas. The largest residential group that this hotel can take is 240/250 people.
Copthorne London Gatwick
This hotel is traditional in style and has recently been refurbished. It has some nice meeting rooms, with natural daylight and there are four dining outlets, so they can offer variation with lunches and dinners. The Lion d’Or a la carte restaurant has semi-private dining for 8 people. The garden is lovely and there is good outdoor space for breaks or BBQ.
Although there are 227 bedrooms the maximum size residential group is 100 people. The largest room can take 100 theatre style, but is more frequently used for dinners or weddings than meetings, as it has a bar in the corner and dance floor covered with carpet. It has pillars and the natural daylight is from a skylight which has a retractable blackout blind
Copthorne Effingham Gatwick
The largest meeting room is an oval room with large windows either side and takes 650 people with stage and back projection. It is in a separate building, but opposite reception and with a walkway from the hotel on the 1st floor. There are no pillars and a high ceiling, so can be used as blank canvass space. The remaining smaller rooms are in different parts of the hotel. The Wellingtonia suite has been refurbished and consists of 4 joining rooms, with its own terrace overlooking the garden. This is a good training room or meeting room with breakouts. Lunch and breaks can be served there, so meetings can have their own private part of the hotel. The hotel is traditional in style. The club bedrooms have their own balconies.
The decor of this venue is tired, however, they are about to start refurbishment which will take at least a year, so be completed by the end of 2015. The hotel has a large amount of meeting space, but only 122 bedrooms, so works with the Copthorne London Gatwick for overflow accommodation (3 mins by car)
Hickstead Hotel
A 3* hotel that is better inside than it looks from the approach. The reception and meeting rooms are in the old part of the building and there is a newer wing with 54 bedrooms. The main meeting room is on the ground floor with access to a gravel garden, which can be used for breaks or lunch if the weather is good. There are two boardrooms in another area of the hotel on separate floors.
A good hotel for a regional meeting, without getting involved in the traffic of a town and plenty of free parking
South Lodge
Very impressive building and setting. It is a traditional hotel, with wood panneling and tapestries, terraces leading to gardens and views over the Sussex hills. The 12 meeting rooms are in one area of the hotel, on several floors, the largest takes 130 people on rounds. There is a new conference room, the Arundel, which has a fixed U-shaped table for 18 people. Tables in the Pass restaurant have views of the kitchen. It takes 32 for private hire.
There are bedrooms in the old part of the hotel and a newer wing. There is refurbishment going on at the moment. The head chef is Stephen Edwards, who won Masterchef in 2014, consequently the hotel is popular with leisure guests.
Jurys Inn Brighton
4* hotel next to the station, about 10 mins walk to the North Laine area. There are 9 meeting rooms in a dedicated conference area. The largest room has access to a roof terrace and has capacity for 80 in cabaret style. The hotel does well with charities and associations and is fully DDA compliant. Everything was clean and tidy and it appeared to be efficient. All 234 bedrooms have double beds and triple glazed windows. There is free wifi throughout the hotel. There is some complimentary parking or there is a large car park opposite and it is half the price of the ones at the seafront.
The hotel will spend £2m on refurbishment. Bedrooms will be done a floor at a time starting in October 2014 and public areas done after Christmas. The rates are competitive as they recognise that they are not in the centre of town or on the seafront. But if you don’t want to get tangled up in Brighton’s traffic then it is a good option.
Ashdown Park
Traditional style hotel set in 1,500 acres of grounds with a lake, fountain and lovely views of the Ashdown Forest. It is a 19th century stone mansion, with a spa, golf and they can organise team building events. There are 14 meeting rooms of different sizes, which can be flexible with private dining. The highlight of the building is a converted chapel, which has function rooms on the ground and 1st floor. The ideal size group is 80-100 for this area and it would work well with a meeting on one floor and catering on the other. This would keep the group in one place and would be completely private. There is stained glass at one end of the building and a working organ, so is a spectacular dinner venue.
I stayed the night here and had a lovely large room and it was completely quiet, although there was a wedding reception in the hotel that evening. I ate in the Anderida Restaurant, the food, service and all the staff were excellent.
Roffey Park
I really enjoyed my visit to this management training centre. it is 5 minutes from the M23, just south of Gatwick. It is modern, bright and welcoming – a great place to have a meeting, conference or training event. It is not open to the public, so the clients are only there to work. Roffey is set in 40 acres of grounds and backs on to forest so it is peaceful and you have a feeling of space. There are paths around the grounds, lots of seating and areas for team building. It has a lovely indoor pool or you can borrow a bike to get some exercise. All meeting rooms are light and airy with natural daylight and all rooms on the ground floor open to the garden, so they have their own outside area. There are two restaurants which can be open, secluded or have private areas. There are 60 bedrooms, 10 of which are twins, in one wing of the property. They are plain, so designed for work, but have everything you need.
This is probably the best management training centre that I have visited. The environment was very pleasant and conducive to work. As it is not a hotel there is never an overlap with leisure guests. The staff were very welcoming and efficient and gave me an excellent sandwich lunch, with very fresh ingredients. If there is a large meeting and extra accommodation is needed, they use the Arora Gatwick.
Sofitel London Gatwick
This does not feel like an airport hotel. The entrance has a bright atrium and was quiet and calm on the day that I visited. The hotel has 518 bedrooms and 11 meeting rooms that can be divided into 14 smaller ones. There are lots of areas of casual seating areas and a bar which can be privatised or used as a casual break out area. The restaurant has two rosettes, has a private room for 42 or can be privatised for 100 people. The largest meeting room is on the ground floor with its own reception are and bar. This is the only room without natural daylight, the others have large windows or two have secondary light from the atrium, they were all bright with high ceilings.
There is a very interesting room on the lower ground floor, with daylight and its own entrance. It was used as an airline lounge and has a sunken seating area, fireplace, bar and room previously used for computers. It is flexible space and can be used for a completely private meeting, with dining in the same room, or parties, meetings with break out areas. The largest residential group that this hotel can take is 240/250 people.
Copthorne London Gatwick
This hotel is traditional in style and has recently been refurbished. It has some nice meeting rooms, with natural daylight and there are four dining outlets, so they can offer variation with lunches and dinners. The Lion d’Or a la carte restaurant has semi-private dining for 8 people. The garden is lovely and there is good outdoor space for breaks or BBQ.
Although there are 227 bedrooms the maximum size residential group is 100 people. The largest room can take 100 theatre style, but is more frequently used for dinners or weddings than meetings, as it has a bar in the corner and dance floor covered with carpet. It has pillars and the natural daylight is from a skylight which has a retractable blackout blind
Copthorne Effingham Gatwick
The largest meeting room is an oval room with large windows either side and takes 650 people with stage and back projection. It is in a separate building, but opposite reception and with a walkway from the hotel on the 1st floor. There are no pillars and a high ceiling, so can be used as blank canvass space. The remaining smaller rooms are in different parts of the hotel. The Wellingtonia suite has been refurbished and consists of 4 joining rooms, with its own terrace overlooking the garden. This is a good training room or meeting room with breakouts. Lunch and breaks can be served there, so meetings can have their own private part of the hotel. The hotel is traditional in style. The club bedrooms have their own balconies.
The decor of this venue is tired, however, they are about to start refurbishment which will take at least a year, so be completed by the end of 2015. The hotel has a large amount of meeting space, but only 122 bedrooms, so works with the Copthorne London Gatwick for overflow accommodation (3 mins by car)
Hickstead Hotel
A 3* hotel that is better inside than it looks from the approach. The reception and meeting rooms are in the old part of the building and there is a newer wing with 54 bedrooms. The main meeting room is on the ground floor with access to a gravel garden, which can be used for breaks or lunch if the weather is good. There are two boardrooms in another area of the hotel on separate floors.
A good hotel for a regional meeting, without getting involved in the traffic of a town and plenty of free parking
South Lodge
Very impressive building and setting. It is a traditional hotel, with wood panneling and tapestries, terraces leading to gardens and views over the Sussex hills. The 12 meeting rooms are in one area of the hotel, on several floors, the largest takes 130 people on rounds. There is a new conference room, the Arundel, which has a fixed U-shaped table for 18 people. Tables in the Pass restaurant have views of the kitchen. It takes 32 for private hire.
There are bedrooms in the old part of the hotel and a newer wing. There is refurbishment going on at the moment. The head chef is Stephen Edwards, who won Masterchef in 2014, consequently the hotel is popular with leisure guests.
The hotel has a small underground car park and can allocate 10 spaces for meeting attendees, or there are NCP car parks nearby. Myhotel is probably not to everyone’s taste, it is very lively and fashionable. They do well with the IT, comms and travel industries.
Jurys Inn Brighton
4* hotel next to the station, about 10 mins walk to the North Laine area. There are 9 meeting rooms in a dedicated conference area. The largest room has access to a roof terrace and has capacity for 80 in cabaret style. The hotel does well with charities and associations and is fully DDA compliant. Everything was clean and tidy and it appeared to be efficient. All 234 bedrooms have double beds and triple glazed windows. There is free wifi throughout the hotel. There is some complimentary parking or there is a large car park opposite and it is half the price of the ones at the seafront.
The hotel will spend £2m on refurbishment. Bedrooms will be done a floor at a time starting in October 2014 and public areas done after Christmas. The rates are competitive as they recognise that they are not in the centre of town or on the seafront. But if you don’t want to get tangled up in Brighton’s traffic then it is a good option.
Ashdown Park
Traditional style hotel set in 1,500 acres of grounds with a lake, fountain and lovely views of the Ashdown Forest. It is a 19th century stone mansion, with a spa, golf and they can organise team building events. There are 14 meeting rooms of different sizes, which can be flexible with private dining. The highlight of the building is a converted chapel, which has function rooms on the ground and 1st floor. The ideal size group is 80-100 for this area and it would work well with a meeting on one floor and catering on the other. This would keep the group in one place and would be completely private. There is stained glass at one end of the building and a working organ, so is a spectacular dinner venue.
I stayed the night here and had a lovely large room and it was completely quiet, although there was a wedding reception in the hotel that evening. I ate in the Anderida Restaurant, the food, service and all the staff were excellent.
Roffey Park
I really enjoyed my visit to this management training centre. it is 5 minutes from the M23, just south of Gatwick. It is modern, bright and welcoming – a great place to have a meeting, conference or training event. It is not open to the public, so the clients are only there to work. Roffey is set in 40 acres of grounds and backs on to forest so it is peaceful and you have a feeling of space. There are paths around the grounds, lots of seating and areas for team building. It has a lovely indoor pool or you can borrow a bike to get some exercise. All meeting rooms are light and airy with natural daylight and all rooms on the ground floor open to the garden, so they have their own outside area. There are two restaurants which can be open, secluded or have private areas. There are 60 bedrooms, 10 of which are twins, in one wing of the property. They are plain, so designed for work, but have everything you need.
This is probably the best management training centre that I have visited. The environment was very pleasant and conducive to work. As it is not a hotel there is never an overlap with leisure guests. The staff were very welcoming and efficient and gave me an excellent sandwich lunch, with very fresh ingredients. If there is a large meeting and extra accommodation is needed, they use the Arora Gatwick.
Sofitel London Gatwick
This does not feel like an airport hotel. The entrance has a bright atrium and was quiet and calm on the day that I visited. The hotel has 518 bedrooms and 11 meeting rooms that can be divided into 14 smaller ones. There are lots of areas of casual seating areas and a bar which can be privatised or used as a casual break out area. The restaurant has two rosettes, has a private room for 42 or can be privatised for 100 people. The largest meeting room is on the ground floor with its own reception are and bar. This is the only room without natural daylight, the others have large windows or two have secondary light from the atrium, they were all bright with high ceilings.
There is a very interesting room on the lower ground floor, with daylight and its own entrance. It was used as an airline lounge and has a sunken seating area, fireplace, bar and room previously used for computers. It is flexible space and can be used for a completely private meeting, with dining in the same room, or parties, meetings with break out areas. The largest residential group that this hotel can take is 240/250 people.
Copthorne London Gatwick
This hotel is traditional in style and has recently been refurbished. It has some nice meeting rooms, with natural daylight and there are four dining outlets, so they can offer variation with lunches and dinners. The Lion d’Or a la carte restaurant has semi-private dining for 8 people. The garden is lovely and there is good outdoor space for breaks or BBQ.
Although there are 227 bedrooms the maximum size residential group is 100 people. The largest room can take 100 theatre style, but is more frequently used for dinners or weddings than meetings, as it has a bar in the corner and dance floor covered with carpet. It has pillars and the natural daylight is from a skylight which has a retractable blackout blind
Copthorne Effingham Gatwick
The largest meeting room is an oval room with large windows either side and takes 650 people with stage and back projection. It is in a separate building, but opposite reception and with a walkway from the hotel on the 1st floor. There are no pillars and a high ceiling, so can be used as blank canvass space. The remaining smaller rooms are in different parts of the hotel. The Wellingtonia suite has been refurbished and consists of 4 joining rooms, with its own terrace overlooking the garden. This is a good training room or meeting room with breakouts. Lunch and breaks can be served there, so meetings can have their own private part of the hotel. The hotel is traditional in style. The club bedrooms have their own balconies.
The decor of this venue is tired, however, they are about to start refurbishment which will take at least a year, so be completed by the end of 2015. The hotel has a large amount of meeting space, but only 122 bedrooms, so works with the Copthorne London Gatwick for overflow accommodation (3 mins by car)
Hickstead Hotel
A 3* hotel that is better inside than it looks from the approach. The reception and meeting rooms are in the old part of the building and there is a newer wing with 54 bedrooms. The main meeting room is on the ground floor with access to a gravel garden, which can be used for breaks or lunch if the weather is good. There are two boardrooms in another area of the hotel on separate floors.
A good hotel for a regional meeting, without getting involved in the traffic of a town and plenty of free parking
South Lodge
Very impressive building and setting. It is a traditional hotel, with wood panneling and tapestries, terraces leading to gardens and views over the Sussex hills. The 12 meeting rooms are in one area of the hotel, on several floors, the largest takes 130 people on rounds. There is a new conference room, the Arundel, which has a fixed U-shaped table for 18 people. Tables in the Pass restaurant have views of the kitchen. It takes 32 for private hire.
There are bedrooms in the old part of the hotel and a newer wing. There is refurbishment going on at the moment. The head chef is Stephen Edwards, who won Masterchef in 2014, consequently the hotel is popular with leisure guests.
In the north Laine area of the city, next to the theatre and Pavilion. It is 6 years old and very contemporary with lots of white, pink and green decoration. There are crystals for Feng Shui and they have used local designers and source local products. It is run on eco-friendly principals with organic tea, chocolate etc and they recycle. Jubilee Square is on one side of the hotel and something happens there all the time. When I visited it was covered in astroturf and 4 table tennis tables were set up for anyone to use. Next month a large converted vintage car will be parked where people can go and watch a film. Then it will change to sculpture. There are only 2 meeting rooms and the maximum capacity of the larger room is 50 people, but fewer would be better. Both are white, bright rooms with natural daylight and air conditioning. Lunch is either served in the meeting room or 10 people can have a cold buffet in the bar. The hotel bar is a destination, and they can allocate a semi-private area for 50 people. It is a fun hotel, there is a photo booth in the bar area and you get a token with drinks. The bedrooms have a disposable camera and if you use it and leave it in the room, the hotel will send the developed pictures later. There are 80 bedrooms, all double beds and all with showers. They have wifi, dvd players and you can plug your iphone into the bedroom’s sound system. Signature rooms are on the corners and are all different in style. here is an Indian restaurant on site, run by an external company, tables need to be booked directly, but they will allocate a semi private area for a group from the hotel.
The hotel has a small underground car park and can allocate 10 spaces for meeting attendees, or there are NCP car parks nearby. Myhotel is probably not to everyone’s taste, it is very lively and fashionable. They do well with the IT, comms and travel industries.
Jurys Inn Brighton
4* hotel next to the station, about 10 mins walk to the North Laine area. There are 9 meeting rooms in a dedicated conference area. The largest room has access to a roof terrace and has capacity for 80 in cabaret style. The hotel does well with charities and associations and is fully DDA compliant. Everything was clean and tidy and it appeared to be efficient. All 234 bedrooms have double beds and triple glazed windows. There is free wifi throughout the hotel. There is some complimentary parking or there is a large car park opposite and it is half the price of the ones at the seafront.
The hotel will spend £2m on refurbishment. Bedrooms will be done a floor at a time starting in October 2014 and public areas done after Christmas. The rates are competitive as they recognise that they are not in the centre of town or on the seafront. But if you don’t want to get tangled up in Brighton’s traffic then it is a good option.
Ashdown Park
Traditional style hotel set in 1,500 acres of grounds with a lake, fountain and lovely views of the Ashdown Forest. It is a 19th century stone mansion, with a spa, golf and they can organise team building events. There are 14 meeting rooms of different sizes, which can be flexible with private dining. The highlight of the building is a converted chapel, which has function rooms on the ground and 1st floor. The ideal size group is 80-100 for this area and it would work well with a meeting on one floor and catering on the other. This would keep the group in one place and would be completely private. There is stained glass at one end of the building and a working organ, so is a spectacular dinner venue.
I stayed the night here and had a lovely large room and it was completely quiet, although there was a wedding reception in the hotel that evening. I ate in the Anderida Restaurant, the food, service and all the staff were excellent.
Roffey Park
I really enjoyed my visit to this management training centre. it is 5 minutes from the M23, just south of Gatwick. It is modern, bright and welcoming – a great place to have a meeting, conference or training event. It is not open to the public, so the clients are only there to work. Roffey is set in 40 acres of grounds and backs on to forest so it is peaceful and you have a feeling of space. There are paths around the grounds, lots of seating and areas for team building. It has a lovely indoor pool or you can borrow a bike to get some exercise. All meeting rooms are light and airy with natural daylight and all rooms on the ground floor open to the garden, so they have their own outside area. There are two restaurants which can be open, secluded or have private areas. There are 60 bedrooms, 10 of which are twins, in one wing of the property. They are plain, so designed for work, but have everything you need.
This is probably the best management training centre that I have visited. The environment was very pleasant and conducive to work. As it is not a hotel there is never an overlap with leisure guests. The staff were very welcoming and efficient and gave me an excellent sandwich lunch, with very fresh ingredients. If there is a large meeting and extra accommodation is needed, they use the Arora Gatwick.
Sofitel London Gatwick
This does not feel like an airport hotel. The entrance has a bright atrium and was quiet and calm on the day that I visited. The hotel has 518 bedrooms and 11 meeting rooms that can be divided into 14 smaller ones. There are lots of areas of casual seating areas and a bar which can be privatised or used as a casual break out area. The restaurant has two rosettes, has a private room for 42 or can be privatised for 100 people. The largest meeting room is on the ground floor with its own reception are and bar. This is the only room without natural daylight, the others have large windows or two have secondary light from the atrium, they were all bright with high ceilings.
There is a very interesting room on the lower ground floor, with daylight and its own entrance. It was used as an airline lounge and has a sunken seating area, fireplace, bar and room previously used for computers. It is flexible space and can be used for a completely private meeting, with dining in the same room, or parties, meetings with break out areas. The largest residential group that this hotel can take is 240/250 people.
Copthorne London Gatwick
This hotel is traditional in style and has recently been refurbished. It has some nice meeting rooms, with natural daylight and there are four dining outlets, so they can offer variation with lunches and dinners. The Lion d’Or a la carte restaurant has semi-private dining for 8 people. The garden is lovely and there is good outdoor space for breaks or BBQ.
Although there are 227 bedrooms the maximum size residential group is 100 people. The largest room can take 100 theatre style, but is more frequently used for dinners or weddings than meetings, as it has a bar in the corner and dance floor covered with carpet. It has pillars and the natural daylight is from a skylight which has a retractable blackout blind
Copthorne Effingham Gatwick
The largest meeting room is an oval room with large windows either side and takes 650 people with stage and back projection. It is in a separate building, but opposite reception and with a walkway from the hotel on the 1st floor. There are no pillars and a high ceiling, so can be used as blank canvass space. The remaining smaller rooms are in different parts of the hotel. The Wellingtonia suite has been refurbished and consists of 4 joining rooms, with its own terrace overlooking the garden. This is a good training room or meeting room with breakouts. Lunch and breaks can be served there, so meetings can have their own private part of the hotel. The hotel is traditional in style. The club bedrooms have their own balconies.
The decor of this venue is tired, however, they are about to start refurbishment which will take at least a year, so be completed by the end of 2015. The hotel has a large amount of meeting space, but only 122 bedrooms, so works with the Copthorne London Gatwick for overflow accommodation (3 mins by car)
Hickstead Hotel
A 3* hotel that is better inside than it looks from the approach. The reception and meeting rooms are in the old part of the building and there is a newer wing with 54 bedrooms. The main meeting room is on the ground floor with access to a gravel garden, which can be used for breaks or lunch if the weather is good. There are two boardrooms in another area of the hotel on separate floors.
A good hotel for a regional meeting, without getting involved in the traffic of a town and plenty of free parking
South Lodge
Very impressive building and setting. It is a traditional hotel, with wood panneling and tapestries, terraces leading to gardens and views over the Sussex hills. The 12 meeting rooms are in one area of the hotel, on several floors, the largest takes 130 people on rounds. There is a new conference room, the Arundel, which has a fixed U-shaped table for 18 people. Tables in the Pass restaurant have views of the kitchen. It takes 32 for private hire.
There are bedrooms in the old part of the hotel and a newer wing. There is refurbishment going on at the moment. The head chef is Stephen Edwards, who won Masterchef in 2014, consequently the hotel is popular with leisure guests.
In the north Laine area of the city, next to the theatre and Pavilion. It is 6 years old and very contemporary with lots of white, pink and green decoration. There are crystals for Feng Shui and they have used local designers and source local products. It is run on eco-friendly principals with organic tea, chocolate etc and they recycle. Jubilee Square is on one side of the hotel and something happens there all the time. When I visited it was covered in astroturf and 4 table tennis tables were set up for anyone to use. Next month a large converted vintage car will be parked where people can go and watch a film. Then it will change to sculpture. There are only 2 meeting rooms and the maximum capacity of the larger room is 50 people, but fewer would be better. Both are white, bright rooms with natural daylight and air conditioning. Lunch is either served in the meeting room or 10 people can have a cold buffet in the bar. The hotel bar is a destination, and they can allocate a semi-private area for 50 people. It is a fun hotel, there is a photo booth in the bar area and you get a token with drinks. The bedrooms have a disposable camera and if you use it and leave it in the room, the hotel will send the developed pictures later. There are 80 bedrooms, all double beds and all with showers. They have wifi, dvd players and you can plug your iphone into the bedroom’s sound system. Signature rooms are on the corners and are all different in style. here is an Indian restaurant on site, run by an external company, tables need to be booked directly, but they will allocate a semi private area for a group from the hotel.
The hotel has a small underground car park and can allocate 10 spaces for meeting attendees, or there are NCP car parks nearby. Myhotel is probably not to everyone’s taste, it is very lively and fashionable. They do well with the IT, comms and travel industries.
Jurys Inn Brighton
4* hotel next to the station, about 10 mins walk to the North Laine area. There are 9 meeting rooms in a dedicated conference area. The largest room has access to a roof terrace and has capacity for 80 in cabaret style. The hotel does well with charities and associations and is fully DDA compliant. Everything was clean and tidy and it appeared to be efficient. All 234 bedrooms have double beds and triple glazed windows. There is free wifi throughout the hotel. There is some complimentary parking or there is a large car park opposite and it is half the price of the ones at the seafront.
The hotel will spend £2m on refurbishment. Bedrooms will be done a floor at a time starting in October 2014 and public areas done after Christmas. The rates are competitive as they recognise that they are not in the centre of town or on the seafront. But if you don’t want to get tangled up in Brighton’s traffic then it is a good option.
Ashdown Park
Traditional style hotel set in 1,500 acres of grounds with a lake, fountain and lovely views of the Ashdown Forest. It is a 19th century stone mansion, with a spa, golf and they can organise team building events. There are 14 meeting rooms of different sizes, which can be flexible with private dining. The highlight of the building is a converted chapel, which has function rooms on the ground and 1st floor. The ideal size group is 80-100 for this area and it would work well with a meeting on one floor and catering on the other. This would keep the group in one place and would be completely private. There is stained glass at one end of the building and a working organ, so is a spectacular dinner venue.
I stayed the night here and had a lovely large room and it was completely quiet, although there was a wedding reception in the hotel that evening. I ate in the Anderida Restaurant, the food, service and all the staff were excellent.
Roffey Park
I really enjoyed my visit to this management training centre. it is 5 minutes from the M23, just south of Gatwick. It is modern, bright and welcoming – a great place to have a meeting, conference or training event. It is not open to the public, so the clients are only there to work. Roffey is set in 40 acres of grounds and backs on to forest so it is peaceful and you have a feeling of space. There are paths around the grounds, lots of seating and areas for team building. It has a lovely indoor pool or you can borrow a bike to get some exercise. All meeting rooms are light and airy with natural daylight and all rooms on the ground floor open to the garden, so they have their own outside area. There are two restaurants which can be open, secluded or have private areas. There are 60 bedrooms, 10 of which are twins, in one wing of the property. They are plain, so designed for work, but have everything you need.
This is probably the best management training centre that I have visited. The environment was very pleasant and conducive to work. As it is not a hotel there is never an overlap with leisure guests. The staff were very welcoming and efficient and gave me an excellent sandwich lunch, with very fresh ingredients. If there is a large meeting and extra accommodation is needed, they use the Arora Gatwick.
Sofitel London Gatwick
This does not feel like an airport hotel. The entrance has a bright atrium and was quiet and calm on the day that I visited. The hotel has 518 bedrooms and 11 meeting rooms that can be divided into 14 smaller ones. There are lots of areas of casual seating areas and a bar which can be privatised or used as a casual break out area. The restaurant has two rosettes, has a private room for 42 or can be privatised for 100 people. The largest meeting room is on the ground floor with its own reception are and bar. This is the only room without natural daylight, the others have large windows or two have secondary light from the atrium, they were all bright with high ceilings.
There is a very interesting room on the lower ground floor, with daylight and its own entrance. It was used as an airline lounge and has a sunken seating area, fireplace, bar and room previously used for computers. It is flexible space and can be used for a completely private meeting, with dining in the same room, or parties, meetings with break out areas. The largest residential group that this hotel can take is 240/250 people.
Copthorne London Gatwick
This hotel is traditional in style and has recently been refurbished. It has some nice meeting rooms, with natural daylight and there are four dining outlets, so they can offer variation with lunches and dinners. The Lion d’Or a la carte restaurant has semi-private dining for 8 people. The garden is lovely and there is good outdoor space for breaks or BBQ.
Although there are 227 bedrooms the maximum size residential group is 100 people. The largest room can take 100 theatre style, but is more frequently used for dinners or weddings than meetings, as it has a bar in the corner and dance floor covered with carpet. It has pillars and the natural daylight is from a skylight which has a retractable blackout blind
Copthorne Effingham Gatwick
The largest meeting room is an oval room with large windows either side and takes 650 people with stage and back projection. It is in a separate building, but opposite reception and with a walkway from the hotel on the 1st floor. There are no pillars and a high ceiling, so can be used as blank canvass space. The remaining smaller rooms are in different parts of the hotel. The Wellingtonia suite has been refurbished and consists of 4 joining rooms, with its own terrace overlooking the garden. This is a good training room or meeting room with breakouts. Lunch and breaks can be served there, so meetings can have their own private part of the hotel. The hotel is traditional in style. The club bedrooms have their own balconies.
The decor of this venue is tired, however, they are about to start refurbishment which will take at least a year, so be completed by the end of 2015. The hotel has a large amount of meeting space, but only 122 bedrooms, so works with the Copthorne London Gatwick for overflow accommodation (3 mins by car)
Hickstead Hotel
A 3* hotel that is better inside than it looks from the approach. The reception and meeting rooms are in the old part of the building and there is a newer wing with 54 bedrooms. The main meeting room is on the ground floor with access to a gravel garden, which can be used for breaks or lunch if the weather is good. There are two boardrooms in another area of the hotel on separate floors.
A good hotel for a regional meeting, without getting involved in the traffic of a town and plenty of free parking
South Lodge
Very impressive building and setting. It is a traditional hotel, with wood panneling and tapestries, terraces leading to gardens and views over the Sussex hills. The 12 meeting rooms are in one area of the hotel, on several floors, the largest takes 130 people on rounds. There is a new conference room, the Arundel, which has a fixed U-shaped table for 18 people. Tables in the Pass restaurant have views of the kitchen. It takes 32 for private hire.
There are bedrooms in the old part of the hotel and a newer wing. There is refurbishment going on at the moment. The head chef is Stephen Edwards, who won Masterchef in 2014, consequently the hotel is popular with leisure guests.
Myhotel Brighton
In the north Laine area of the city, next to the theatre and Pavilion. It is 6 years old and very contemporary with lots of white, pink and green decoration. There are crystals for Feng Shui and they have used local designers and source local products. It is run on eco-friendly principals with organic tea, chocolate etc and they recycle. Jubilee Square is on one side of the hotel and something happens there all the time. When I visited it was covered in astroturf and 4 table tennis tables were set up for anyone to use. Next month a large converted vintage car will be parked where people can go and watch a film. Then it will change to sculpture. There are only 2 meeting rooms and the maximum capacity of the larger room is 50 people, but fewer would be better. Both are white, bright rooms with natural daylight and air conditioning. Lunch is either served in the meeting room or 10 people can have a cold buffet in the bar. The hotel bar is a destination, and they can allocate a semi-private area for 50 people. It is a fun hotel, there is a photo booth in the bar area and you get a token with drinks. The bedrooms have a disposable camera and if you use it and leave it in the room, the hotel will send the developed pictures later. There are 80 bedrooms, all double beds and all with showers. They have wifi, dvd players and you can plug your iphone into the bedroom’s sound system. Signature rooms are on the corners and are all different in style. here is an Indian restaurant on site, run by an external company, tables need to be booked directly, but they will allocate a semi private area for a group from the hotel.
The hotel has a small underground car park and can allocate 10 spaces for meeting attendees, or there are NCP car parks nearby. Myhotel is probably not to everyone’s taste, it is very lively and fashionable. They do well with the IT, comms and travel industries.
Jurys Inn Brighton
4* hotel next to the station, about 10 mins walk to the North Laine area. There are 9 meeting rooms in a dedicated conference area. The largest room has access to a roof terrace and has capacity for 80 in cabaret style. The hotel does well with charities and associations and is fully DDA compliant. Everything was clean and tidy and it appeared to be efficient. All 234 bedrooms have double beds and triple glazed windows. There is free wifi throughout the hotel. There is some complimentary parking or there is a large car park opposite and it is half the price of the ones at the seafront.
The hotel will spend £2m on refurbishment. Bedrooms will be done a floor at a time starting in October 2014 and public areas done after Christmas. The rates are competitive as they recognise that they are not in the centre of town or on the seafront. But if you don’t want to get tangled up in Brighton’s traffic then it is a good option.
Ashdown Park
Traditional style hotel set in 1,500 acres of grounds with a lake, fountain and lovely views of the Ashdown Forest. It is a 19th century stone mansion, with a spa, golf and they can organise team building events. There are 14 meeting rooms of different sizes, which can be flexible with private dining. The highlight of the building is a converted chapel, which has function rooms on the ground and 1st floor. The ideal size group is 80-100 for this area and it would work well with a meeting on one floor and catering on the other. This would keep the group in one place and would be completely private. There is stained glass at one end of the building and a working organ, so is a spectacular dinner venue.
I stayed the night here and had a lovely large room and it was completely quiet, although there was a wedding reception in the hotel that evening. I ate in the Anderida Restaurant, the food, service and all the staff were excellent.
Roffey Park
I really enjoyed my visit to this management training centre. it is 5 minutes from the M23, just south of Gatwick. It is modern, bright and welcoming – a great place to have a meeting, conference or training event. It is not open to the public, so the clients are only there to work. Roffey is set in 40 acres of grounds and backs on to forest so it is peaceful and you have a feeling of space. There are paths around the grounds, lots of seating and areas for team building. It has a lovely indoor pool or you can borrow a bike to get some exercise. All meeting rooms are light and airy with natural daylight and all rooms on the ground floor open to the garden, so they have their own outside area. There are two restaurants which can be open, secluded or have private areas. There are 60 bedrooms, 10 of which are twins, in one wing of the property. They are plain, so designed for work, but have everything you need.
This is probably the best management training centre that I have visited. The environment was very pleasant and conducive to work. As it is not a hotel there is never an overlap with leisure guests. The staff were very welcoming and efficient and gave me an excellent sandwich lunch, with very fresh ingredients. If there is a large meeting and extra accommodation is needed, they use the Arora Gatwick.
Sofitel London Gatwick
This does not feel like an airport hotel. The entrance has a bright atrium and was quiet and calm on the day that I visited. The hotel has 518 bedrooms and 11 meeting rooms that can be divided into 14 smaller ones. There are lots of areas of casual seating areas and a bar which can be privatised or used as a casual break out area. The restaurant has two rosettes, has a private room for 42 or can be privatised for 100 people. The largest meeting room is on the ground floor with its own reception are and bar. This is the only room without natural daylight, the others have large windows or two have secondary light from the atrium, they were all bright with high ceilings.
There is a very interesting room on the lower ground floor, with daylight and its own entrance. It was used as an airline lounge and has a sunken seating area, fireplace, bar and room previously used for computers. It is flexible space and can be used for a completely private meeting, with dining in the same room, or parties, meetings with break out areas. The largest residential group that this hotel can take is 240/250 people.
Copthorne London Gatwick
This hotel is traditional in style and has recently been refurbished. It has some nice meeting rooms, with natural daylight and there are four dining outlets, so they can offer variation with lunches and dinners. The Lion d’Or a la carte restaurant has semi-private dining for 8 people. The garden is lovely and there is good outdoor space for breaks or BBQ.
Although there are 227 bedrooms the maximum size residential group is 100 people. The largest room can take 100 theatre style, but is more frequently used for dinners or weddings than meetings, as it has a bar in the corner and dance floor covered with carpet. It has pillars and the natural daylight is from a skylight which has a retractable blackout blind
Copthorne Effingham Gatwick
The largest meeting room is an oval room with large windows either side and takes 650 people with stage and back projection. It is in a separate building, but opposite reception and with a walkway from the hotel on the 1st floor. There are no pillars and a high ceiling, so can be used as blank canvass space. The remaining smaller rooms are in different parts of the hotel. The Wellingtonia suite has been refurbished and consists of 4 joining rooms, with its own terrace overlooking the garden. This is a good training room or meeting room with breakouts. Lunch and breaks can be served there, so meetings can have their own private part of the hotel. The hotel is traditional in style. The club bedrooms have their own balconies.
The decor of this venue is tired, however, they are about to start refurbishment which will take at least a year, so be completed by the end of 2015. The hotel has a large amount of meeting space, but only 122 bedrooms, so works with the Copthorne London Gatwick for overflow accommodation (3 mins by car)
Hickstead Hotel
A 3* hotel that is better inside than it looks from the approach. The reception and meeting rooms are in the old part of the building and there is a newer wing with 54 bedrooms. The main meeting room is on the ground floor with access to a gravel garden, which can be used for breaks or lunch if the weather is good. There are two boardrooms in another area of the hotel on separate floors.
A good hotel for a regional meeting, without getting involved in the traffic of a town and plenty of free parking
South Lodge
Very impressive building and setting. It is a traditional hotel, with wood panneling and tapestries, terraces leading to gardens and views over the Sussex hills. The 12 meeting rooms are in one area of the hotel, on several floors, the largest takes 130 people on rounds. There is a new conference room, the Arundel, which has a fixed U-shaped table for 18 people. Tables in the Pass restaurant have views of the kitchen. It takes 32 for private hire.
There are bedrooms in the old part of the hotel and a newer wing. There is refurbishment going on at the moment. The head chef is Stephen Edwards, who won Masterchef in 2014, consequently the hotel is popular with leisure guests.
Myhotel Brighton
In the north Laine area of the city, next to the theatre and Pavilion. It is 6 years old and very contemporary with lots of white, pink and green decoration. There are crystals for Feng Shui and they have used local designers and source local products. It is run on eco-friendly principals with organic tea, chocolate etc and they recycle. Jubilee Square is on one side of the hotel and something happens there all the time. When I visited it was covered in astroturf and 4 table tennis tables were set up for anyone to use. Next month a large converted vintage car will be parked where people can go and watch a film. Then it will change to sculpture. There are only 2 meeting rooms and the maximum capacity of the larger room is 50 people, but fewer would be better. Both are white, bright rooms with natural daylight and air conditioning. Lunch is either served in the meeting room or 10 people can have a cold buffet in the bar. The hotel bar is a destination, and they can allocate a semi-private area for 50 people. It is a fun hotel, there is a photo booth in the bar area and you get a token with drinks. The bedrooms have a disposable camera and if you use it and leave it in the room, the hotel will send the developed pictures later. There are 80 bedrooms, all double beds and all with showers. They have wifi, dvd players and you can plug your iphone into the bedroom’s sound system. Signature rooms are on the corners and are all different in style. here is an Indian restaurant on site, run by an external company, tables need to be booked directly, but they will allocate a semi private area for a group from the hotel.
The hotel has a small underground car park and can allocate 10 spaces for meeting attendees, or there are NCP car parks nearby. Myhotel is probably not to everyone’s taste, it is very lively and fashionable. They do well with the IT, comms and travel industries.
Jurys Inn Brighton
4* hotel next to the station, about 10 mins walk to the North Laine area. There are 9 meeting rooms in a dedicated conference area. The largest room has access to a roof terrace and has capacity for 80 in cabaret style. The hotel does well with charities and associations and is fully DDA compliant. Everything was clean and tidy and it appeared to be efficient. All 234 bedrooms have double beds and triple glazed windows. There is free wifi throughout the hotel. There is some complimentary parking or there is a large car park opposite and it is half the price of the ones at the seafront.
The hotel will spend £2m on refurbishment. Bedrooms will be done a floor at a time starting in October 2014 and public areas done after Christmas. The rates are competitive as they recognise that they are not in the centre of town or on the seafront. But if you don’t want to get tangled up in Brighton’s traffic then it is a good option.
Ashdown Park
Traditional style hotel set in 1,500 acres of grounds with a lake, fountain and lovely views of the Ashdown Forest. It is a 19th century stone mansion, with a spa, golf and they can organise team building events. There are 14 meeting rooms of different sizes, which can be flexible with private dining. The highlight of the building is a converted chapel, which has function rooms on the ground and 1st floor. The ideal size group is 80-100 for this area and it would work well with a meeting on one floor and catering on the other. This would keep the group in one place and would be completely private. There is stained glass at one end of the building and a working organ, so is a spectacular dinner venue.
I stayed the night here and had a lovely large room and it was completely quiet, although there was a wedding reception in the hotel that evening. I ate in the Anderida Restaurant, the food, service and all the staff were excellent.
Roffey Park
I really enjoyed my visit to this management training centre. it is 5 minutes from the M23, just south of Gatwick. It is modern, bright and welcoming – a great place to have a meeting, conference or training event. It is not open to the public, so the clients are only there to work. Roffey is set in 40 acres of grounds and backs on to forest so it is peaceful and you have a feeling of space. There are paths around the grounds, lots of seating and areas for team building. It has a lovely indoor pool or you can borrow a bike to get some exercise. All meeting rooms are light and airy with natural daylight and all rooms on the ground floor open to the garden, so they have their own outside area. There are two restaurants which can be open, secluded or have private areas. There are 60 bedrooms, 10 of which are twins, in one wing of the property. They are plain, so designed for work, but have everything you need.
This is probably the best management training centre that I have visited. The environment was very pleasant and conducive to work. As it is not a hotel there is never an overlap with leisure guests. The staff were very welcoming and efficient and gave me an excellent sandwich lunch, with very fresh ingredients. If there is a large meeting and extra accommodation is needed, they use the Arora Gatwick.
Sofitel London Gatwick
This does not feel like an airport hotel. The entrance has a bright atrium and was quiet and calm on the day that I visited. The hotel has 518 bedrooms and 11 meeting rooms that can be divided into 14 smaller ones. There are lots of areas of casual seating areas and a bar which can be privatised or used as a casual break out area. The restaurant has two rosettes, has a private room for 42 or can be privatised for 100 people. The largest meeting room is on the ground floor with its own reception are and bar. This is the only room without natural daylight, the others have large windows or two have secondary light from the atrium, they were all bright with high ceilings.
There is a very interesting room on the lower ground floor, with daylight and its own entrance. It was used as an airline lounge and has a sunken seating area, fireplace, bar and room previously used for computers. It is flexible space and can be used for a completely private meeting, with dining in the same room, or parties, meetings with break out areas. The largest residential group that this hotel can take is 240/250 people.
Copthorne London Gatwick
This hotel is traditional in style and has recently been refurbished. It has some nice meeting rooms, with natural daylight and there are four dining outlets, so they can offer variation with lunches and dinners. The Lion d’Or a la carte restaurant has semi-private dining for 8 people. The garden is lovely and there is good outdoor space for breaks or BBQ.
Although there are 227 bedrooms the maximum size residential group is 100 people. The largest room can take 100 theatre style, but is more frequently used for dinners or weddings than meetings, as it has a bar in the corner and dance floor covered with carpet. It has pillars and the natural daylight is from a skylight which has a retractable blackout blind
Copthorne Effingham Gatwick
The largest meeting room is an oval room with large windows either side and takes 650 people with stage and back projection. It is in a separate building, but opposite reception and with a walkway from the hotel on the 1st floor. There are no pillars and a high ceiling, so can be used as blank canvass space. The remaining smaller rooms are in different parts of the hotel. The Wellingtonia suite has been refurbished and consists of 4 joining rooms, with its own terrace overlooking the garden. This is a good training room or meeting room with breakouts. Lunch and breaks can be served there, so meetings can have their own private part of the hotel. The hotel is traditional in style. The club bedrooms have their own balconies.
The decor of this venue is tired, however, they are about to start refurbishment which will take at least a year, so be completed by the end of 2015. The hotel has a large amount of meeting space, but only 122 bedrooms, so works with the Copthorne London Gatwick for overflow accommodation (3 mins by car)
Hickstead Hotel
A 3* hotel that is better inside than it looks from the approach. The reception and meeting rooms are in the old part of the building and there is a newer wing with 54 bedrooms. The main meeting room is on the ground floor with access to a gravel garden, which can be used for breaks or lunch if the weather is good. There are two boardrooms in another area of the hotel on separate floors.
A good hotel for a regional meeting, without getting involved in the traffic of a town and plenty of free parking
South Lodge
Very impressive building and setting. It is a traditional hotel, with wood panneling and tapestries, terraces leading to gardens and views over the Sussex hills. The 12 meeting rooms are in one area of the hotel, on several floors, the largest takes 130 people on rounds. There is a new conference room, the Arundel, which has a fixed U-shaped table for 18 people. Tables in the Pass restaurant have views of the kitchen. It takes 32 for private hire.
There are bedrooms in the old part of the hotel and a newer wing. There is refurbishment going on at the moment. The head chef is Stephen Edwards, who won Masterchef in 2014, consequently the hotel is popular with leisure guests.
The hotel has 12 parking spaces at the front and 30 at the back available on a first-come first-served basis. The nearest car parks are a 10 minute walk.
Myhotel Brighton
In the north Laine area of the city, next to the theatre and Pavilion. It is 6 years old and very contemporary with lots of white, pink and green decoration. There are crystals for Feng Shui and they have used local designers and source local products. It is run on eco-friendly principals with organic tea, chocolate etc and they recycle. Jubilee Square is on one side of the hotel and something happens there all the time. When I visited it was covered in astroturf and 4 table tennis tables were set up for anyone to use. Next month a large converted vintage car will be parked where people can go and watch a film. Then it will change to sculpture. There are only 2 meeting rooms and the maximum capacity of the larger room is 50 people, but fewer would be better. Both are white, bright rooms with natural daylight and air conditioning. Lunch is either served in the meeting room or 10 people can have a cold buffet in the bar. The hotel bar is a destination, and they can allocate a semi-private area for 50 people. It is a fun hotel, there is a photo booth in the bar area and you get a token with drinks. The bedrooms have a disposable camera and if you use it and leave it in the room, the hotel will send the developed pictures later. There are 80 bedrooms, all double beds and all with showers. They have wifi, dvd players and you can plug your iphone into the bedroom’s sound system. Signature rooms are on the corners and are all different in style. here is an Indian restaurant on site, run by an external company, tables need to be booked directly, but they will allocate a semi private area for a group from the hotel.
The hotel has a small underground car park and can allocate 10 spaces for meeting attendees, or there are NCP car parks nearby. Myhotel is probably not to everyone’s taste, it is very lively and fashionable. They do well with the IT, comms and travel industries.
Jurys Inn Brighton
4* hotel next to the station, about 10 mins walk to the North Laine area. There are 9 meeting rooms in a dedicated conference area. The largest room has access to a roof terrace and has capacity for 80 in cabaret style. The hotel does well with charities and associations and is fully DDA compliant. Everything was clean and tidy and it appeared to be efficient. All 234 bedrooms have double beds and triple glazed windows. There is free wifi throughout the hotel. There is some complimentary parking or there is a large car park opposite and it is half the price of the ones at the seafront.
The hotel will spend £2m on refurbishment. Bedrooms will be done a floor at a time starting in October 2014 and public areas done after Christmas. The rates are competitive as they recognise that they are not in the centre of town or on the seafront. But if you don’t want to get tangled up in Brighton’s traffic then it is a good option.
Ashdown Park
Traditional style hotel set in 1,500 acres of grounds with a lake, fountain and lovely views of the Ashdown Forest. It is a 19th century stone mansion, with a spa, golf and they can organise team building events. There are 14 meeting rooms of different sizes, which can be flexible with private dining. The highlight of the building is a converted chapel, which has function rooms on the ground and 1st floor. The ideal size group is 80-100 for this area and it would work well with a meeting on one floor and catering on the other. This would keep the group in one place and would be completely private. There is stained glass at one end of the building and a working organ, so is a spectacular dinner venue.
I stayed the night here and had a lovely large room and it was completely quiet, although there was a wedding reception in the hotel that evening. I ate in the Anderida Restaurant, the food, service and all the staff were excellent.
Roffey Park
I really enjoyed my visit to this management training centre. it is 5 minutes from the M23, just south of Gatwick. It is modern, bright and welcoming – a great place to have a meeting, conference or training event. It is not open to the public, so the clients are only there to work. Roffey is set in 40 acres of grounds and backs on to forest so it is peaceful and you have a feeling of space. There are paths around the grounds, lots of seating and areas for team building. It has a lovely indoor pool or you can borrow a bike to get some exercise. All meeting rooms are light and airy with natural daylight and all rooms on the ground floor open to the garden, so they have their own outside area. There are two restaurants which can be open, secluded or have private areas. There are 60 bedrooms, 10 of which are twins, in one wing of the property. They are plain, so designed for work, but have everything you need.
This is probably the best management training centre that I have visited. The environment was very pleasant and conducive to work. As it is not a hotel there is never an overlap with leisure guests. The staff were very welcoming and efficient and gave me an excellent sandwich lunch, with very fresh ingredients. If there is a large meeting and extra accommodation is needed, they use the Arora Gatwick.
Sofitel London Gatwick
This does not feel like an airport hotel. The entrance has a bright atrium and was quiet and calm on the day that I visited. The hotel has 518 bedrooms and 11 meeting rooms that can be divided into 14 smaller ones. There are lots of areas of casual seating areas and a bar which can be privatised or used as a casual break out area. The restaurant has two rosettes, has a private room for 42 or can be privatised for 100 people. The largest meeting room is on the ground floor with its own reception are and bar. This is the only room without natural daylight, the others have large windows or two have secondary light from the atrium, they were all bright with high ceilings.
There is a very interesting room on the lower ground floor, with daylight and its own entrance. It was used as an airline lounge and has a sunken seating area, fireplace, bar and room previously used for computers. It is flexible space and can be used for a completely private meeting, with dining in the same room, or parties, meetings with break out areas. The largest residential group that this hotel can take is 240/250 people.
Copthorne London Gatwick
This hotel is traditional in style and has recently been refurbished. It has some nice meeting rooms, with natural daylight and there are four dining outlets, so they can offer variation with lunches and dinners. The Lion d’Or a la carte restaurant has semi-private dining for 8 people. The garden is lovely and there is good outdoor space for breaks or BBQ.
Although there are 227 bedrooms the maximum size residential group is 100 people. The largest room can take 100 theatre style, but is more frequently used for dinners or weddings than meetings, as it has a bar in the corner and dance floor covered with carpet. It has pillars and the natural daylight is from a skylight which has a retractable blackout blind
Copthorne Effingham Gatwick
The largest meeting room is an oval room with large windows either side and takes 650 people with stage and back projection. It is in a separate building, but opposite reception and with a walkway from the hotel on the 1st floor. There are no pillars and a high ceiling, so can be used as blank canvass space. The remaining smaller rooms are in different parts of the hotel. The Wellingtonia suite has been refurbished and consists of 4 joining rooms, with its own terrace overlooking the garden. This is a good training room or meeting room with breakouts. Lunch and breaks can be served there, so meetings can have their own private part of the hotel. The hotel is traditional in style. The club bedrooms have their own balconies.
The decor of this venue is tired, however, they are about to start refurbishment which will take at least a year, so be completed by the end of 2015. The hotel has a large amount of meeting space, but only 122 bedrooms, so works with the Copthorne London Gatwick for overflow accommodation (3 mins by car)
Hickstead Hotel
A 3* hotel that is better inside than it looks from the approach. The reception and meeting rooms are in the old part of the building and there is a newer wing with 54 bedrooms. The main meeting room is on the ground floor with access to a gravel garden, which can be used for breaks or lunch if the weather is good. There are two boardrooms in another area of the hotel on separate floors.
A good hotel for a regional meeting, without getting involved in the traffic of a town and plenty of free parking
South Lodge
Very impressive building and setting. It is a traditional hotel, with wood panneling and tapestries, terraces leading to gardens and views over the Sussex hills. The 12 meeting rooms are in one area of the hotel, on several floors, the largest takes 130 people on rounds. There is a new conference room, the Arundel, which has a fixed U-shaped table for 18 people. Tables in the Pass restaurant have views of the kitchen. It takes 32 for private hire.
There are bedrooms in the old part of the hotel and a newer wing. There is refurbishment going on at the moment. The head chef is Stephen Edwards, who won Masterchef in 2014, consequently the hotel is popular with leisure guests.
4* hotel which is 150 years old and traditional in style. It is on the seafront in the direction of Hove. It looks a bit tired and needs some money spent. There are a variety of styles, carpets, paintwork etc. There are 7 meeting rooms and the largest takes 180 theatre-style. The meeting rooms are scattered around the hotel and accessed by corridors and stairs so not DDA compliant. The meeting rooms have air conditioning, but bedrooms do not. The largest room is the Ballroom on the ground floor which was refurbished in October 2013 and takes 180 theatre-style or 80 cabaret-style. There are two pillars at the side of the room and chandeliers.
The hotel has 12 parking spaces at the front and 30 at the back available on a first-come first-served basis. The nearest car parks are a 10 minute walk.
Myhotel Brighton
In the north Laine area of the city, next to the theatre and Pavilion. It is 6 years old and very contemporary with lots of white, pink and green decoration. There are crystals for Feng Shui and they have used local designers and source local products. It is run on eco-friendly principals with organic tea, chocolate etc and they recycle. Jubilee Square is on one side of the hotel and something happens there all the time. When I visited it was covered in astroturf and 4 table tennis tables were set up for anyone to use. Next month a large converted vintage car will be parked where people can go and watch a film. Then it will change to sculpture. There are only 2 meeting rooms and the maximum capacity of the larger room is 50 people, but fewer would be better. Both are white, bright rooms with natural daylight and air conditioning. Lunch is either served in the meeting room or 10 people can have a cold buffet in the bar. The hotel bar is a destination, and they can allocate a semi-private area for 50 people. It is a fun hotel, there is a photo booth in the bar area and you get a token with drinks. The bedrooms have a disposable camera and if you use it and leave it in the room, the hotel will send the developed pictures later. There are 80 bedrooms, all double beds and all with showers. They have wifi, dvd players and you can plug your iphone into the bedroom’s sound system. Signature rooms are on the corners and are all different in style. here is an Indian restaurant on site, run by an external company, tables need to be booked directly, but they will allocate a semi private area for a group from the hotel.
The hotel has a small underground car park and can allocate 10 spaces for meeting attendees, or there are NCP car parks nearby. Myhotel is probably not to everyone’s taste, it is very lively and fashionable. They do well with the IT, comms and travel industries.
Jurys Inn Brighton
4* hotel next to the station, about 10 mins walk to the North Laine area. There are 9 meeting rooms in a dedicated conference area. The largest room has access to a roof terrace and has capacity for 80 in cabaret style. The hotel does well with charities and associations and is fully DDA compliant. Everything was clean and tidy and it appeared to be efficient. All 234 bedrooms have double beds and triple glazed windows. There is free wifi throughout the hotel. There is some complimentary parking or there is a large car park opposite and it is half the price of the ones at the seafront.
The hotel will spend £2m on refurbishment. Bedrooms will be done a floor at a time starting in October 2014 and public areas done after Christmas. The rates are competitive as they recognise that they are not in the centre of town or on the seafront. But if you don’t want to get tangled up in Brighton’s traffic then it is a good option.
Ashdown Park
Traditional style hotel set in 1,500 acres of grounds with a lake, fountain and lovely views of the Ashdown Forest. It is a 19th century stone mansion, with a spa, golf and they can organise team building events. There are 14 meeting rooms of different sizes, which can be flexible with private dining. The highlight of the building is a converted chapel, which has function rooms on the ground and 1st floor. The ideal size group is 80-100 for this area and it would work well with a meeting on one floor and catering on the other. This would keep the group in one place and would be completely private. There is stained glass at one end of the building and a working organ, so is a spectacular dinner venue.
I stayed the night here and had a lovely large room and it was completely quiet, although there was a wedding reception in the hotel that evening. I ate in the Anderida Restaurant, the food, service and all the staff were excellent.
Roffey Park
I really enjoyed my visit to this management training centre. it is 5 minutes from the M23, just south of Gatwick. It is modern, bright and welcoming – a great place to have a meeting, conference or training event. It is not open to the public, so the clients are only there to work. Roffey is set in 40 acres of grounds and backs on to forest so it is peaceful and you have a feeling of space. There are paths around the grounds, lots of seating and areas for team building. It has a lovely indoor pool or you can borrow a bike to get some exercise. All meeting rooms are light and airy with natural daylight and all rooms on the ground floor open to the garden, so they have their own outside area. There are two restaurants which can be open, secluded or have private areas. There are 60 bedrooms, 10 of which are twins, in one wing of the property. They are plain, so designed for work, but have everything you need.
This is probably the best management training centre that I have visited. The environment was very pleasant and conducive to work. As it is not a hotel there is never an overlap with leisure guests. The staff were very welcoming and efficient and gave me an excellent sandwich lunch, with very fresh ingredients. If there is a large meeting and extra accommodation is needed, they use the Arora Gatwick.
Sofitel London Gatwick
This does not feel like an airport hotel. The entrance has a bright atrium and was quiet and calm on the day that I visited. The hotel has 518 bedrooms and 11 meeting rooms that can be divided into 14 smaller ones. There are lots of areas of casual seating areas and a bar which can be privatised or used as a casual break out area. The restaurant has two rosettes, has a private room for 42 or can be privatised for 100 people. The largest meeting room is on the ground floor with its own reception are and bar. This is the only room without natural daylight, the others have large windows or two have secondary light from the atrium, they were all bright with high ceilings.
There is a very interesting room on the lower ground floor, with daylight and its own entrance. It was used as an airline lounge and has a sunken seating area, fireplace, bar and room previously used for computers. It is flexible space and can be used for a completely private meeting, with dining in the same room, or parties, meetings with break out areas. The largest residential group that this hotel can take is 240/250 people.
Copthorne London Gatwick
This hotel is traditional in style and has recently been refurbished. It has some nice meeting rooms, with natural daylight and there are four dining outlets, so they can offer variation with lunches and dinners. The Lion d’Or a la carte restaurant has semi-private dining for 8 people. The garden is lovely and there is good outdoor space for breaks or BBQ.
Although there are 227 bedrooms the maximum size residential group is 100 people. The largest room can take 100 theatre style, but is more frequently used for dinners or weddings than meetings, as it has a bar in the corner and dance floor covered with carpet. It has pillars and the natural daylight is from a skylight which has a retractable blackout blind
Copthorne Effingham Gatwick
The largest meeting room is an oval room with large windows either side and takes 650 people with stage and back projection. It is in a separate building, but opposite reception and with a walkway from the hotel on the 1st floor. There are no pillars and a high ceiling, so can be used as blank canvass space. The remaining smaller rooms are in different parts of the hotel. The Wellingtonia suite has been refurbished and consists of 4 joining rooms, with its own terrace overlooking the garden. This is a good training room or meeting room with breakouts. Lunch and breaks can be served there, so meetings can have their own private part of the hotel. The hotel is traditional in style. The club bedrooms have their own balconies.
The decor of this venue is tired, however, they are about to start refurbishment which will take at least a year, so be completed by the end of 2015. The hotel has a large amount of meeting space, but only 122 bedrooms, so works with the Copthorne London Gatwick for overflow accommodation (3 mins by car)
Hickstead Hotel
A 3* hotel that is better inside than it looks from the approach. The reception and meeting rooms are in the old part of the building and there is a newer wing with 54 bedrooms. The main meeting room is on the ground floor with access to a gravel garden, which can be used for breaks or lunch if the weather is good. There are two boardrooms in another area of the hotel on separate floors.
A good hotel for a regional meeting, without getting involved in the traffic of a town and plenty of free parking
South Lodge
Very impressive building and setting. It is a traditional hotel, with wood panneling and tapestries, terraces leading to gardens and views over the Sussex hills. The 12 meeting rooms are in one area of the hotel, on several floors, the largest takes 130 people on rounds. There is a new conference room, the Arundel, which has a fixed U-shaped table for 18 people. Tables in the Pass restaurant have views of the kitchen. It takes 32 for private hire.
There are bedrooms in the old part of the hotel and a newer wing. There is refurbishment going on at the moment. The head chef is Stephen Edwards, who won Masterchef in 2014, consequently the hotel is popular with leisure guests.
4* hotel which is 150 years old and traditional in style. It is on the seafront in the direction of Hove. It looks a bit tired and needs some money spent. There are a variety of styles, carpets, paintwork etc. There are 7 meeting rooms and the largest takes 180 theatre-style. The meeting rooms are scattered around the hotel and accessed by corridors and stairs so not DDA compliant. The meeting rooms have air conditioning, but bedrooms do not. The largest room is the Ballroom on the ground floor which was refurbished in October 2013 and takes 180 theatre-style or 80 cabaret-style. There are two pillars at the side of the room and chandeliers.
The hotel has 12 parking spaces at the front and 30 at the back available on a first-come first-served basis. The nearest car parks are a 10 minute walk.
Myhotel Brighton
In the north Laine area of the city, next to the theatre and Pavilion. It is 6 years old and very contemporary with lots of white, pink and green decoration. There are crystals for Feng Shui and they have used local designers and source local products. It is run on eco-friendly principals with organic tea, chocolate etc and they recycle. Jubilee Square is on one side of the hotel and something happens there all the time. When I visited it was covered in astroturf and 4 table tennis tables were set up for anyone to use. Next month a large converted vintage car will be parked where people can go and watch a film. Then it will change to sculpture. There are only 2 meeting rooms and the maximum capacity of the larger room is 50 people, but fewer would be better. Both are white, bright rooms with natural daylight and air conditioning. Lunch is either served in the meeting room or 10 people can have a cold buffet in the bar. The hotel bar is a destination, and they can allocate a semi-private area for 50 people. It is a fun hotel, there is a photo booth in the bar area and you get a token with drinks. The bedrooms have a disposable camera and if you use it and leave it in the room, the hotel will send the developed pictures later. There are 80 bedrooms, all double beds and all with showers. They have wifi, dvd players and you can plug your iphone into the bedroom’s sound system. Signature rooms are on the corners and are all different in style. here is an Indian restaurant on site, run by an external company, tables need to be booked directly, but they will allocate a semi private area for a group from the hotel.
The hotel has a small underground car park and can allocate 10 spaces for meeting attendees, or there are NCP car parks nearby. Myhotel is probably not to everyone’s taste, it is very lively and fashionable. They do well with the IT, comms and travel industries.
Jurys Inn Brighton
4* hotel next to the station, about 10 mins walk to the North Laine area. There are 9 meeting rooms in a dedicated conference area. The largest room has access to a roof terrace and has capacity for 80 in cabaret style. The hotel does well with charities and associations and is fully DDA compliant. Everything was clean and tidy and it appeared to be efficient. All 234 bedrooms have double beds and triple glazed windows. There is free wifi throughout the hotel. There is some complimentary parking or there is a large car park opposite and it is half the price of the ones at the seafront.
The hotel will spend £2m on refurbishment. Bedrooms will be done a floor at a time starting in October 2014 and public areas done after Christmas. The rates are competitive as they recognise that they are not in the centre of town or on the seafront. But if you don’t want to get tangled up in Brighton’s traffic then it is a good option.
Ashdown Park
Traditional style hotel set in 1,500 acres of grounds with a lake, fountain and lovely views of the Ashdown Forest. It is a 19th century stone mansion, with a spa, golf and they can organise team building events. There are 14 meeting rooms of different sizes, which can be flexible with private dining. The highlight of the building is a converted chapel, which has function rooms on the ground and 1st floor. The ideal size group is 80-100 for this area and it would work well with a meeting on one floor and catering on the other. This would keep the group in one place and would be completely private. There is stained glass at one end of the building and a working organ, so is a spectacular dinner venue.
I stayed the night here and had a lovely large room and it was completely quiet, although there was a wedding reception in the hotel that evening. I ate in the Anderida Restaurant, the food, service and all the staff were excellent.
Roffey Park
I really enjoyed my visit to this management training centre. it is 5 minutes from the M23, just south of Gatwick. It is modern, bright and welcoming – a great place to have a meeting, conference or training event. It is not open to the public, so the clients are only there to work. Roffey is set in 40 acres of grounds and backs on to forest so it is peaceful and you have a feeling of space. There are paths around the grounds, lots of seating and areas for team building. It has a lovely indoor pool or you can borrow a bike to get some exercise. All meeting rooms are light and airy with natural daylight and all rooms on the ground floor open to the garden, so they have their own outside area. There are two restaurants which can be open, secluded or have private areas. There are 60 bedrooms, 10 of which are twins, in one wing of the property. They are plain, so designed for work, but have everything you need.
This is probably the best management training centre that I have visited. The environment was very pleasant and conducive to work. As it is not a hotel there is never an overlap with leisure guests. The staff were very welcoming and efficient and gave me an excellent sandwich lunch, with very fresh ingredients. If there is a large meeting and extra accommodation is needed, they use the Arora Gatwick.
Sofitel London Gatwick
This does not feel like an airport hotel. The entrance has a bright atrium and was quiet and calm on the day that I visited. The hotel has 518 bedrooms and 11 meeting rooms that can be divided into 14 smaller ones. There are lots of areas of casual seating areas and a bar which can be privatised or used as a casual break out area. The restaurant has two rosettes, has a private room for 42 or can be privatised for 100 people. The largest meeting room is on the ground floor with its own reception are and bar. This is the only room without natural daylight, the others have large windows or two have secondary light from the atrium, they were all bright with high ceilings.
There is a very interesting room on the lower ground floor, with daylight and its own entrance. It was used as an airline lounge and has a sunken seating area, fireplace, bar and room previously used for computers. It is flexible space and can be used for a completely private meeting, with dining in the same room, or parties, meetings with break out areas. The largest residential group that this hotel can take is 240/250 people.
Copthorne London Gatwick
This hotel is traditional in style and has recently been refurbished. It has some nice meeting rooms, with natural daylight and there are four dining outlets, so they can offer variation with lunches and dinners. The Lion d’Or a la carte restaurant has semi-private dining for 8 people. The garden is lovely and there is good outdoor space for breaks or BBQ.
Although there are 227 bedrooms the maximum size residential group is 100 people. The largest room can take 100 theatre style, but is more frequently used for dinners or weddings than meetings, as it has a bar in the corner and dance floor covered with carpet. It has pillars and the natural daylight is from a skylight which has a retractable blackout blind
Copthorne Effingham Gatwick
The largest meeting room is an oval room with large windows either side and takes 650 people with stage and back projection. It is in a separate building, but opposite reception and with a walkway from the hotel on the 1st floor. There are no pillars and a high ceiling, so can be used as blank canvass space. The remaining smaller rooms are in different parts of the hotel. The Wellingtonia suite has been refurbished and consists of 4 joining rooms, with its own terrace overlooking the garden. This is a good training room or meeting room with breakouts. Lunch and breaks can be served there, so meetings can have their own private part of the hotel. The hotel is traditional in style. The club bedrooms have their own balconies.
The decor of this venue is tired, however, they are about to start refurbishment which will take at least a year, so be completed by the end of 2015. The hotel has a large amount of meeting space, but only 122 bedrooms, so works with the Copthorne London Gatwick for overflow accommodation (3 mins by car)
Hickstead Hotel
A 3* hotel that is better inside than it looks from the approach. The reception and meeting rooms are in the old part of the building and there is a newer wing with 54 bedrooms. The main meeting room is on the ground floor with access to a gravel garden, which can be used for breaks or lunch if the weather is good. There are two boardrooms in another area of the hotel on separate floors.
A good hotel for a regional meeting, without getting involved in the traffic of a town and plenty of free parking
South Lodge
Very impressive building and setting. It is a traditional hotel, with wood panneling and tapestries, terraces leading to gardens and views over the Sussex hills. The 12 meeting rooms are in one area of the hotel, on several floors, the largest takes 130 people on rounds. There is a new conference room, the Arundel, which has a fixed U-shaped table for 18 people. Tables in the Pass restaurant have views of the kitchen. It takes 32 for private hire.
There are bedrooms in the old part of the hotel and a newer wing. There is refurbishment going on at the moment. The head chef is Stephen Edwards, who won Masterchef in 2014, consequently the hotel is popular with leisure guests.
Mercure Brighton
4* hotel which is 150 years old and traditional in style. It is on the seafront in the direction of Hove. It looks a bit tired and needs some money spent. There are a variety of styles, carpets, paintwork etc. There are 7 meeting rooms and the largest takes 180 theatre-style. The meeting rooms are scattered around the hotel and accessed by corridors and stairs so not DDA compliant. The meeting rooms have air conditioning, but bedrooms do not. The largest room is the Ballroom on the ground floor which was refurbished in October 2013 and takes 180 theatre-style or 80 cabaret-style. There are two pillars at the side of the room and chandeliers.
The hotel has 12 parking spaces at the front and 30 at the back available on a first-come first-served basis. The nearest car parks are a 10 minute walk.
Myhotel Brighton
In the north Laine area of the city, next to the theatre and Pavilion. It is 6 years old and very contemporary with lots of white, pink and green decoration. There are crystals for Feng Shui and they have used local designers and source local products. It is run on eco-friendly principals with organic tea, chocolate etc and they recycle. Jubilee Square is on one side of the hotel and something happens there all the time. When I visited it was covered in astroturf and 4 table tennis tables were set up for anyone to use. Next month a large converted vintage car will be parked where people can go and watch a film. Then it will change to sculpture. There are only 2 meeting rooms and the maximum capacity of the larger room is 50 people, but fewer would be better. Both are white, bright rooms with natural daylight and air conditioning. Lunch is either served in the meeting room or 10 people can have a cold buffet in the bar. The hotel bar is a destination, and they can allocate a semi-private area for 50 people. It is a fun hotel, there is a photo booth in the bar area and you get a token with drinks. The bedrooms have a disposable camera and if you use it and leave it in the room, the hotel will send the developed pictures later. There are 80 bedrooms, all double beds and all with showers. They have wifi, dvd players and you can plug your iphone into the bedroom’s sound system. Signature rooms are on the corners and are all different in style. here is an Indian restaurant on site, run by an external company, tables need to be booked directly, but they will allocate a semi private area for a group from the hotel.
The hotel has a small underground car park and can allocate 10 spaces for meeting attendees, or there are NCP car parks nearby. Myhotel is probably not to everyone’s taste, it is very lively and fashionable. They do well with the IT, comms and travel industries.
Jurys Inn Brighton
4* hotel next to the station, about 10 mins walk to the North Laine area. There are 9 meeting rooms in a dedicated conference area. The largest room has access to a roof terrace and has capacity for 80 in cabaret style. The hotel does well with charities and associations and is fully DDA compliant. Everything was clean and tidy and it appeared to be efficient. All 234 bedrooms have double beds and triple glazed windows. There is free wifi throughout the hotel. There is some complimentary parking or there is a large car park opposite and it is half the price of the ones at the seafront.
The hotel will spend £2m on refurbishment. Bedrooms will be done a floor at a time starting in October 2014 and public areas done after Christmas. The rates are competitive as they recognise that they are not in the centre of town or on the seafront. But if you don’t want to get tangled up in Brighton’s traffic then it is a good option.
Ashdown Park
Traditional style hotel set in 1,500 acres of grounds with a lake, fountain and lovely views of the Ashdown Forest. It is a 19th century stone mansion, with a spa, golf and they can organise team building events. There are 14 meeting rooms of different sizes, which can be flexible with private dining. The highlight of the building is a converted chapel, which has function rooms on the ground and 1st floor. The ideal size group is 80-100 for this area and it would work well with a meeting on one floor and catering on the other. This would keep the group in one place and would be completely private. There is stained glass at one end of the building and a working organ, so is a spectacular dinner venue.
I stayed the night here and had a lovely large room and it was completely quiet, although there was a wedding reception in the hotel that evening. I ate in the Anderida Restaurant, the food, service and all the staff were excellent.
Roffey Park
I really enjoyed my visit to this management training centre. it is 5 minutes from the M23, just south of Gatwick. It is modern, bright and welcoming – a great place to have a meeting, conference or training event. It is not open to the public, so the clients are only there to work. Roffey is set in 40 acres of grounds and backs on to forest so it is peaceful and you have a feeling of space. There are paths around the grounds, lots of seating and areas for team building. It has a lovely indoor pool or you can borrow a bike to get some exercise. All meeting rooms are light and airy with natural daylight and all rooms on the ground floor open to the garden, so they have their own outside area. There are two restaurants which can be open, secluded or have private areas. There are 60 bedrooms, 10 of which are twins, in one wing of the property. They are plain, so designed for work, but have everything you need.
This is probably the best management training centre that I have visited. The environment was very pleasant and conducive to work. As it is not a hotel there is never an overlap with leisure guests. The staff were very welcoming and efficient and gave me an excellent sandwich lunch, with very fresh ingredients. If there is a large meeting and extra accommodation is needed, they use the Arora Gatwick.
Sofitel London Gatwick
This does not feel like an airport hotel. The entrance has a bright atrium and was quiet and calm on the day that I visited. The hotel has 518 bedrooms and 11 meeting rooms that can be divided into 14 smaller ones. There are lots of areas of casual seating areas and a bar which can be privatised or used as a casual break out area. The restaurant has two rosettes, has a private room for 42 or can be privatised for 100 people. The largest meeting room is on the ground floor with its own reception are and bar. This is the only room without natural daylight, the others have large windows or two have secondary light from the atrium, they were all bright with high ceilings.
There is a very interesting room on the lower ground floor, with daylight and its own entrance. It was used as an airline lounge and has a sunken seating area, fireplace, bar and room previously used for computers. It is flexible space and can be used for a completely private meeting, with dining in the same room, or parties, meetings with break out areas. The largest residential group that this hotel can take is 240/250 people.
Copthorne London Gatwick
This hotel is traditional in style and has recently been refurbished. It has some nice meeting rooms, with natural daylight and there are four dining outlets, so they can offer variation with lunches and dinners. The Lion d’Or a la carte restaurant has semi-private dining for 8 people. The garden is lovely and there is good outdoor space for breaks or BBQ.
Although there are 227 bedrooms the maximum size residential group is 100 people. The largest room can take 100 theatre style, but is more frequently used for dinners or weddings than meetings, as it has a bar in the corner and dance floor covered with carpet. It has pillars and the natural daylight is from a skylight which has a retractable blackout blind
Copthorne Effingham Gatwick
The largest meeting room is an oval room with large windows either side and takes 650 people with stage and back projection. It is in a separate building, but opposite reception and with a walkway from the hotel on the 1st floor. There are no pillars and a high ceiling, so can be used as blank canvass space. The remaining smaller rooms are in different parts of the hotel. The Wellingtonia suite has been refurbished and consists of 4 joining rooms, with its own terrace overlooking the garden. This is a good training room or meeting room with breakouts. Lunch and breaks can be served there, so meetings can have their own private part of the hotel. The hotel is traditional in style. The club bedrooms have their own balconies.
The decor of this venue is tired, however, they are about to start refurbishment which will take at least a year, so be completed by the end of 2015. The hotel has a large amount of meeting space, but only 122 bedrooms, so works with the Copthorne London Gatwick for overflow accommodation (3 mins by car)
Hickstead Hotel
A 3* hotel that is better inside than it looks from the approach. The reception and meeting rooms are in the old part of the building and there is a newer wing with 54 bedrooms. The main meeting room is on the ground floor with access to a gravel garden, which can be used for breaks or lunch if the weather is good. There are two boardrooms in another area of the hotel on separate floors.
A good hotel for a regional meeting, without getting involved in the traffic of a town and plenty of free parking
South Lodge
Very impressive building and setting. It is a traditional hotel, with wood panneling and tapestries, terraces leading to gardens and views over the Sussex hills. The 12 meeting rooms are in one area of the hotel, on several floors, the largest takes 130 people on rounds. There is a new conference room, the Arundel, which has a fixed U-shaped table for 18 people. Tables in the Pass restaurant have views of the kitchen. It takes 32 for private hire.
There are bedrooms in the old part of the hotel and a newer wing. There is refurbishment going on at the moment. The head chef is Stephen Edwards, who won Masterchef in 2014, consequently the hotel is popular with leisure guests.
Mercure Brighton
4* hotel which is 150 years old and traditional in style. It is on the seafront in the direction of Hove. It looks a bit tired and needs some money spent. There are a variety of styles, carpets, paintwork etc. There are 7 meeting rooms and the largest takes 180 theatre-style. The meeting rooms are scattered around the hotel and accessed by corridors and stairs so not DDA compliant. The meeting rooms have air conditioning, but bedrooms do not. The largest room is the Ballroom on the ground floor which was refurbished in October 2013 and takes 180 theatre-style or 80 cabaret-style. There are two pillars at the side of the room and chandeliers.
The hotel has 12 parking spaces at the front and 30 at the back available on a first-come first-served basis. The nearest car parks are a 10 minute walk.
Myhotel Brighton
In the north Laine area of the city, next to the theatre and Pavilion. It is 6 years old and very contemporary with lots of white, pink and green decoration. There are crystals for Feng Shui and they have used local designers and source local products. It is run on eco-friendly principals with organic tea, chocolate etc and they recycle. Jubilee Square is on one side of the hotel and something happens there all the time. When I visited it was covered in astroturf and 4 table tennis tables were set up for anyone to use. Next month a large converted vintage car will be parked where people can go and watch a film. Then it will change to sculpture. There are only 2 meeting rooms and the maximum capacity of the larger room is 50 people, but fewer would be better. Both are white, bright rooms with natural daylight and air conditioning. Lunch is either served in the meeting room or 10 people can have a cold buffet in the bar. The hotel bar is a destination, and they can allocate a semi-private area for 50 people. It is a fun hotel, there is a photo booth in the bar area and you get a token with drinks. The bedrooms have a disposable camera and if you use it and leave it in the room, the hotel will send the developed pictures later. There are 80 bedrooms, all double beds and all with showers. They have wifi, dvd players and you can plug your iphone into the bedroom’s sound system. Signature rooms are on the corners and are all different in style. here is an Indian restaurant on site, run by an external company, tables need to be booked directly, but they will allocate a semi private area for a group from the hotel.
The hotel has a small underground car park and can allocate 10 spaces for meeting attendees, or there are NCP car parks nearby. Myhotel is probably not to everyone’s taste, it is very lively and fashionable. They do well with the IT, comms and travel industries.
Jurys Inn Brighton
4* hotel next to the station, about 10 mins walk to the North Laine area. There are 9 meeting rooms in a dedicated conference area. The largest room has access to a roof terrace and has capacity for 80 in cabaret style. The hotel does well with charities and associations and is fully DDA compliant. Everything was clean and tidy and it appeared to be efficient. All 234 bedrooms have double beds and triple glazed windows. There is free wifi throughout the hotel. There is some complimentary parking or there is a large car park opposite and it is half the price of the ones at the seafront.
The hotel will spend £2m on refurbishment. Bedrooms will be done a floor at a time starting in October 2014 and public areas done after Christmas. The rates are competitive as they recognise that they are not in the centre of town or on the seafront. But if you don’t want to get tangled up in Brighton’s traffic then it is a good option.
Ashdown Park
Traditional style hotel set in 1,500 acres of grounds with a lake, fountain and lovely views of the Ashdown Forest. It is a 19th century stone mansion, with a spa, golf and they can organise team building events. There are 14 meeting rooms of different sizes, which can be flexible with private dining. The highlight of the building is a converted chapel, which has function rooms on the ground and 1st floor. The ideal size group is 80-100 for this area and it would work well with a meeting on one floor and catering on the other. This would keep the group in one place and would be completely private. There is stained glass at one end of the building and a working organ, so is a spectacular dinner venue.
I stayed the night here and had a lovely large room and it was completely quiet, although there was a wedding reception in the hotel that evening. I ate in the Anderida Restaurant, the food, service and all the staff were excellent.
Roffey Park
I really enjoyed my visit to this management training centre. it is 5 minutes from the M23, just south of Gatwick. It is modern, bright and welcoming – a great place to have a meeting, conference or training event. It is not open to the public, so the clients are only there to work. Roffey is set in 40 acres of grounds and backs on to forest so it is peaceful and you have a feeling of space. There are paths around the grounds, lots of seating and areas for team building. It has a lovely indoor pool or you can borrow a bike to get some exercise. All meeting rooms are light and airy with natural daylight and all rooms on the ground floor open to the garden, so they have their own outside area. There are two restaurants which can be open, secluded or have private areas. There are 60 bedrooms, 10 of which are twins, in one wing of the property. They are plain, so designed for work, but have everything you need.
This is probably the best management training centre that I have visited. The environment was very pleasant and conducive to work. As it is not a hotel there is never an overlap with leisure guests. The staff were very welcoming and efficient and gave me an excellent sandwich lunch, with very fresh ingredients. If there is a large meeting and extra accommodation is needed, they use the Arora Gatwick.
Sofitel London Gatwick
This does not feel like an airport hotel. The entrance has a bright atrium and was quiet and calm on the day that I visited. The hotel has 518 bedrooms and 11 meeting rooms that can be divided into 14 smaller ones. There are lots of areas of casual seating areas and a bar which can be privatised or used as a casual break out area. The restaurant has two rosettes, has a private room for 42 or can be privatised for 100 people. The largest meeting room is on the ground floor with its own reception are and bar. This is the only room without natural daylight, the others have large windows or two have secondary light from the atrium, they were all bright with high ceilings.
There is a very interesting room on the lower ground floor, with daylight and its own entrance. It was used as an airline lounge and has a sunken seating area, fireplace, bar and room previously used for computers. It is flexible space and can be used for a completely private meeting, with dining in the same room, or parties, meetings with break out areas. The largest residential group that this hotel can take is 240/250 people.
Copthorne London Gatwick
This hotel is traditional in style and has recently been refurbished. It has some nice meeting rooms, with natural daylight and there are four dining outlets, so they can offer variation with lunches and dinners. The Lion d’Or a la carte restaurant has semi-private dining for 8 people. The garden is lovely and there is good outdoor space for breaks or BBQ.
Although there are 227 bedrooms the maximum size residential group is 100 people. The largest room can take 100 theatre style, but is more frequently used for dinners or weddings than meetings, as it has a bar in the corner and dance floor covered with carpet. It has pillars and the natural daylight is from a skylight which has a retractable blackout blind
Copthorne Effingham Gatwick
The largest meeting room is an oval room with large windows either side and takes 650 people with stage and back projection. It is in a separate building, but opposite reception and with a walkway from the hotel on the 1st floor. There are no pillars and a high ceiling, so can be used as blank canvass space. The remaining smaller rooms are in different parts of the hotel. The Wellingtonia suite has been refurbished and consists of 4 joining rooms, with its own terrace overlooking the garden. This is a good training room or meeting room with breakouts. Lunch and breaks can be served there, so meetings can have their own private part of the hotel. The hotel is traditional in style. The club bedrooms have their own balconies.
The decor of this venue is tired, however, they are about to start refurbishment which will take at least a year, so be completed by the end of 2015. The hotel has a large amount of meeting space, but only 122 bedrooms, so works with the Copthorne London Gatwick for overflow accommodation (3 mins by car)
Hickstead Hotel
A 3* hotel that is better inside than it looks from the approach. The reception and meeting rooms are in the old part of the building and there is a newer wing with 54 bedrooms. The main meeting room is on the ground floor with access to a gravel garden, which can be used for breaks or lunch if the weather is good. There are two boardrooms in another area of the hotel on separate floors.
A good hotel for a regional meeting, without getting involved in the traffic of a town and plenty of free parking
South Lodge
Very impressive building and setting. It is a traditional hotel, with wood panneling and tapestries, terraces leading to gardens and views over the Sussex hills. The 12 meeting rooms are in one area of the hotel, on several floors, the largest takes 130 people on rounds. There is a new conference room, the Arundel, which has a fixed U-shaped table for 18 people. Tables in the Pass restaurant have views of the kitchen. It takes 32 for private hire.
There are bedrooms in the old part of the hotel and a newer wing. There is refurbishment going on at the moment. The head chef is Stephen Edwards, who won Masterchef in 2014, consequently the hotel is popular with leisure guests.
The Noblesse meeting room has a pillar in the middle, but would be good for a group of 30 to use half for a meeting and half for catering or break out space. The hotel is very leisure focussed in the school holidays and has an indoor heated pool, so attracts families. Car parking is in the Lanes NCP and the hotel offers 15% discount.
Mercure Brighton
4* hotel which is 150 years old and traditional in style. It is on the seafront in the direction of Hove. It looks a bit tired and needs some money spent. There are a variety of styles, carpets, paintwork etc. There are 7 meeting rooms and the largest takes 180 theatre-style. The meeting rooms are scattered around the hotel and accessed by corridors and stairs so not DDA compliant. The meeting rooms have air conditioning, but bedrooms do not. The largest room is the Ballroom on the ground floor which was refurbished in October 2013 and takes 180 theatre-style or 80 cabaret-style. There are two pillars at the side of the room and chandeliers.
The hotel has 12 parking spaces at the front and 30 at the back available on a first-come first-served basis. The nearest car parks are a 10 minute walk.
Myhotel Brighton
In the north Laine area of the city, next to the theatre and Pavilion. It is 6 years old and very contemporary with lots of white, pink and green decoration. There are crystals for Feng Shui and they have used local designers and source local products. It is run on eco-friendly principals with organic tea, chocolate etc and they recycle. Jubilee Square is on one side of the hotel and something happens there all the time. When I visited it was covered in astroturf and 4 table tennis tables were set up for anyone to use. Next month a large converted vintage car will be parked where people can go and watch a film. Then it will change to sculpture. There are only 2 meeting rooms and the maximum capacity of the larger room is 50 people, but fewer would be better. Both are white, bright rooms with natural daylight and air conditioning. Lunch is either served in the meeting room or 10 people can have a cold buffet in the bar. The hotel bar is a destination, and they can allocate a semi-private area for 50 people. It is a fun hotel, there is a photo booth in the bar area and you get a token with drinks. The bedrooms have a disposable camera and if you use it and leave it in the room, the hotel will send the developed pictures later. There are 80 bedrooms, all double beds and all with showers. They have wifi, dvd players and you can plug your iphone into the bedroom’s sound system. Signature rooms are on the corners and are all different in style. here is an Indian restaurant on site, run by an external company, tables need to be booked directly, but they will allocate a semi private area for a group from the hotel.
The hotel has a small underground car park and can allocate 10 spaces for meeting attendees, or there are NCP car parks nearby. Myhotel is probably not to everyone’s taste, it is very lively and fashionable. They do well with the IT, comms and travel industries.
Jurys Inn Brighton
4* hotel next to the station, about 10 mins walk to the North Laine area. There are 9 meeting rooms in a dedicated conference area. The largest room has access to a roof terrace and has capacity for 80 in cabaret style. The hotel does well with charities and associations and is fully DDA compliant. Everything was clean and tidy and it appeared to be efficient. All 234 bedrooms have double beds and triple glazed windows. There is free wifi throughout the hotel. There is some complimentary parking or there is a large car park opposite and it is half the price of the ones at the seafront.
The hotel will spend £2m on refurbishment. Bedrooms will be done a floor at a time starting in October 2014 and public areas done after Christmas. The rates are competitive as they recognise that they are not in the centre of town or on the seafront. But if you don’t want to get tangled up in Brighton’s traffic then it is a good option.
Ashdown Park
Traditional style hotel set in 1,500 acres of grounds with a lake, fountain and lovely views of the Ashdown Forest. It is a 19th century stone mansion, with a spa, golf and they can organise team building events. There are 14 meeting rooms of different sizes, which can be flexible with private dining. The highlight of the building is a converted chapel, which has function rooms on the ground and 1st floor. The ideal size group is 80-100 for this area and it would work well with a meeting on one floor and catering on the other. This would keep the group in one place and would be completely private. There is stained glass at one end of the building and a working organ, so is a spectacular dinner venue.
I stayed the night here and had a lovely large room and it was completely quiet, although there was a wedding reception in the hotel that evening. I ate in the Anderida Restaurant, the food, service and all the staff were excellent.
Roffey Park
I really enjoyed my visit to this management training centre. it is 5 minutes from the M23, just south of Gatwick. It is modern, bright and welcoming – a great place to have a meeting, conference or training event. It is not open to the public, so the clients are only there to work. Roffey is set in 40 acres of grounds and backs on to forest so it is peaceful and you have a feeling of space. There are paths around the grounds, lots of seating and areas for team building. It has a lovely indoor pool or you can borrow a bike to get some exercise. All meeting rooms are light and airy with natural daylight and all rooms on the ground floor open to the garden, so they have their own outside area. There are two restaurants which can be open, secluded or have private areas. There are 60 bedrooms, 10 of which are twins, in one wing of the property. They are plain, so designed for work, but have everything you need.
This is probably the best management training centre that I have visited. The environment was very pleasant and conducive to work. As it is not a hotel there is never an overlap with leisure guests. The staff were very welcoming and efficient and gave me an excellent sandwich lunch, with very fresh ingredients. If there is a large meeting and extra accommodation is needed, they use the Arora Gatwick.
Sofitel London Gatwick
This does not feel like an airport hotel. The entrance has a bright atrium and was quiet and calm on the day that I visited. The hotel has 518 bedrooms and 11 meeting rooms that can be divided into 14 smaller ones. There are lots of areas of casual seating areas and a bar which can be privatised or used as a casual break out area. The restaurant has two rosettes, has a private room for 42 or can be privatised for 100 people. The largest meeting room is on the ground floor with its own reception are and bar. This is the only room without natural daylight, the others have large windows or two have secondary light from the atrium, they were all bright with high ceilings.
There is a very interesting room on the lower ground floor, with daylight and its own entrance. It was used as an airline lounge and has a sunken seating area, fireplace, bar and room previously used for computers. It is flexible space and can be used for a completely private meeting, with dining in the same room, or parties, meetings with break out areas. The largest residential group that this hotel can take is 240/250 people.
Copthorne London Gatwick
This hotel is traditional in style and has recently been refurbished. It has some nice meeting rooms, with natural daylight and there are four dining outlets, so they can offer variation with lunches and dinners. The Lion d’Or a la carte restaurant has semi-private dining for 8 people. The garden is lovely and there is good outdoor space for breaks or BBQ.
Although there are 227 bedrooms the maximum size residential group is 100 people. The largest room can take 100 theatre style, but is more frequently used for dinners or weddings than meetings, as it has a bar in the corner and dance floor covered with carpet. It has pillars and the natural daylight is from a skylight which has a retractable blackout blind
Copthorne Effingham Gatwick
The largest meeting room is an oval room with large windows either side and takes 650 people with stage and back projection. It is in a separate building, but opposite reception and with a walkway from the hotel on the 1st floor. There are no pillars and a high ceiling, so can be used as blank canvass space. The remaining smaller rooms are in different parts of the hotel. The Wellingtonia suite has been refurbished and consists of 4 joining rooms, with its own terrace overlooking the garden. This is a good training room or meeting room with breakouts. Lunch and breaks can be served there, so meetings can have their own private part of the hotel. The hotel is traditional in style. The club bedrooms have their own balconies.
The decor of this venue is tired, however, they are about to start refurbishment which will take at least a year, so be completed by the end of 2015. The hotel has a large amount of meeting space, but only 122 bedrooms, so works with the Copthorne London Gatwick for overflow accommodation (3 mins by car)
Hickstead Hotel
A 3* hotel that is better inside than it looks from the approach. The reception and meeting rooms are in the old part of the building and there is a newer wing with 54 bedrooms. The main meeting room is on the ground floor with access to a gravel garden, which can be used for breaks or lunch if the weather is good. There are two boardrooms in another area of the hotel on separate floors.
A good hotel for a regional meeting, without getting involved in the traffic of a town and plenty of free parking
South Lodge
Very impressive building and setting. It is a traditional hotel, with wood panneling and tapestries, terraces leading to gardens and views over the Sussex hills. The 12 meeting rooms are in one area of the hotel, on several floors, the largest takes 130 people on rounds. There is a new conference room, the Arundel, which has a fixed U-shaped table for 18 people. Tables in the Pass restaurant have views of the kitchen. It takes 32 for private hire.
There are bedrooms in the old part of the hotel and a newer wing. There is refurbishment going on at the moment. The head chef is Stephen Edwards, who won Masterchef in 2014, consequently the hotel is popular with leisure guests.
This is not a good looking hotel from the outside, but was purpose built about 30 years ago as a hotel and does not have the challenges of some of the older properties in Brighton. It is a good location with the sea front is on one side and the Lanes on the other. Inside it is built around an atrium so is bright. All 210 bedrooms are having a soft refurbishment this year. The maximum capacity for a residential group is 180. There are two bars, one which can be used for private receptions and is complimentary for groups of 50+. Most of the meeting space is on the 1st floor. The meeting foyer is shared between all groups, but an area can be sectioned off if required. All the meeting space has air conditioning and only one room does not have natural daylight. The ballroom is on the ground floor and is the only room I have seen with oval tables (not round) which would be good for 6-7 people in cabaret style. Executive bedrooms have sea views or face the Lanes and are good sized rooms. The standard rooms are internal facing to the atrium.
The Noblesse meeting room has a pillar in the middle, but would be good for a group of 30 to use half for a meeting and half for catering or break out space. The hotel is very leisure focussed in the school holidays and has an indoor heated pool, so attracts families. Car parking is in the Lanes NCP and the hotel offers 15% discount.
Mercure Brighton
4* hotel which is 150 years old and traditional in style. It is on the seafront in the direction of Hove. It looks a bit tired and needs some money spent. There are a variety of styles, carpets, paintwork etc. There are 7 meeting rooms and the largest takes 180 theatre-style. The meeting rooms are scattered around the hotel and accessed by corridors and stairs so not DDA compliant. The meeting rooms have air conditioning, but bedrooms do not. The largest room is the Ballroom on the ground floor which was refurbished in October 2013 and takes 180 theatre-style or 80 cabaret-style. There are two pillars at the side of the room and chandeliers.
The hotel has 12 parking spaces at the front and 30 at the back available on a first-come first-served basis. The nearest car parks are a 10 minute walk.
Myhotel Brighton
In the north Laine area of the city, next to the theatre and Pavilion. It is 6 years old and very contemporary with lots of white, pink and green decoration. There are crystals for Feng Shui and they have used local designers and source local products. It is run on eco-friendly principals with organic tea, chocolate etc and they recycle. Jubilee Square is on one side of the hotel and something happens there all the time. When I visited it was covered in astroturf and 4 table tennis tables were set up for anyone to use. Next month a large converted vintage car will be parked where people can go and watch a film. Then it will change to sculpture. There are only 2 meeting rooms and the maximum capacity of the larger room is 50 people, but fewer would be better. Both are white, bright rooms with natural daylight and air conditioning. Lunch is either served in the meeting room or 10 people can have a cold buffet in the bar. The hotel bar is a destination, and they can allocate a semi-private area for 50 people. It is a fun hotel, there is a photo booth in the bar area and you get a token with drinks. The bedrooms have a disposable camera and if you use it and leave it in the room, the hotel will send the developed pictures later. There are 80 bedrooms, all double beds and all with showers. They have wifi, dvd players and you can plug your iphone into the bedroom’s sound system. Signature rooms are on the corners and are all different in style. here is an Indian restaurant on site, run by an external company, tables need to be booked directly, but they will allocate a semi private area for a group from the hotel.
The hotel has a small underground car park and can allocate 10 spaces for meeting attendees, or there are NCP car parks nearby. Myhotel is probably not to everyone’s taste, it is very lively and fashionable. They do well with the IT, comms and travel industries.
Jurys Inn Brighton
4* hotel next to the station, about 10 mins walk to the North Laine area. There are 9 meeting rooms in a dedicated conference area. The largest room has access to a roof terrace and has capacity for 80 in cabaret style. The hotel does well with charities and associations and is fully DDA compliant. Everything was clean and tidy and it appeared to be efficient. All 234 bedrooms have double beds and triple glazed windows. There is free wifi throughout the hotel. There is some complimentary parking or there is a large car park opposite and it is half the price of the ones at the seafront.
The hotel will spend £2m on refurbishment. Bedrooms will be done a floor at a time starting in October 2014 and public areas done after Christmas. The rates are competitive as they recognise that they are not in the centre of town or on the seafront. But if you don’t want to get tangled up in Brighton’s traffic then it is a good option.
Ashdown Park
Traditional style hotel set in 1,500 acres of grounds with a lake, fountain and lovely views of the Ashdown Forest. It is a 19th century stone mansion, with a spa, golf and they can organise team building events. There are 14 meeting rooms of different sizes, which can be flexible with private dining. The highlight of the building is a converted chapel, which has function rooms on the ground and 1st floor. The ideal size group is 80-100 for this area and it would work well with a meeting on one floor and catering on the other. This would keep the group in one place and would be completely private. There is stained glass at one end of the building and a working organ, so is a spectacular dinner venue.
I stayed the night here and had a lovely large room and it was completely quiet, although there was a wedding reception in the hotel that evening. I ate in the Anderida Restaurant, the food, service and all the staff were excellent.
Roffey Park
I really enjoyed my visit to this management training centre. it is 5 minutes from the M23, just south of Gatwick. It is modern, bright and welcoming – a great place to have a meeting, conference or training event. It is not open to the public, so the clients are only there to work. Roffey is set in 40 acres of grounds and backs on to forest so it is peaceful and you have a feeling of space. There are paths around the grounds, lots of seating and areas for team building. It has a lovely indoor pool or you can borrow a bike to get some exercise. All meeting rooms are light and airy with natural daylight and all rooms on the ground floor open to the garden, so they have their own outside area. There are two restaurants which can be open, secluded or have private areas. There are 60 bedrooms, 10 of which are twins, in one wing of the property. They are plain, so designed for work, but have everything you need.
This is probably the best management training centre that I have visited. The environment was very pleasant and conducive to work. As it is not a hotel there is never an overlap with leisure guests. The staff were very welcoming and efficient and gave me an excellent sandwich lunch, with very fresh ingredients. If there is a large meeting and extra accommodation is needed, they use the Arora Gatwick.
Sofitel London Gatwick
This does not feel like an airport hotel. The entrance has a bright atrium and was quiet and calm on the day that I visited. The hotel has 518 bedrooms and 11 meeting rooms that can be divided into 14 smaller ones. There are lots of areas of casual seating areas and a bar which can be privatised or used as a casual break out area. The restaurant has two rosettes, has a private room for 42 or can be privatised for 100 people. The largest meeting room is on the ground floor with its own reception are and bar. This is the only room without natural daylight, the others have large windows or two have secondary light from the atrium, they were all bright with high ceilings.
There is a very interesting room on the lower ground floor, with daylight and its own entrance. It was used as an airline lounge and has a sunken seating area, fireplace, bar and room previously used for computers. It is flexible space and can be used for a completely private meeting, with dining in the same room, or parties, meetings with break out areas. The largest residential group that this hotel can take is 240/250 people.
Copthorne London Gatwick
This hotel is traditional in style and has recently been refurbished. It has some nice meeting rooms, with natural daylight and there are four dining outlets, so they can offer variation with lunches and dinners. The Lion d’Or a la carte restaurant has semi-private dining for 8 people. The garden is lovely and there is good outdoor space for breaks or BBQ.
Although there are 227 bedrooms the maximum size residential group is 100 people. The largest room can take 100 theatre style, but is more frequently used for dinners or weddings than meetings, as it has a bar in the corner and dance floor covered with carpet. It has pillars and the natural daylight is from a skylight which has a retractable blackout blind
Copthorne Effingham Gatwick
The largest meeting room is an oval room with large windows either side and takes 650 people with stage and back projection. It is in a separate building, but opposite reception and with a walkway from the hotel on the 1st floor. There are no pillars and a high ceiling, so can be used as blank canvass space. The remaining smaller rooms are in different parts of the hotel. The Wellingtonia suite has been refurbished and consists of 4 joining rooms, with its own terrace overlooking the garden. This is a good training room or meeting room with breakouts. Lunch and breaks can be served there, so meetings can have their own private part of the hotel. The hotel is traditional in style. The club bedrooms have their own balconies.
The decor of this venue is tired, however, they are about to start refurbishment which will take at least a year, so be completed by the end of 2015. The hotel has a large amount of meeting space, but only 122 bedrooms, so works with the Copthorne London Gatwick for overflow accommodation (3 mins by car)
Hickstead Hotel
A 3* hotel that is better inside than it looks from the approach. The reception and meeting rooms are in the old part of the building and there is a newer wing with 54 bedrooms. The main meeting room is on the ground floor with access to a gravel garden, which can be used for breaks or lunch if the weather is good. There are two boardrooms in another area of the hotel on separate floors.
A good hotel for a regional meeting, without getting involved in the traffic of a town and plenty of free parking
South Lodge
Very impressive building and setting. It is a traditional hotel, with wood panneling and tapestries, terraces leading to gardens and views over the Sussex hills. The 12 meeting rooms are in one area of the hotel, on several floors, the largest takes 130 people on rounds. There is a new conference room, the Arundel, which has a fixed U-shaped table for 18 people. Tables in the Pass restaurant have views of the kitchen. It takes 32 for private hire.
There are bedrooms in the old part of the hotel and a newer wing. There is refurbishment going on at the moment. The head chef is Stephen Edwards, who won Masterchef in 2014, consequently the hotel is popular with leisure guests.
This is not a good looking hotel from the outside, but was purpose built about 30 years ago as a hotel and does not have the challenges of some of the older properties in Brighton. It is a good location with the sea front is on one side and the Lanes on the other. Inside it is built around an atrium so is bright. All 210 bedrooms are having a soft refurbishment this year. The maximum capacity for a residential group is 180. There are two bars, one which can be used for private receptions and is complimentary for groups of 50+. Most of the meeting space is on the 1st floor. The meeting foyer is shared between all groups, but an area can be sectioned off if required. All the meeting space has air conditioning and only one room does not have natural daylight. The ballroom is on the ground floor and is the only room I have seen with oval tables (not round) which would be good for 6-7 people in cabaret style. Executive bedrooms have sea views or face the Lanes and are good sized rooms. The standard rooms are internal facing to the atrium.
The Noblesse meeting room has a pillar in the middle, but would be good for a group of 30 to use half for a meeting and half for catering or break out space. The hotel is very leisure focussed in the school holidays and has an indoor heated pool, so attracts families. Car parking is in the Lanes NCP and the hotel offers 15% discount.
Mercure Brighton
4* hotel which is 150 years old and traditional in style. It is on the seafront in the direction of Hove. It looks a bit tired and needs some money spent. There are a variety of styles, carpets, paintwork etc. There are 7 meeting rooms and the largest takes 180 theatre-style. The meeting rooms are scattered around the hotel and accessed by corridors and stairs so not DDA compliant. The meeting rooms have air conditioning, but bedrooms do not. The largest room is the Ballroom on the ground floor which was refurbished in October 2013 and takes 180 theatre-style or 80 cabaret-style. There are two pillars at the side of the room and chandeliers.
The hotel has 12 parking spaces at the front and 30 at the back available on a first-come first-served basis. The nearest car parks are a 10 minute walk.
Myhotel Brighton
In the north Laine area of the city, next to the theatre and Pavilion. It is 6 years old and very contemporary with lots of white, pink and green decoration. There are crystals for Feng Shui and they have used local designers and source local products. It is run on eco-friendly principals with organic tea, chocolate etc and they recycle. Jubilee Square is on one side of the hotel and something happens there all the time. When I visited it was covered in astroturf and 4 table tennis tables were set up for anyone to use. Next month a large converted vintage car will be parked where people can go and watch a film. Then it will change to sculpture. There are only 2 meeting rooms and the maximum capacity of the larger room is 50 people, but fewer would be better. Both are white, bright rooms with natural daylight and air conditioning. Lunch is either served in the meeting room or 10 people can have a cold buffet in the bar. The hotel bar is a destination, and they can allocate a semi-private area for 50 people. It is a fun hotel, there is a photo booth in the bar area and you get a token with drinks. The bedrooms have a disposable camera and if you use it and leave it in the room, the hotel will send the developed pictures later. There are 80 bedrooms, all double beds and all with showers. They have wifi, dvd players and you can plug your iphone into the bedroom’s sound system. Signature rooms are on the corners and are all different in style. here is an Indian restaurant on site, run by an external company, tables need to be booked directly, but they will allocate a semi private area for a group from the hotel.
The hotel has a small underground car park and can allocate 10 spaces for meeting attendees, or there are NCP car parks nearby. Myhotel is probably not to everyone’s taste, it is very lively and fashionable. They do well with the IT, comms and travel industries.
Jurys Inn Brighton
4* hotel next to the station, about 10 mins walk to the North Laine area. There are 9 meeting rooms in a dedicated conference area. The largest room has access to a roof terrace and has capacity for 80 in cabaret style. The hotel does well with charities and associations and is fully DDA compliant. Everything was clean and tidy and it appeared to be efficient. All 234 bedrooms have double beds and triple glazed windows. There is free wifi throughout the hotel. There is some complimentary parking or there is a large car park opposite and it is half the price of the ones at the seafront.
The hotel will spend £2m on refurbishment. Bedrooms will be done a floor at a time starting in October 2014 and public areas done after Christmas. The rates are competitive as they recognise that they are not in the centre of town or on the seafront. But if you don’t want to get tangled up in Brighton’s traffic then it is a good option.
Ashdown Park
Traditional style hotel set in 1,500 acres of grounds with a lake, fountain and lovely views of the Ashdown Forest. It is a 19th century stone mansion, with a spa, golf and they can organise team building events. There are 14 meeting rooms of different sizes, which can be flexible with private dining. The highlight of the building is a converted chapel, which has function rooms on the ground and 1st floor. The ideal size group is 80-100 for this area and it would work well with a meeting on one floor and catering on the other. This would keep the group in one place and would be completely private. There is stained glass at one end of the building and a working organ, so is a spectacular dinner venue.
I stayed the night here and had a lovely large room and it was completely quiet, although there was a wedding reception in the hotel that evening. I ate in the Anderida Restaurant, the food, service and all the staff were excellent.
Roffey Park
I really enjoyed my visit to this management training centre. it is 5 minutes from the M23, just south of Gatwick. It is modern, bright and welcoming – a great place to have a meeting, conference or training event. It is not open to the public, so the clients are only there to work. Roffey is set in 40 acres of grounds and backs on to forest so it is peaceful and you have a feeling of space. There are paths around the grounds, lots of seating and areas for team building. It has a lovely indoor pool or you can borrow a bike to get some exercise. All meeting rooms are light and airy with natural daylight and all rooms on the ground floor open to the garden, so they have their own outside area. There are two restaurants which can be open, secluded or have private areas. There are 60 bedrooms, 10 of which are twins, in one wing of the property. They are plain, so designed for work, but have everything you need.
This is probably the best management training centre that I have visited. The environment was very pleasant and conducive to work. As it is not a hotel there is never an overlap with leisure guests. The staff were very welcoming and efficient and gave me an excellent sandwich lunch, with very fresh ingredients. If there is a large meeting and extra accommodation is needed, they use the Arora Gatwick.
Sofitel London Gatwick
This does not feel like an airport hotel. The entrance has a bright atrium and was quiet and calm on the day that I visited. The hotel has 518 bedrooms and 11 meeting rooms that can be divided into 14 smaller ones. There are lots of areas of casual seating areas and a bar which can be privatised or used as a casual break out area. The restaurant has two rosettes, has a private room for 42 or can be privatised for 100 people. The largest meeting room is on the ground floor with its own reception are and bar. This is the only room without natural daylight, the others have large windows or two have secondary light from the atrium, they were all bright with high ceilings.
There is a very interesting room on the lower ground floor, with daylight and its own entrance. It was used as an airline lounge and has a sunken seating area, fireplace, bar and room previously used for computers. It is flexible space and can be used for a completely private meeting, with dining in the same room, or parties, meetings with break out areas. The largest residential group that this hotel can take is 240/250 people.
Copthorne London Gatwick
This hotel is traditional in style and has recently been refurbished. It has some nice meeting rooms, with natural daylight and there are four dining outlets, so they can offer variation with lunches and dinners. The Lion d’Or a la carte restaurant has semi-private dining for 8 people. The garden is lovely and there is good outdoor space for breaks or BBQ.
Although there are 227 bedrooms the maximum size residential group is 100 people. The largest room can take 100 theatre style, but is more frequently used for dinners or weddings than meetings, as it has a bar in the corner and dance floor covered with carpet. It has pillars and the natural daylight is from a skylight which has a retractable blackout blind
Copthorne Effingham Gatwick
The largest meeting room is an oval room with large windows either side and takes 650 people with stage and back projection. It is in a separate building, but opposite reception and with a walkway from the hotel on the 1st floor. There are no pillars and a high ceiling, so can be used as blank canvass space. The remaining smaller rooms are in different parts of the hotel. The Wellingtonia suite has been refurbished and consists of 4 joining rooms, with its own terrace overlooking the garden. This is a good training room or meeting room with breakouts. Lunch and breaks can be served there, so meetings can have their own private part of the hotel. The hotel is traditional in style. The club bedrooms have their own balconies.
The decor of this venue is tired, however, they are about to start refurbishment which will take at least a year, so be completed by the end of 2015. The hotel has a large amount of meeting space, but only 122 bedrooms, so works with the Copthorne London Gatwick for overflow accommodation (3 mins by car)
Hickstead Hotel
A 3* hotel that is better inside than it looks from the approach. The reception and meeting rooms are in the old part of the building and there is a newer wing with 54 bedrooms. The main meeting room is on the ground floor with access to a gravel garden, which can be used for breaks or lunch if the weather is good. There are two boardrooms in another area of the hotel on separate floors.
A good hotel for a regional meeting, without getting involved in the traffic of a town and plenty of free parking
South Lodge
Very impressive building and setting. It is a traditional hotel, with wood panneling and tapestries, terraces leading to gardens and views over the Sussex hills. The 12 meeting rooms are in one area of the hotel, on several floors, the largest takes 130 people on rounds. There is a new conference room, the Arundel, which has a fixed U-shaped table for 18 people. Tables in the Pass restaurant have views of the kitchen. It takes 32 for private hire.
There are bedrooms in the old part of the hotel and a newer wing. There is refurbishment going on at the moment. The head chef is Stephen Edwards, who won Masterchef in 2014, consequently the hotel is popular with leisure guests.
Thistle Brighton
This is not a good looking hotel from the outside, but was purpose built about 30 years ago as a hotel and does not have the challenges of some of the older properties in Brighton. It is a good location with the sea front is on one side and the Lanes on the other. Inside it is built around an atrium so is bright. All 210 bedrooms are having a soft refurbishment this year. The maximum capacity for a residential group is 180. There are two bars, one which can be used for private receptions and is complimentary for groups of 50+. Most of the meeting space is on the 1st floor. The meeting foyer is shared between all groups, but an area can be sectioned off if required. All the meeting space has air conditioning and only one room does not have natural daylight. The ballroom is on the ground floor and is the only room I have seen with oval tables (not round) which would be good for 6-7 people in cabaret style. Executive bedrooms have sea views or face the Lanes and are good sized rooms. The standard rooms are internal facing to the atrium.
The Noblesse meeting room has a pillar in the middle, but would be good for a group of 30 to use half for a meeting and half for catering or break out space. The hotel is very leisure focussed in the school holidays and has an indoor heated pool, so attracts families. Car parking is in the Lanes NCP and the hotel offers 15% discount.
Mercure Brighton
4* hotel which is 150 years old and traditional in style. It is on the seafront in the direction of Hove. It looks a bit tired and needs some money spent. There are a variety of styles, carpets, paintwork etc. There are 7 meeting rooms and the largest takes 180 theatre-style. The meeting rooms are scattered around the hotel and accessed by corridors and stairs so not DDA compliant. The meeting rooms have air conditioning, but bedrooms do not. The largest room is the Ballroom on the ground floor which was refurbished in October 2013 and takes 180 theatre-style or 80 cabaret-style. There are two pillars at the side of the room and chandeliers.
The hotel has 12 parking spaces at the front and 30 at the back available on a first-come first-served basis. The nearest car parks are a 10 minute walk.
Myhotel Brighton
In the north Laine area of the city, next to the theatre and Pavilion. It is 6 years old and very contemporary with lots of white, pink and green decoration. There are crystals for Feng Shui and they have used local designers and source local products. It is run on eco-friendly principals with organic tea, chocolate etc and they recycle. Jubilee Square is on one side of the hotel and something happens there all the time. When I visited it was covered in astroturf and 4 table tennis tables were set up for anyone to use. Next month a large converted vintage car will be parked where people can go and watch a film. Then it will change to sculpture. There are only 2 meeting rooms and the maximum capacity of the larger room is 50 people, but fewer would be better. Both are white, bright rooms with natural daylight and air conditioning. Lunch is either served in the meeting room or 10 people can have a cold buffet in the bar. The hotel bar is a destination, and they can allocate a semi-private area for 50 people. It is a fun hotel, there is a photo booth in the bar area and you get a token with drinks. The bedrooms have a disposable camera and if you use it and leave it in the room, the hotel will send the developed pictures later. There are 80 bedrooms, all double beds and all with showers. They have wifi, dvd players and you can plug your iphone into the bedroom’s sound system. Signature rooms are on the corners and are all different in style. here is an Indian restaurant on site, run by an external company, tables need to be booked directly, but they will allocate a semi private area for a group from the hotel.
The hotel has a small underground car park and can allocate 10 spaces for meeting attendees, or there are NCP car parks nearby. Myhotel is probably not to everyone’s taste, it is very lively and fashionable. They do well with the IT, comms and travel industries.
Jurys Inn Brighton
4* hotel next to the station, about 10 mins walk to the North Laine area. There are 9 meeting rooms in a dedicated conference area. The largest room has access to a roof terrace and has capacity for 80 in cabaret style. The hotel does well with charities and associations and is fully DDA compliant. Everything was clean and tidy and it appeared to be efficient. All 234 bedrooms have double beds and triple glazed windows. There is free wifi throughout the hotel. There is some complimentary parking or there is a large car park opposite and it is half the price of the ones at the seafront.
The hotel will spend £2m on refurbishment. Bedrooms will be done a floor at a time starting in October 2014 and public areas done after Christmas. The rates are competitive as they recognise that they are not in the centre of town or on the seafront. But if you don’t want to get tangled up in Brighton’s traffic then it is a good option.
Ashdown Park
Traditional style hotel set in 1,500 acres of grounds with a lake, fountain and lovely views of the Ashdown Forest. It is a 19th century stone mansion, with a spa, golf and they can organise team building events. There are 14 meeting rooms of different sizes, which can be flexible with private dining. The highlight of the building is a converted chapel, which has function rooms on the ground and 1st floor. The ideal size group is 80-100 for this area and it would work well with a meeting on one floor and catering on the other. This would keep the group in one place and would be completely private. There is stained glass at one end of the building and a working organ, so is a spectacular dinner venue.
I stayed the night here and had a lovely large room and it was completely quiet, although there was a wedding reception in the hotel that evening. I ate in the Anderida Restaurant, the food, service and all the staff were excellent.
Roffey Park
I really enjoyed my visit to this management training centre. it is 5 minutes from the M23, just south of Gatwick. It is modern, bright and welcoming – a great place to have a meeting, conference or training event. It is not open to the public, so the clients are only there to work. Roffey is set in 40 acres of grounds and backs on to forest so it is peaceful and you have a feeling of space. There are paths around the grounds, lots of seating and areas for team building. It has a lovely indoor pool or you can borrow a bike to get some exercise. All meeting rooms are light and airy with natural daylight and all rooms on the ground floor open to the garden, so they have their own outside area. There are two restaurants which can be open, secluded or have private areas. There are 60 bedrooms, 10 of which are twins, in one wing of the property. They are plain, so designed for work, but have everything you need.
This is probably the best management training centre that I have visited. The environment was very pleasant and conducive to work. As it is not a hotel there is never an overlap with leisure guests. The staff were very welcoming and efficient and gave me an excellent sandwich lunch, with very fresh ingredients. If there is a large meeting and extra accommodation is needed, they use the Arora Gatwick.
Sofitel London Gatwick
This does not feel like an airport hotel. The entrance has a bright atrium and was quiet and calm on the day that I visited. The hotel has 518 bedrooms and 11 meeting rooms that can be divided into 14 smaller ones. There are lots of areas of casual seating areas and a bar which can be privatised or used as a casual break out area. The restaurant has two rosettes, has a private room for 42 or can be privatised for 100 people. The largest meeting room is on the ground floor with its own reception are and bar. This is the only room without natural daylight, the others have large windows or two have secondary light from the atrium, they were all bright with high ceilings.
There is a very interesting room on the lower ground floor, with daylight and its own entrance. It was used as an airline lounge and has a sunken seating area, fireplace, bar and room previously used for computers. It is flexible space and can be used for a completely private meeting, with dining in the same room, or parties, meetings with break out areas. The largest residential group that this hotel can take is 240/250 people.
Copthorne London Gatwick
This hotel is traditional in style and has recently been refurbished. It has some nice meeting rooms, with natural daylight and there are four dining outlets, so they can offer variation with lunches and dinners. The Lion d’Or a la carte restaurant has semi-private dining for 8 people. The garden is lovely and there is good outdoor space for breaks or BBQ.
Although there are 227 bedrooms the maximum size residential group is 100 people. The largest room can take 100 theatre style, but is more frequently used for dinners or weddings than meetings, as it has a bar in the corner and dance floor covered with carpet. It has pillars and the natural daylight is from a skylight which has a retractable blackout blind
Copthorne Effingham Gatwick
The largest meeting room is an oval room with large windows either side and takes 650 people with stage and back projection. It is in a separate building, but opposite reception and with a walkway from the hotel on the 1st floor. There are no pillars and a high ceiling, so can be used as blank canvass space. The remaining smaller rooms are in different parts of the hotel. The Wellingtonia suite has been refurbished and consists of 4 joining rooms, with its own terrace overlooking the garden. This is a good training room or meeting room with breakouts. Lunch and breaks can be served there, so meetings can have their own private part of the hotel. The hotel is traditional in style. The club bedrooms have their own balconies.
The decor of this venue is tired, however, they are about to start refurbishment which will take at least a year, so be completed by the end of 2015. The hotel has a large amount of meeting space, but only 122 bedrooms, so works with the Copthorne London Gatwick for overflow accommodation (3 mins by car)
Hickstead Hotel
A 3* hotel that is better inside than it looks from the approach. The reception and meeting rooms are in the old part of the building and there is a newer wing with 54 bedrooms. The main meeting room is on the ground floor with access to a gravel garden, which can be used for breaks or lunch if the weather is good. There are two boardrooms in another area of the hotel on separate floors.
A good hotel for a regional meeting, without getting involved in the traffic of a town and plenty of free parking
South Lodge
Very impressive building and setting. It is a traditional hotel, with wood panneling and tapestries, terraces leading to gardens and views over the Sussex hills. The 12 meeting rooms are in one area of the hotel, on several floors, the largest takes 130 people on rounds. There is a new conference room, the Arundel, which has a fixed U-shaped table for 18 people. Tables in the Pass restaurant have views of the kitchen. It takes 32 for private hire.
There are bedrooms in the old part of the hotel and a newer wing. There is refurbishment going on at the moment. The head chef is Stephen Edwards, who won Masterchef in 2014, consequently the hotel is popular with leisure guests.
Thistle Brighton
This is not a good looking hotel from the outside, but was purpose built about 30 years ago as a hotel and does not have the challenges of some of the older properties in Brighton. It is a good location with the sea front is on one side and the Lanes on the other. Inside it is built around an atrium so is bright. All 210 bedrooms are having a soft refurbishment this year. The maximum capacity for a residential group is 180. There are two bars, one which can be used for private receptions and is complimentary for groups of 50+. Most of the meeting space is on the 1st floor. The meeting foyer is shared between all groups, but an area can be sectioned off if required. All the meeting space has air conditioning and only one room does not have natural daylight. The ballroom is on the ground floor and is the only room I have seen with oval tables (not round) which would be good for 6-7 people in cabaret style. Executive bedrooms have sea views or face the Lanes and are good sized rooms. The standard rooms are internal facing to the atrium.
The Noblesse meeting room has a pillar in the middle, but would be good for a group of 30 to use half for a meeting and half for catering or break out space. The hotel is very leisure focussed in the school holidays and has an indoor heated pool, so attracts families. Car parking is in the Lanes NCP and the hotel offers 15% discount.
Mercure Brighton
4* hotel which is 150 years old and traditional in style. It is on the seafront in the direction of Hove. It looks a bit tired and needs some money spent. There are a variety of styles, carpets, paintwork etc. There are 7 meeting rooms and the largest takes 180 theatre-style. The meeting rooms are scattered around the hotel and accessed by corridors and stairs so not DDA compliant. The meeting rooms have air conditioning, but bedrooms do not. The largest room is the Ballroom on the ground floor which was refurbished in October 2013 and takes 180 theatre-style or 80 cabaret-style. There are two pillars at the side of the room and chandeliers.
The hotel has 12 parking spaces at the front and 30 at the back available on a first-come first-served basis. The nearest car parks are a 10 minute walk.
Myhotel Brighton
In the north Laine area of the city, next to the theatre and Pavilion. It is 6 years old and very contemporary with lots of white, pink and green decoration. There are crystals for Feng Shui and they have used local designers and source local products. It is run on eco-friendly principals with organic tea, chocolate etc and they recycle. Jubilee Square is on one side of the hotel and something happens there all the time. When I visited it was covered in astroturf and 4 table tennis tables were set up for anyone to use. Next month a large converted vintage car will be parked where people can go and watch a film. Then it will change to sculpture. There are only 2 meeting rooms and the maximum capacity of the larger room is 50 people, but fewer would be better. Both are white, bright rooms with natural daylight and air conditioning. Lunch is either served in the meeting room or 10 people can have a cold buffet in the bar. The hotel bar is a destination, and they can allocate a semi-private area for 50 people. It is a fun hotel, there is a photo booth in the bar area and you get a token with drinks. The bedrooms have a disposable camera and if you use it and leave it in the room, the hotel will send the developed pictures later. There are 80 bedrooms, all double beds and all with showers. They have wifi, dvd players and you can plug your iphone into the bedroom’s sound system. Signature rooms are on the corners and are all different in style. here is an Indian restaurant on site, run by an external company, tables need to be booked directly, but they will allocate a semi private area for a group from the hotel.
The hotel has a small underground car park and can allocate 10 spaces for meeting attendees, or there are NCP car parks nearby. Myhotel is probably not to everyone’s taste, it is very lively and fashionable. They do well with the IT, comms and travel industries.
Jurys Inn Brighton
4* hotel next to the station, about 10 mins walk to the North Laine area. There are 9 meeting rooms in a dedicated conference area. The largest room has access to a roof terrace and has capacity for 80 in cabaret style. The hotel does well with charities and associations and is fully DDA compliant. Everything was clean and tidy and it appeared to be efficient. All 234 bedrooms have double beds and triple glazed windows. There is free wifi throughout the hotel. There is some complimentary parking or there is a large car park opposite and it is half the price of the ones at the seafront.
The hotel will spend £2m on refurbishment. Bedrooms will be done a floor at a time starting in October 2014 and public areas done after Christmas. The rates are competitive as they recognise that they are not in the centre of town or on the seafront. But if you don’t want to get tangled up in Brighton’s traffic then it is a good option.
Ashdown Park
Traditional style hotel set in 1,500 acres of grounds with a lake, fountain and lovely views of the Ashdown Forest. It is a 19th century stone mansion, with a spa, golf and they can organise team building events. There are 14 meeting rooms of different sizes, which can be flexible with private dining. The highlight of the building is a converted chapel, which has function rooms on the ground and 1st floor. The ideal size group is 80-100 for this area and it would work well with a meeting on one floor and catering on the other. This would keep the group in one place and would be completely private. There is stained glass at one end of the building and a working organ, so is a spectacular dinner venue.
I stayed the night here and had a lovely large room and it was completely quiet, although there was a wedding reception in the hotel that evening. I ate in the Anderida Restaurant, the food, service and all the staff were excellent.
Roffey Park
I really enjoyed my visit to this management training centre. it is 5 minutes from the M23, just south of Gatwick. It is modern, bright and welcoming – a great place to have a meeting, conference or training event. It is not open to the public, so the clients are only there to work. Roffey is set in 40 acres of grounds and backs on to forest so it is peaceful and you have a feeling of space. There are paths around the grounds, lots of seating and areas for team building. It has a lovely indoor pool or you can borrow a bike to get some exercise. All meeting rooms are light and airy with natural daylight and all rooms on the ground floor open to the garden, so they have their own outside area. There are two restaurants which can be open, secluded or have private areas. There are 60 bedrooms, 10 of which are twins, in one wing of the property. They are plain, so designed for work, but have everything you need.
This is probably the best management training centre that I have visited. The environment was very pleasant and conducive to work. As it is not a hotel there is never an overlap with leisure guests. The staff were very welcoming and efficient and gave me an excellent sandwich lunch, with very fresh ingredients. If there is a large meeting and extra accommodation is needed, they use the Arora Gatwick.
Sofitel London Gatwick
This does not feel like an airport hotel. The entrance has a bright atrium and was quiet and calm on the day that I visited. The hotel has 518 bedrooms and 11 meeting rooms that can be divided into 14 smaller ones. There are lots of areas of casual seating areas and a bar which can be privatised or used as a casual break out area. The restaurant has two rosettes, has a private room for 42 or can be privatised for 100 people. The largest meeting room is on the ground floor with its own reception are and bar. This is the only room without natural daylight, the others have large windows or two have secondary light from the atrium, they were all bright with high ceilings.
There is a very interesting room on the lower ground floor, with daylight and its own entrance. It was used as an airline lounge and has a sunken seating area, fireplace, bar and room previously used for computers. It is flexible space and can be used for a completely private meeting, with dining in the same room, or parties, meetings with break out areas. The largest residential group that this hotel can take is 240/250 people.
Copthorne London Gatwick
This hotel is traditional in style and has recently been refurbished. It has some nice meeting rooms, with natural daylight and there are four dining outlets, so they can offer variation with lunches and dinners. The Lion d’Or a la carte restaurant has semi-private dining for 8 people. The garden is lovely and there is good outdoor space for breaks or BBQ.
Although there are 227 bedrooms the maximum size residential group is 100 people. The largest room can take 100 theatre style, but is more frequently used for dinners or weddings than meetings, as it has a bar in the corner and dance floor covered with carpet. It has pillars and the natural daylight is from a skylight which has a retractable blackout blind
Copthorne Effingham Gatwick
The largest meeting room is an oval room with large windows either side and takes 650 people with stage and back projection. It is in a separate building, but opposite reception and with a walkway from the hotel on the 1st floor. There are no pillars and a high ceiling, so can be used as blank canvass space. The remaining smaller rooms are in different parts of the hotel. The Wellingtonia suite has been refurbished and consists of 4 joining rooms, with its own terrace overlooking the garden. This is a good training room or meeting room with breakouts. Lunch and breaks can be served there, so meetings can have their own private part of the hotel. The hotel is traditional in style. The club bedrooms have their own balconies.
The decor of this venue is tired, however, they are about to start refurbishment which will take at least a year, so be completed by the end of 2015. The hotel has a large amount of meeting space, but only 122 bedrooms, so works with the Copthorne London Gatwick for overflow accommodation (3 mins by car)
Hickstead Hotel
A 3* hotel that is better inside than it looks from the approach. The reception and meeting rooms are in the old part of the building and there is a newer wing with 54 bedrooms. The main meeting room is on the ground floor with access to a gravel garden, which can be used for breaks or lunch if the weather is good. There are two boardrooms in another area of the hotel on separate floors.
A good hotel for a regional meeting, without getting involved in the traffic of a town and plenty of free parking
South Lodge
Very impressive building and setting. It is a traditional hotel, with wood panneling and tapestries, terraces leading to gardens and views over the Sussex hills. The 12 meeting rooms are in one area of the hotel, on several floors, the largest takes 130 people on rounds. There is a new conference room, the Arundel, which has a fixed U-shaped table for 18 people. Tables in the Pass restaurant have views of the kitchen. It takes 32 for private hire.
There are bedrooms in the old part of the hotel and a newer wing. There is refurbishment going on at the moment. The head chef is Stephen Edwards, who won Masterchef in 2014, consequently the hotel is popular with leisure guests.
Thistle Brighton
This is not a good looking hotel from the outside, but was purpose built about 30 years ago as a hotel and does not have the challenges of some of the older properties in Brighton. It is a good location with the sea front is on one side and the Lanes on the other. Inside it is built around an atrium so is bright. All 210 bedrooms are having a soft refurbishment this year. The maximum capacity for a residential group is 180. There are two bars, one which can be used for private receptions and is complimentary for groups of 50+. Most of the meeting space is on the 1st floor. The meeting foyer is shared between all groups, but an area can be sectioned off if required. All the meeting space has air conditioning and only one room does not have natural daylight. The ballroom is on the ground floor and is the only room I have seen with oval tables (not round) which would be good for 6-7 people in cabaret style. Executive bedrooms have sea views or face the Lanes and are good sized rooms. The standard rooms are internal facing to the atrium.
The Noblesse meeting room has a pillar in the middle, but would be good for a group of 30 to use half for a meeting and half for catering or break out space. The hotel is very leisure focussed in the school holidays and has an indoor heated pool, so attracts families. Car parking is in the Lanes NCP and the hotel offers 15% discount.
Mercure Brighton
4* hotel which is 150 years old and traditional in style. It is on the seafront in the direction of Hove. It looks a bit tired and needs some money spent. There are a variety of styles, carpets, paintwork etc. There are 7 meeting rooms and the largest takes 180 theatre-style. The meeting rooms are scattered around the hotel and accessed by corridors and stairs so not DDA compliant. The meeting rooms have air conditioning, but bedrooms do not. The largest room is the Ballroom on the ground floor which was refurbished in October 2013 and takes 180 theatre-style or 80 cabaret-style. There are two pillars at the side of the room and chandeliers.
The hotel has 12 parking spaces at the front and 30 at the back available on a first-come first-served basis. The nearest car parks are a 10 minute walk.
Myhotel Brighton
In the north Laine area of the city, next to the theatre and Pavilion. It is 6 years old and very contemporary with lots of white, pink and green decoration. There are crystals for Feng Shui and they have used local designers and source local products. It is run on eco-friendly principals with organic tea, chocolate etc and they recycle. Jubilee Square is on one side of the hotel and something happens there all the time. When I visited it was covered in astroturf and 4 table tennis tables were set up for anyone to use. Next month a large converted vintage car will be parked where people can go and watch a film. Then it will change to sculpture. There are only 2 meeting rooms and the maximum capacity of the larger room is 50 people, but fewer would be better. Both are white, bright rooms with natural daylight and air conditioning. Lunch is either served in the meeting room or 10 people can have a cold buffet in the bar. The hotel bar is a destination, and they can allocate a semi-private area for 50 people. It is a fun hotel, there is a photo booth in the bar area and you get a token with drinks. The bedrooms have a disposable camera and if you use it and leave it in the room, the hotel will send the developed pictures later. There are 80 bedrooms, all double beds and all with showers. They have wifi, dvd players and you can plug your iphone into the bedroom’s sound system. Signature rooms are on the corners and are all different in style. here is an Indian restaurant on site, run by an external company, tables need to be booked directly, but they will allocate a semi private area for a group from the hotel.
The hotel has a small underground car park and can allocate 10 spaces for meeting attendees, or there are NCP car parks nearby. Myhotel is probably not to everyone’s taste, it is very lively and fashionable. They do well with the IT, comms and travel industries.
Jurys Inn Brighton
4* hotel next to the station, about 10 mins walk to the North Laine area. There are 9 meeting rooms in a dedicated conference area. The largest room has access to a roof terrace and has capacity for 80 in cabaret style. The hotel does well with charities and associations and is fully DDA compliant. Everything was clean and tidy and it appeared to be efficient. All 234 bedrooms have double beds and triple glazed windows. There is free wifi throughout the hotel. There is some complimentary parking or there is a large car park opposite and it is half the price of the ones at the seafront.
The hotel will spend £2m on refurbishment. Bedrooms will be done a floor at a time starting in October 2014 and public areas done after Christmas. The rates are competitive as they recognise that they are not in the centre of town or on the seafront. But if you don’t want to get tangled up in Brighton’s traffic then it is a good option.
Ashdown Park
Traditional style hotel set in 1,500 acres of grounds with a lake, fountain and lovely views of the Ashdown Forest. It is a 19th century stone mansion, with a spa, golf and they can organise team building events. There are 14 meeting rooms of different sizes, which can be flexible with private dining. The highlight of the building is a converted chapel, which has function rooms on the ground and 1st floor. The ideal size group is 80-100 for this area and it would work well with a meeting on one floor and catering on the other. This would keep the group in one place and would be completely private. There is stained glass at one end of the building and a working organ, so is a spectacular dinner venue.
I stayed the night here and had a lovely large room and it was completely quiet, although there was a wedding reception in the hotel that evening. I ate in the Anderida Restaurant, the food, service and all the staff were excellent.
Roffey Park
I really enjoyed my visit to this management training centre. it is 5 minutes from the M23, just south of Gatwick. It is modern, bright and welcoming – a great place to have a meeting, conference or training event. It is not open to the public, so the clients are only there to work. Roffey is set in 40 acres of grounds and backs on to forest so it is peaceful and you have a feeling of space. There are paths around the grounds, lots of seating and areas for team building. It has a lovely indoor pool or you can borrow a bike to get some exercise. All meeting rooms are light and airy with natural daylight and all rooms on the ground floor open to the garden, so they have their own outside area. There are two restaurants which can be open, secluded or have private areas. There are 60 bedrooms, 10 of which are twins, in one wing of the property. They are plain, so designed for work, but have everything you need.
This is probably the best management training centre that I have visited. The environment was very pleasant and conducive to work. As it is not a hotel there is never an overlap with leisure guests. The staff were very welcoming and efficient and gave me an excellent sandwich lunch, with very fresh ingredients. If there is a large meeting and extra accommodation is needed, they use the Arora Gatwick.
Sofitel London Gatwick
This does not feel like an airport hotel. The entrance has a bright atrium and was quiet and calm on the day that I visited. The hotel has 518 bedrooms and 11 meeting rooms that can be divided into 14 smaller ones. There are lots of areas of casual seating areas and a bar which can be privatised or used as a casual break out area. The restaurant has two rosettes, has a private room for 42 or can be privatised for 100 people. The largest meeting room is on the ground floor with its own reception are and bar. This is the only room without natural daylight, the others have large windows or two have secondary light from the atrium, they were all bright with high ceilings.
There is a very interesting room on the lower ground floor, with daylight and its own entrance. It was used as an airline lounge and has a sunken seating area, fireplace, bar and room previously used for computers. It is flexible space and can be used for a completely private meeting, with dining in the same room, or parties, meetings with break out areas. The largest residential group that this hotel can take is 240/250 people.
Copthorne London Gatwick
This hotel is traditional in style and has recently been refurbished. It has some nice meeting rooms, with natural daylight and there are four dining outlets, so they can offer variation with lunches and dinners. The Lion d’Or a la carte restaurant has semi-private dining for 8 people. The garden is lovely and there is good outdoor space for breaks or BBQ.
Although there are 227 bedrooms the maximum size residential group is 100 people. The largest room can take 100 theatre style, but is more frequently used for dinners or weddings than meetings, as it has a bar in the corner and dance floor covered with carpet. It has pillars and the natural daylight is from a skylight which has a retractable blackout blind
Copthorne Effingham Gatwick
The largest meeting room is an oval room with large windows either side and takes 650 people with stage and back projection. It is in a separate building, but opposite reception and with a walkway from the hotel on the 1st floor. There are no pillars and a high ceiling, so can be used as blank canvass space. The remaining smaller rooms are in different parts of the hotel. The Wellingtonia suite has been refurbished and consists of 4 joining rooms, with its own terrace overlooking the garden. This is a good training room or meeting room with breakouts. Lunch and breaks can be served there, so meetings can have their own private part of the hotel. The hotel is traditional in style. The club bedrooms have their own balconies.
The decor of this venue is tired, however, they are about to start refurbishment which will take at least a year, so be completed by the end of 2015. The hotel has a large amount of meeting space, but only 122 bedrooms, so works with the Copthorne London Gatwick for overflow accommodation (3 mins by car)
Hickstead Hotel
A 3* hotel that is better inside than it looks from the approach. The reception and meeting rooms are in the old part of the building and there is a newer wing with 54 bedrooms. The main meeting room is on the ground floor with access to a gravel garden, which can be used for breaks or lunch if the weather is good. There are two boardrooms in another area of the hotel on separate floors.
A good hotel for a regional meeting, without getting involved in the traffic of a town and plenty of free parking
South Lodge
Very impressive building and setting. It is a traditional hotel, with wood panneling and tapestries, terraces leading to gardens and views over the Sussex hills. The 12 meeting rooms are in one area of the hotel, on several floors, the largest takes 130 people on rounds. There is a new conference room, the Arundel, which has a fixed U-shaped table for 18 people. Tables in the Pass restaurant have views of the kitchen. It takes 32 for private hire.
There are bedrooms in the old part of the hotel and a newer wing. There is refurbishment going on at the moment. The head chef is Stephen Edwards, who won Masterchef in 2014, consequently the hotel is popular with leisure guests.
I visited on a Sunday and couldn’t see a room for 30-40 people on the top floor of the hotel, which apparently has lovely views and is often used for drinks and dinners, as well as meetings.The Hilton works with all the other Brighton hotels for bedrooms when they have a large conference, particularly the Grand which is next door.Only the bedrooms in the front of the hotel have air conditioning. Classic bedrooms are on the side, back or inwards facing. Parking in Brighton is a problem generally. The hotel has limited parking or there is an NCP nearby.
Thistle Brighton
This is not a good looking hotel from the outside, but was purpose built about 30 years ago as a hotel and does not have the challenges of some of the older properties in Brighton. It is a good location with the sea front is on one side and the Lanes on the other. Inside it is built around an atrium so is bright. All 210 bedrooms are having a soft refurbishment this year. The maximum capacity for a residential group is 180. There are two bars, one which can be used for private receptions and is complimentary for groups of 50+. Most of the meeting space is on the 1st floor. The meeting foyer is shared between all groups, but an area can be sectioned off if required. All the meeting space has air conditioning and only one room does not have natural daylight. The ballroom is on the ground floor and is the only room I have seen with oval tables (not round) which would be good for 6-7 people in cabaret style. Executive bedrooms have sea views or face the Lanes and are good sized rooms. The standard rooms are internal facing to the atrium.
The Noblesse meeting room has a pillar in the middle, but would be good for a group of 30 to use half for a meeting and half for catering or break out space. The hotel is very leisure focussed in the school holidays and has an indoor heated pool, so attracts families. Car parking is in the Lanes NCP and the hotel offers 15% discount.
Mercure Brighton
4* hotel which is 150 years old and traditional in style. It is on the seafront in the direction of Hove. It looks a bit tired and needs some money spent. There are a variety of styles, carpets, paintwork etc. There are 7 meeting rooms and the largest takes 180 theatre-style. The meeting rooms are scattered around the hotel and accessed by corridors and stairs so not DDA compliant. The meeting rooms have air conditioning, but bedrooms do not. The largest room is the Ballroom on the ground floor which was refurbished in October 2013 and takes 180 theatre-style or 80 cabaret-style. There are two pillars at the side of the room and chandeliers.
The hotel has 12 parking spaces at the front and 30 at the back available on a first-come first-served basis. The nearest car parks are a 10 minute walk.
Myhotel Brighton
In the north Laine area of the city, next to the theatre and Pavilion. It is 6 years old and very contemporary with lots of white, pink and green decoration. There are crystals for Feng Shui and they have used local designers and source local products. It is run on eco-friendly principals with organic tea, chocolate etc and they recycle. Jubilee Square is on one side of the hotel and something happens there all the time. When I visited it was covered in astroturf and 4 table tennis tables were set up for anyone to use. Next month a large converted vintage car will be parked where people can go and watch a film. Then it will change to sculpture. There are only 2 meeting rooms and the maximum capacity of the larger room is 50 people, but fewer would be better. Both are white, bright rooms with natural daylight and air conditioning. Lunch is either served in the meeting room or 10 people can have a cold buffet in the bar. The hotel bar is a destination, and they can allocate a semi-private area for 50 people. It is a fun hotel, there is a photo booth in the bar area and you get a token with drinks. The bedrooms have a disposable camera and if you use it and leave it in the room, the hotel will send the developed pictures later. There are 80 bedrooms, all double beds and all with showers. They have wifi, dvd players and you can plug your iphone into the bedroom’s sound system. Signature rooms are on the corners and are all different in style. here is an Indian restaurant on site, run by an external company, tables need to be booked directly, but they will allocate a semi private area for a group from the hotel.
The hotel has a small underground car park and can allocate 10 spaces for meeting attendees, or there are NCP car parks nearby. Myhotel is probably not to everyone’s taste, it is very lively and fashionable. They do well with the IT, comms and travel industries.
Jurys Inn Brighton
4* hotel next to the station, about 10 mins walk to the North Laine area. There are 9 meeting rooms in a dedicated conference area. The largest room has access to a roof terrace and has capacity for 80 in cabaret style. The hotel does well with charities and associations and is fully DDA compliant. Everything was clean and tidy and it appeared to be efficient. All 234 bedrooms have double beds and triple glazed windows. There is free wifi throughout the hotel. There is some complimentary parking or there is a large car park opposite and it is half the price of the ones at the seafront.
The hotel will spend £2m on refurbishment. Bedrooms will be done a floor at a time starting in October 2014 and public areas done after Christmas. The rates are competitive as they recognise that they are not in the centre of town or on the seafront. But if you don’t want to get tangled up in Brighton’s traffic then it is a good option.
Ashdown Park
Traditional style hotel set in 1,500 acres of grounds with a lake, fountain and lovely views of the Ashdown Forest. It is a 19th century stone mansion, with a spa, golf and they can organise team building events. There are 14 meeting rooms of different sizes, which can be flexible with private dining. The highlight of the building is a converted chapel, which has function rooms on the ground and 1st floor. The ideal size group is 80-100 for this area and it would work well with a meeting on one floor and catering on the other. This would keep the group in one place and would be completely private. There is stained glass at one end of the building and a working organ, so is a spectacular dinner venue.
I stayed the night here and had a lovely large room and it was completely quiet, although there was a wedding reception in the hotel that evening. I ate in the Anderida Restaurant, the food, service and all the staff were excellent.
Roffey Park
I really enjoyed my visit to this management training centre. it is 5 minutes from the M23, just south of Gatwick. It is modern, bright and welcoming – a great place to have a meeting, conference or training event. It is not open to the public, so the clients are only there to work. Roffey is set in 40 acres of grounds and backs on to forest so it is peaceful and you have a feeling of space. There are paths around the grounds, lots of seating and areas for team building. It has a lovely indoor pool or you can borrow a bike to get some exercise. All meeting rooms are light and airy with natural daylight and all rooms on the ground floor open to the garden, so they have their own outside area. There are two restaurants which can be open, secluded or have private areas. There are 60 bedrooms, 10 of which are twins, in one wing of the property. They are plain, so designed for work, but have everything you need.
This is probably the best management training centre that I have visited. The environment was very pleasant and conducive to work. As it is not a hotel there is never an overlap with leisure guests. The staff were very welcoming and efficient and gave me an excellent sandwich lunch, with very fresh ingredients. If there is a large meeting and extra accommodation is needed, they use the Arora Gatwick.
Sofitel London Gatwick
This does not feel like an airport hotel. The entrance has a bright atrium and was quiet and calm on the day that I visited. The hotel has 518 bedrooms and 11 meeting rooms that can be divided into 14 smaller ones. There are lots of areas of casual seating areas and a bar which can be privatised or used as a casual break out area. The restaurant has two rosettes, has a private room for 42 or can be privatised for 100 people. The largest meeting room is on the ground floor with its own reception are and bar. This is the only room without natural daylight, the others have large windows or two have secondary light from the atrium, they were all bright with high ceilings.
There is a very interesting room on the lower ground floor, with daylight and its own entrance. It was used as an airline lounge and has a sunken seating area, fireplace, bar and room previously used for computers. It is flexible space and can be used for a completely private meeting, with dining in the same room, or parties, meetings with break out areas. The largest residential group that this hotel can take is 240/250 people.
Copthorne London Gatwick
This hotel is traditional in style and has recently been refurbished. It has some nice meeting rooms, with natural daylight and there are four dining outlets, so they can offer variation with lunches and dinners. The Lion d’Or a la carte restaurant has semi-private dining for 8 people. The garden is lovely and there is good outdoor space for breaks or BBQ.
Although there are 227 bedrooms the maximum size residential group is 100 people. The largest room can take 100 theatre style, but is more frequently used for dinners or weddings than meetings, as it has a bar in the corner and dance floor covered with carpet. It has pillars and the natural daylight is from a skylight which has a retractable blackout blind
Copthorne Effingham Gatwick
The largest meeting room is an oval room with large windows either side and takes 650 people with stage and back projection. It is in a separate building, but opposite reception and with a walkway from the hotel on the 1st floor. There are no pillars and a high ceiling, so can be used as blank canvass space. The remaining smaller rooms are in different parts of the hotel. The Wellingtonia suite has been refurbished and consists of 4 joining rooms, with its own terrace overlooking the garden. This is a good training room or meeting room with breakouts. Lunch and breaks can be served there, so meetings can have their own private part of the hotel. The hotel is traditional in style. The club bedrooms have their own balconies.
The decor of this venue is tired, however, they are about to start refurbishment which will take at least a year, so be completed by the end of 2015. The hotel has a large amount of meeting space, but only 122 bedrooms, so works with the Copthorne London Gatwick for overflow accommodation (3 mins by car)
Hickstead Hotel
A 3* hotel that is better inside than it looks from the approach. The reception and meeting rooms are in the old part of the building and there is a newer wing with 54 bedrooms. The main meeting room is on the ground floor with access to a gravel garden, which can be used for breaks or lunch if the weather is good. There are two boardrooms in another area of the hotel on separate floors.
A good hotel for a regional meeting, without getting involved in the traffic of a town and plenty of free parking
South Lodge
Very impressive building and setting. It is a traditional hotel, with wood panneling and tapestries, terraces leading to gardens and views over the Sussex hills. The 12 meeting rooms are in one area of the hotel, on several floors, the largest takes 130 people on rounds. There is a new conference room, the Arundel, which has a fixed U-shaped table for 18 people. Tables in the Pass restaurant have views of the kitchen. It takes 32 for private hire.
There are bedrooms in the old part of the hotel and a newer wing. There is refurbishment going on at the moment. The head chef is Stephen Edwards, who won Masterchef in 2014, consequently the hotel is popular with leisure guests.
A 5* hotel on the seafront. It’s key selling point is the large meeting space. It has 9 small meeting rooms on the 1st and 2nd floors and some larger meeting rooms off the Lobby. These have recently been refurbished. At the back of the hotel there is a conference centre with 40+ meeting rooms for large events and exhibitions. This area is accessed by stairs and corridors and really needs the paintwork re-done and new carpet. There was a Bridge convention there when I visited and they had been in the hotel for 11 days.
I visited on a Sunday and couldn’t see a room for 30-40 people on the top floor of the hotel, which apparently has lovely views and is often used for drinks and dinners, as well as meetings.The Hilton works with all the other Brighton hotels for bedrooms when they have a large conference, particularly the Grand which is next door.Only the bedrooms in the front of the hotel have air conditioning. Classic bedrooms are on the side, back or inwards facing. Parking in Brighton is a problem generally. The hotel has limited parking or there is an NCP nearby.
Thistle Brighton
This is not a good looking hotel from the outside, but was purpose built about 30 years ago as a hotel and does not have the challenges of some of the older properties in Brighton. It is a good location with the sea front is on one side and the Lanes on the other. Inside it is built around an atrium so is bright. All 210 bedrooms are having a soft refurbishment this year. The maximum capacity for a residential group is 180. There are two bars, one which can be used for private receptions and is complimentary for groups of 50+. Most of the meeting space is on the 1st floor. The meeting foyer is shared between all groups, but an area can be sectioned off if required. All the meeting space has air conditioning and only one room does not have natural daylight. The ballroom is on the ground floor and is the only room I have seen with oval tables (not round) which would be good for 6-7 people in cabaret style. Executive bedrooms have sea views or face the Lanes and are good sized rooms. The standard rooms are internal facing to the atrium.
The Noblesse meeting room has a pillar in the middle, but would be good for a group of 30 to use half for a meeting and half for catering or break out space. The hotel is very leisure focussed in the school holidays and has an indoor heated pool, so attracts families. Car parking is in the Lanes NCP and the hotel offers 15% discount.
Mercure Brighton
4* hotel which is 150 years old and traditional in style. It is on the seafront in the direction of Hove. It looks a bit tired and needs some money spent. There are a variety of styles, carpets, paintwork etc. There are 7 meeting rooms and the largest takes 180 theatre-style. The meeting rooms are scattered around the hotel and accessed by corridors and stairs so not DDA compliant. The meeting rooms have air conditioning, but bedrooms do not. The largest room is the Ballroom on the ground floor which was refurbished in October 2013 and takes 180 theatre-style or 80 cabaret-style. There are two pillars at the side of the room and chandeliers.
The hotel has 12 parking spaces at the front and 30 at the back available on a first-come first-served basis. The nearest car parks are a 10 minute walk.
Myhotel Brighton
In the north Laine area of the city, next to the theatre and Pavilion. It is 6 years old and very contemporary with lots of white, pink and green decoration. There are crystals for Feng Shui and they have used local designers and source local products. It is run on eco-friendly principals with organic tea, chocolate etc and they recycle. Jubilee Square is on one side of the hotel and something happens there all the time. When I visited it was covered in astroturf and 4 table tennis tables were set up for anyone to use. Next month a large converted vintage car will be parked where people can go and watch a film. Then it will change to sculpture. There are only 2 meeting rooms and the maximum capacity of the larger room is 50 people, but fewer would be better. Both are white, bright rooms with natural daylight and air conditioning. Lunch is either served in the meeting room or 10 people can have a cold buffet in the bar. The hotel bar is a destination, and they can allocate a semi-private area for 50 people. It is a fun hotel, there is a photo booth in the bar area and you get a token with drinks. The bedrooms have a disposable camera and if you use it and leave it in the room, the hotel will send the developed pictures later. There are 80 bedrooms, all double beds and all with showers. They have wifi, dvd players and you can plug your iphone into the bedroom’s sound system. Signature rooms are on the corners and are all different in style. here is an Indian restaurant on site, run by an external company, tables need to be booked directly, but they will allocate a semi private area for a group from the hotel.
The hotel has a small underground car park and can allocate 10 spaces for meeting attendees, or there are NCP car parks nearby. Myhotel is probably not to everyone’s taste, it is very lively and fashionable. They do well with the IT, comms and travel industries.
Jurys Inn Brighton
4* hotel next to the station, about 10 mins walk to the North Laine area. There are 9 meeting rooms in a dedicated conference area. The largest room has access to a roof terrace and has capacity for 80 in cabaret style. The hotel does well with charities and associations and is fully DDA compliant. Everything was clean and tidy and it appeared to be efficient. All 234 bedrooms have double beds and triple glazed windows. There is free wifi throughout the hotel. There is some complimentary parking or there is a large car park opposite and it is half the price of the ones at the seafront.
The hotel will spend £2m on refurbishment. Bedrooms will be done a floor at a time starting in October 2014 and public areas done after Christmas. The rates are competitive as they recognise that they are not in the centre of town or on the seafront. But if you don’t want to get tangled up in Brighton’s traffic then it is a good option.
Ashdown Park
Traditional style hotel set in 1,500 acres of grounds with a lake, fountain and lovely views of the Ashdown Forest. It is a 19th century stone mansion, with a spa, golf and they can organise team building events. There are 14 meeting rooms of different sizes, which can be flexible with private dining. The highlight of the building is a converted chapel, which has function rooms on the ground and 1st floor. The ideal size group is 80-100 for this area and it would work well with a meeting on one floor and catering on the other. This would keep the group in one place and would be completely private. There is stained glass at one end of the building and a working organ, so is a spectacular dinner venue.
I stayed the night here and had a lovely large room and it was completely quiet, although there was a wedding reception in the hotel that evening. I ate in the Anderida Restaurant, the food, service and all the staff were excellent.
Roffey Park
I really enjoyed my visit to this management training centre. it is 5 minutes from the M23, just south of Gatwick. It is modern, bright and welcoming – a great place to have a meeting, conference or training event. It is not open to the public, so the clients are only there to work. Roffey is set in 40 acres of grounds and backs on to forest so it is peaceful and you have a feeling of space. There are paths around the grounds, lots of seating and areas for team building. It has a lovely indoor pool or you can borrow a bike to get some exercise. All meeting rooms are light and airy with natural daylight and all rooms on the ground floor open to the garden, so they have their own outside area. There are two restaurants which can be open, secluded or have private areas. There are 60 bedrooms, 10 of which are twins, in one wing of the property. They are plain, so designed for work, but have everything you need.
This is probably the best management training centre that I have visited. The environment was very pleasant and conducive to work. As it is not a hotel there is never an overlap with leisure guests. The staff were very welcoming and efficient and gave me an excellent sandwich lunch, with very fresh ingredients. If there is a large meeting and extra accommodation is needed, they use the Arora Gatwick.
Sofitel London Gatwick
This does not feel like an airport hotel. The entrance has a bright atrium and was quiet and calm on the day that I visited. The hotel has 518 bedrooms and 11 meeting rooms that can be divided into 14 smaller ones. There are lots of areas of casual seating areas and a bar which can be privatised or used as a casual break out area. The restaurant has two rosettes, has a private room for 42 or can be privatised for 100 people. The largest meeting room is on the ground floor with its own reception are and bar. This is the only room without natural daylight, the others have large windows or two have secondary light from the atrium, they were all bright with high ceilings.
There is a very interesting room on the lower ground floor, with daylight and its own entrance. It was used as an airline lounge and has a sunken seating area, fireplace, bar and room previously used for computers. It is flexible space and can be used for a completely private meeting, with dining in the same room, or parties, meetings with break out areas. The largest residential group that this hotel can take is 240/250 people.
Copthorne London Gatwick
This hotel is traditional in style and has recently been refurbished. It has some nice meeting rooms, with natural daylight and there are four dining outlets, so they can offer variation with lunches and dinners. The Lion d’Or a la carte restaurant has semi-private dining for 8 people. The garden is lovely and there is good outdoor space for breaks or BBQ.
Although there are 227 bedrooms the maximum size residential group is 100 people. The largest room can take 100 theatre style, but is more frequently used for dinners or weddings than meetings, as it has a bar in the corner and dance floor covered with carpet. It has pillars and the natural daylight is from a skylight which has a retractable blackout blind
Copthorne Effingham Gatwick
The largest meeting room is an oval room with large windows either side and takes 650 people with stage and back projection. It is in a separate building, but opposite reception and with a walkway from the hotel on the 1st floor. There are no pillars and a high ceiling, so can be used as blank canvass space. The remaining smaller rooms are in different parts of the hotel. The Wellingtonia suite has been refurbished and consists of 4 joining rooms, with its own terrace overlooking the garden. This is a good training room or meeting room with breakouts. Lunch and breaks can be served there, so meetings can have their own private part of the hotel. The hotel is traditional in style. The club bedrooms have their own balconies.
The decor of this venue is tired, however, they are about to start refurbishment which will take at least a year, so be completed by the end of 2015. The hotel has a large amount of meeting space, but only 122 bedrooms, so works with the Copthorne London Gatwick for overflow accommodation (3 mins by car)
Hickstead Hotel
A 3* hotel that is better inside than it looks from the approach. The reception and meeting rooms are in the old part of the building and there is a newer wing with 54 bedrooms. The main meeting room is on the ground floor with access to a gravel garden, which can be used for breaks or lunch if the weather is good. There are two boardrooms in another area of the hotel on separate floors.
A good hotel for a regional meeting, without getting involved in the traffic of a town and plenty of free parking
South Lodge
Very impressive building and setting. It is a traditional hotel, with wood panneling and tapestries, terraces leading to gardens and views over the Sussex hills. The 12 meeting rooms are in one area of the hotel, on several floors, the largest takes 130 people on rounds. There is a new conference room, the Arundel, which has a fixed U-shaped table for 18 people. Tables in the Pass restaurant have views of the kitchen. It takes 32 for private hire.
There are bedrooms in the old part of the hotel and a newer wing. There is refurbishment going on at the moment. The head chef is Stephen Edwards, who won Masterchef in 2014, consequently the hotel is popular with leisure guests.
A 5* hotel on the seafront. It’s key selling point is the large meeting space. It has 9 small meeting rooms on the 1st and 2nd floors and some larger meeting rooms off the Lobby. These have recently been refurbished. At the back of the hotel there is a conference centre with 40+ meeting rooms for large events and exhibitions. This area is accessed by stairs and corridors and really needs the paintwork re-done and new carpet. There was a Bridge convention there when I visited and they had been in the hotel for 11 days.
I visited on a Sunday and couldn’t see a room for 30-40 people on the top floor of the hotel, which apparently has lovely views and is often used for drinks and dinners, as well as meetings.The Hilton works with all the other Brighton hotels for bedrooms when they have a large conference, particularly the Grand which is next door.Only the bedrooms in the front of the hotel have air conditioning. Classic bedrooms are on the side, back or inwards facing. Parking in Brighton is a problem generally. The hotel has limited parking or there is an NCP nearby.
Thistle Brighton
This is not a good looking hotel from the outside, but was purpose built about 30 years ago as a hotel and does not have the challenges of some of the older properties in Brighton. It is a good location with the sea front is on one side and the Lanes on the other. Inside it is built around an atrium so is bright. All 210 bedrooms are having a soft refurbishment this year. The maximum capacity for a residential group is 180. There are two bars, one which can be used for private receptions and is complimentary for groups of 50+. Most of the meeting space is on the 1st floor. The meeting foyer is shared between all groups, but an area can be sectioned off if required. All the meeting space has air conditioning and only one room does not have natural daylight. The ballroom is on the ground floor and is the only room I have seen with oval tables (not round) which would be good for 6-7 people in cabaret style. Executive bedrooms have sea views or face the Lanes and are good sized rooms. The standard rooms are internal facing to the atrium.
The Noblesse meeting room has a pillar in the middle, but would be good for a group of 30 to use half for a meeting and half for catering or break out space. The hotel is very leisure focussed in the school holidays and has an indoor heated pool, so attracts families. Car parking is in the Lanes NCP and the hotel offers 15% discount.
Mercure Brighton
4* hotel which is 150 years old and traditional in style. It is on the seafront in the direction of Hove. It looks a bit tired and needs some money spent. There are a variety of styles, carpets, paintwork etc. There are 7 meeting rooms and the largest takes 180 theatre-style. The meeting rooms are scattered around the hotel and accessed by corridors and stairs so not DDA compliant. The meeting rooms have air conditioning, but bedrooms do not. The largest room is the Ballroom on the ground floor which was refurbished in October 2013 and takes 180 theatre-style or 80 cabaret-style. There are two pillars at the side of the room and chandeliers.
The hotel has 12 parking spaces at the front and 30 at the back available on a first-come first-served basis. The nearest car parks are a 10 minute walk.
Myhotel Brighton
In the north Laine area of the city, next to the theatre and Pavilion. It is 6 years old and very contemporary with lots of white, pink and green decoration. There are crystals for Feng Shui and they have used local designers and source local products. It is run on eco-friendly principals with organic tea, chocolate etc and they recycle. Jubilee Square is on one side of the hotel and something happens there all the time. When I visited it was covered in astroturf and 4 table tennis tables were set up for anyone to use. Next month a large converted vintage car will be parked where people can go and watch a film. Then it will change to sculpture. There are only 2 meeting rooms and the maximum capacity of the larger room is 50 people, but fewer would be better. Both are white, bright rooms with natural daylight and air conditioning. Lunch is either served in the meeting room or 10 people can have a cold buffet in the bar. The hotel bar is a destination, and they can allocate a semi-private area for 50 people. It is a fun hotel, there is a photo booth in the bar area and you get a token with drinks. The bedrooms have a disposable camera and if you use it and leave it in the room, the hotel will send the developed pictures later. There are 80 bedrooms, all double beds and all with showers. They have wifi, dvd players and you can plug your iphone into the bedroom’s sound system. Signature rooms are on the corners and are all different in style. here is an Indian restaurant on site, run by an external company, tables need to be booked directly, but they will allocate a semi private area for a group from the hotel.
The hotel has a small underground car park and can allocate 10 spaces for meeting attendees, or there are NCP car parks nearby. Myhotel is probably not to everyone’s taste, it is very lively and fashionable. They do well with the IT, comms and travel industries.
Jurys Inn Brighton
4* hotel next to the station, about 10 mins walk to the North Laine area. There are 9 meeting rooms in a dedicated conference area. The largest room has access to a roof terrace and has capacity for 80 in cabaret style. The hotel does well with charities and associations and is fully DDA compliant. Everything was clean and tidy and it appeared to be efficient. All 234 bedrooms have double beds and triple glazed windows. There is free wifi throughout the hotel. There is some complimentary parking or there is a large car park opposite and it is half the price of the ones at the seafront.
The hotel will spend £2m on refurbishment. Bedrooms will be done a floor at a time starting in October 2014 and public areas done after Christmas. The rates are competitive as they recognise that they are not in the centre of town or on the seafront. But if you don’t want to get tangled up in Brighton’s traffic then it is a good option.
Ashdown Park
Traditional style hotel set in 1,500 acres of grounds with a lake, fountain and lovely views of the Ashdown Forest. It is a 19th century stone mansion, with a spa, golf and they can organise team building events. There are 14 meeting rooms of different sizes, which can be flexible with private dining. The highlight of the building is a converted chapel, which has function rooms on the ground and 1st floor. The ideal size group is 80-100 for this area and it would work well with a meeting on one floor and catering on the other. This would keep the group in one place and would be completely private. There is stained glass at one end of the building and a working organ, so is a spectacular dinner venue.
I stayed the night here and had a lovely large room and it was completely quiet, although there was a wedding reception in the hotel that evening. I ate in the Anderida Restaurant, the food, service and all the staff were excellent.
Roffey Park
I really enjoyed my visit to this management training centre. it is 5 minutes from the M23, just south of Gatwick. It is modern, bright and welcoming – a great place to have a meeting, conference or training event. It is not open to the public, so the clients are only there to work. Roffey is set in 40 acres of grounds and backs on to forest so it is peaceful and you have a feeling of space. There are paths around the grounds, lots of seating and areas for team building. It has a lovely indoor pool or you can borrow a bike to get some exercise. All meeting rooms are light and airy with natural daylight and all rooms on the ground floor open to the garden, so they have their own outside area. There are two restaurants which can be open, secluded or have private areas. There are 60 bedrooms, 10 of which are twins, in one wing of the property. They are plain, so designed for work, but have everything you need.
This is probably the best management training centre that I have visited. The environment was very pleasant and conducive to work. As it is not a hotel there is never an overlap with leisure guests. The staff were very welcoming and efficient and gave me an excellent sandwich lunch, with very fresh ingredients. If there is a large meeting and extra accommodation is needed, they use the Arora Gatwick.
Sofitel London Gatwick
This does not feel like an airport hotel. The entrance has a bright atrium and was quiet and calm on the day that I visited. The hotel has 518 bedrooms and 11 meeting rooms that can be divided into 14 smaller ones. There are lots of areas of casual seating areas and a bar which can be privatised or used as a casual break out area. The restaurant has two rosettes, has a private room for 42 or can be privatised for 100 people. The largest meeting room is on the ground floor with its own reception are and bar. This is the only room without natural daylight, the others have large windows or two have secondary light from the atrium, they were all bright with high ceilings.
There is a very interesting room on the lower ground floor, with daylight and its own entrance. It was used as an airline lounge and has a sunken seating area, fireplace, bar and room previously used for computers. It is flexible space and can be used for a completely private meeting, with dining in the same room, or parties, meetings with break out areas. The largest residential group that this hotel can take is 240/250 people.
Copthorne London Gatwick
This hotel is traditional in style and has recently been refurbished. It has some nice meeting rooms, with natural daylight and there are four dining outlets, so they can offer variation with lunches and dinners. The Lion d’Or a la carte restaurant has semi-private dining for 8 people. The garden is lovely and there is good outdoor space for breaks or BBQ.
Although there are 227 bedrooms the maximum size residential group is 100 people. The largest room can take 100 theatre style, but is more frequently used for dinners or weddings than meetings, as it has a bar in the corner and dance floor covered with carpet. It has pillars and the natural daylight is from a skylight which has a retractable blackout blind
Copthorne Effingham Gatwick
The largest meeting room is an oval room with large windows either side and takes 650 people with stage and back projection. It is in a separate building, but opposite reception and with a walkway from the hotel on the 1st floor. There are no pillars and a high ceiling, so can be used as blank canvass space. The remaining smaller rooms are in different parts of the hotel. The Wellingtonia suite has been refurbished and consists of 4 joining rooms, with its own terrace overlooking the garden. This is a good training room or meeting room with breakouts. Lunch and breaks can be served there, so meetings can have their own private part of the hotel. The hotel is traditional in style. The club bedrooms have their own balconies.
The decor of this venue is tired, however, they are about to start refurbishment which will take at least a year, so be completed by the end of 2015. The hotel has a large amount of meeting space, but only 122 bedrooms, so works with the Copthorne London Gatwick for overflow accommodation (3 mins by car)
Hickstead Hotel
A 3* hotel that is better inside than it looks from the approach. The reception and meeting rooms are in the old part of the building and there is a newer wing with 54 bedrooms. The main meeting room is on the ground floor with access to a gravel garden, which can be used for breaks or lunch if the weather is good. There are two boardrooms in another area of the hotel on separate floors.
A good hotel for a regional meeting, without getting involved in the traffic of a town and plenty of free parking
South Lodge
Very impressive building and setting. It is a traditional hotel, with wood panneling and tapestries, terraces leading to gardens and views over the Sussex hills. The 12 meeting rooms are in one area of the hotel, on several floors, the largest takes 130 people on rounds. There is a new conference room, the Arundel, which has a fixed U-shaped table for 18 people. Tables in the Pass restaurant have views of the kitchen. It takes 32 for private hire.
There are bedrooms in the old part of the hotel and a newer wing. There is refurbishment going on at the moment. The head chef is Stephen Edwards, who won Masterchef in 2014, consequently the hotel is popular with leisure guests.
Hilton Brighton Metropole
A 5* hotel on the seafront. It’s key selling point is the large meeting space. It has 9 small meeting rooms on the 1st and 2nd floors and some larger meeting rooms off the Lobby. These have recently been refurbished. At the back of the hotel there is a conference centre with 40+ meeting rooms for large events and exhibitions. This area is accessed by stairs and corridors and really needs the paintwork re-done and new carpet. There was a Bridge convention there when I visited and they had been in the hotel for 11 days.
I visited on a Sunday and couldn’t see a room for 30-40 people on the top floor of the hotel, which apparently has lovely views and is often used for drinks and dinners, as well as meetings.The Hilton works with all the other Brighton hotels for bedrooms when they have a large conference, particularly the Grand which is next door.Only the bedrooms in the front of the hotel have air conditioning. Classic bedrooms are on the side, back or inwards facing. Parking in Brighton is a problem generally. The hotel has limited parking or there is an NCP nearby.
Thistle Brighton
This is not a good looking hotel from the outside, but was purpose built about 30 years ago as a hotel and does not have the challenges of some of the older properties in Brighton. It is a good location with the sea front is on one side and the Lanes on the other. Inside it is built around an atrium so is bright. All 210 bedrooms are having a soft refurbishment this year. The maximum capacity for a residential group is 180. There are two bars, one which can be used for private receptions and is complimentary for groups of 50+. Most of the meeting space is on the 1st floor. The meeting foyer is shared between all groups, but an area can be sectioned off if required. All the meeting space has air conditioning and only one room does not have natural daylight. The ballroom is on the ground floor and is the only room I have seen with oval tables (not round) which would be good for 6-7 people in cabaret style. Executive bedrooms have sea views or face the Lanes and are good sized rooms. The standard rooms are internal facing to the atrium.
The Noblesse meeting room has a pillar in the middle, but would be good for a group of 30 to use half for a meeting and half for catering or break out space. The hotel is very leisure focussed in the school holidays and has an indoor heated pool, so attracts families. Car parking is in the Lanes NCP and the hotel offers 15% discount.
Mercure Brighton
4* hotel which is 150 years old and traditional in style. It is on the seafront in the direction of Hove. It looks a bit tired and needs some money spent. There are a variety of styles, carpets, paintwork etc. There are 7 meeting rooms and the largest takes 180 theatre-style. The meeting rooms are scattered around the hotel and accessed by corridors and stairs so not DDA compliant. The meeting rooms have air conditioning, but bedrooms do not. The largest room is the Ballroom on the ground floor which was refurbished in October 2013 and takes 180 theatre-style or 80 cabaret-style. There are two pillars at the side of the room and chandeliers.
The hotel has 12 parking spaces at the front and 30 at the back available on a first-come first-served basis. The nearest car parks are a 10 minute walk.
Myhotel Brighton
In the north Laine area of the city, next to the theatre and Pavilion. It is 6 years old and very contemporary with lots of white, pink and green decoration. There are crystals for Feng Shui and they have used local designers and source local products. It is run on eco-friendly principals with organic tea, chocolate etc and they recycle. Jubilee Square is on one side of the hotel and something happens there all the time. When I visited it was covered in astroturf and 4 table tennis tables were set up for anyone to use. Next month a large converted vintage car will be parked where people can go and watch a film. Then it will change to sculpture. There are only 2 meeting rooms and the maximum capacity of the larger room is 50 people, but fewer would be better. Both are white, bright rooms with natural daylight and air conditioning. Lunch is either served in the meeting room or 10 people can have a cold buffet in the bar. The hotel bar is a destination, and they can allocate a semi-private area for 50 people. It is a fun hotel, there is a photo booth in the bar area and you get a token with drinks. The bedrooms have a disposable camera and if you use it and leave it in the room, the hotel will send the developed pictures later. There are 80 bedrooms, all double beds and all with showers. They have wifi, dvd players and you can plug your iphone into the bedroom’s sound system. Signature rooms are on the corners and are all different in style. here is an Indian restaurant on site, run by an external company, tables need to be booked directly, but they will allocate a semi private area for a group from the hotel.
The hotel has a small underground car park and can allocate 10 spaces for meeting attendees, or there are NCP car parks nearby. Myhotel is probably not to everyone’s taste, it is very lively and fashionable. They do well with the IT, comms and travel industries.
Jurys Inn Brighton
4* hotel next to the station, about 10 mins walk to the North Laine area. There are 9 meeting rooms in a dedicated conference area. The largest room has access to a roof terrace and has capacity for 80 in cabaret style. The hotel does well with charities and associations and is fully DDA compliant. Everything was clean and tidy and it appeared to be efficient. All 234 bedrooms have double beds and triple glazed windows. There is free wifi throughout the hotel. There is some complimentary parking or there is a large car park opposite and it is half the price of the ones at the seafront.
The hotel will spend £2m on refurbishment. Bedrooms will be done a floor at a time starting in October 2014 and public areas done after Christmas. The rates are competitive as they recognise that they are not in the centre of town or on the seafront. But if you don’t want to get tangled up in Brighton’s traffic then it is a good option.
Ashdown Park
Traditional style hotel set in 1,500 acres of grounds with a lake, fountain and lovely views of the Ashdown Forest. It is a 19th century stone mansion, with a spa, golf and they can organise team building events. There are 14 meeting rooms of different sizes, which can be flexible with private dining. The highlight of the building is a converted chapel, which has function rooms on the ground and 1st floor. The ideal size group is 80-100 for this area and it would work well with a meeting on one floor and catering on the other. This would keep the group in one place and would be completely private. There is stained glass at one end of the building and a working organ, so is a spectacular dinner venue.
I stayed the night here and had a lovely large room and it was completely quiet, although there was a wedding reception in the hotel that evening. I ate in the Anderida Restaurant, the food, service and all the staff were excellent.
Roffey Park
I really enjoyed my visit to this management training centre. it is 5 minutes from the M23, just south of Gatwick. It is modern, bright and welcoming – a great place to have a meeting, conference or training event. It is not open to the public, so the clients are only there to work. Roffey is set in 40 acres of grounds and backs on to forest so it is peaceful and you have a feeling of space. There are paths around the grounds, lots of seating and areas for team building. It has a lovely indoor pool or you can borrow a bike to get some exercise. All meeting rooms are light and airy with natural daylight and all rooms on the ground floor open to the garden, so they have their own outside area. There are two restaurants which can be open, secluded or have private areas. There are 60 bedrooms, 10 of which are twins, in one wing of the property. They are plain, so designed for work, but have everything you need.
This is probably the best management training centre that I have visited. The environment was very pleasant and conducive to work. As it is not a hotel there is never an overlap with leisure guests. The staff were very welcoming and efficient and gave me an excellent sandwich lunch, with very fresh ingredients. If there is a large meeting and extra accommodation is needed, they use the Arora Gatwick.
Sofitel London Gatwick
This does not feel like an airport hotel. The entrance has a bright atrium and was quiet and calm on the day that I visited. The hotel has 518 bedrooms and 11 meeting rooms that can be divided into 14 smaller ones. There are lots of areas of casual seating areas and a bar which can be privatised or used as a casual break out area. The restaurant has two rosettes, has a private room for 42 or can be privatised for 100 people. The largest meeting room is on the ground floor with its own reception are and bar. This is the only room without natural daylight, the others have large windows or two have secondary light from the atrium, they were all bright with high ceilings.
There is a very interesting room on the lower ground floor, with daylight and its own entrance. It was used as an airline lounge and has a sunken seating area, fireplace, bar and room previously used for computers. It is flexible space and can be used for a completely private meeting, with dining in the same room, or parties, meetings with break out areas. The largest residential group that this hotel can take is 240/250 people.
Copthorne London Gatwick
This hotel is traditional in style and has recently been refurbished. It has some nice meeting rooms, with natural daylight and there are four dining outlets, so they can offer variation with lunches and dinners. The Lion d’Or a la carte restaurant has semi-private dining for 8 people. The garden is lovely and there is good outdoor space for breaks or BBQ.
Although there are 227 bedrooms the maximum size residential group is 100 people. The largest room can take 100 theatre style, but is more frequently used for dinners or weddings than meetings, as it has a bar in the corner and dance floor covered with carpet. It has pillars and the natural daylight is from a skylight which has a retractable blackout blind
Copthorne Effingham Gatwick
The largest meeting room is an oval room with large windows either side and takes 650 people with stage and back projection. It is in a separate building, but opposite reception and with a walkway from the hotel on the 1st floor. There are no pillars and a high ceiling, so can be used as blank canvass space. The remaining smaller rooms are in different parts of the hotel. The Wellingtonia suite has been refurbished and consists of 4 joining rooms, with its own terrace overlooking the garden. This is a good training room or meeting room with breakouts. Lunch and breaks can be served there, so meetings can have their own private part of the hotel. The hotel is traditional in style. The club bedrooms have their own balconies.
The decor of this venue is tired, however, they are about to start refurbishment which will take at least a year, so be completed by the end of 2015. The hotel has a large amount of meeting space, but only 122 bedrooms, so works with the Copthorne London Gatwick for overflow accommodation (3 mins by car)
Hickstead Hotel
A 3* hotel that is better inside than it looks from the approach. The reception and meeting rooms are in the old part of the building and there is a newer wing with 54 bedrooms. The main meeting room is on the ground floor with access to a gravel garden, which can be used for breaks or lunch if the weather is good. There are two boardrooms in another area of the hotel on separate floors.
A good hotel for a regional meeting, without getting involved in the traffic of a town and plenty of free parking
South Lodge
Very impressive building and setting. It is a traditional hotel, with wood panneling and tapestries, terraces leading to gardens and views over the Sussex hills. The 12 meeting rooms are in one area of the hotel, on several floors, the largest takes 130 people on rounds. There is a new conference room, the Arundel, which has a fixed U-shaped table for 18 people. Tables in the Pass restaurant have views of the kitchen. It takes 32 for private hire.
There are bedrooms in the old part of the hotel and a newer wing. There is refurbishment going on at the moment. The head chef is Stephen Edwards, who won Masterchef in 2014, consequently the hotel is popular with leisure guests.
Hilton Brighton Metropole
A 5* hotel on the seafront. It’s key selling point is the large meeting space. It has 9 small meeting rooms on the 1st and 2nd floors and some larger meeting rooms off the Lobby. These have recently been refurbished. At the back of the hotel there is a conference centre with 40+ meeting rooms for large events and exhibitions. This area is accessed by stairs and corridors and really needs the paintwork re-done and new carpet. There was a Bridge convention there when I visited and they had been in the hotel for 11 days.
I visited on a Sunday and couldn’t see a room for 30-40 people on the top floor of the hotel, which apparently has lovely views and is often used for drinks and dinners, as well as meetings.The Hilton works with all the other Brighton hotels for bedrooms when they have a large conference, particularly the Grand which is next door.Only the bedrooms in the front of the hotel have air conditioning. Classic bedrooms are on the side, back or inwards facing. Parking in Brighton is a problem generally. The hotel has limited parking or there is an NCP nearby.
Thistle Brighton
This is not a good looking hotel from the outside, but was purpose built about 30 years ago as a hotel and does not have the challenges of some of the older properties in Brighton. It is a good location with the sea front is on one side and the Lanes on the other. Inside it is built around an atrium so is bright. All 210 bedrooms are having a soft refurbishment this year. The maximum capacity for a residential group is 180. There are two bars, one which can be used for private receptions and is complimentary for groups of 50+. Most of the meeting space is on the 1st floor. The meeting foyer is shared between all groups, but an area can be sectioned off if required. All the meeting space has air conditioning and only one room does not have natural daylight. The ballroom is on the ground floor and is the only room I have seen with oval tables (not round) which would be good for 6-7 people in cabaret style. Executive bedrooms have sea views or face the Lanes and are good sized rooms. The standard rooms are internal facing to the atrium.
The Noblesse meeting room has a pillar in the middle, but would be good for a group of 30 to use half for a meeting and half for catering or break out space. The hotel is very leisure focussed in the school holidays and has an indoor heated pool, so attracts families. Car parking is in the Lanes NCP and the hotel offers 15% discount.
Mercure Brighton
4* hotel which is 150 years old and traditional in style. It is on the seafront in the direction of Hove. It looks a bit tired and needs some money spent. There are a variety of styles, carpets, paintwork etc. There are 7 meeting rooms and the largest takes 180 theatre-style. The meeting rooms are scattered around the hotel and accessed by corridors and stairs so not DDA compliant. The meeting rooms have air conditioning, but bedrooms do not. The largest room is the Ballroom on the ground floor which was refurbished in October 2013 and takes 180 theatre-style or 80 cabaret-style. There are two pillars at the side of the room and chandeliers.
The hotel has 12 parking spaces at the front and 30 at the back available on a first-come first-served basis. The nearest car parks are a 10 minute walk.
Myhotel Brighton
In the north Laine area of the city, next to the theatre and Pavilion. It is 6 years old and very contemporary with lots of white, pink and green decoration. There are crystals for Feng Shui and they have used local designers and source local products. It is run on eco-friendly principals with organic tea, chocolate etc and they recycle. Jubilee Square is on one side of the hotel and something happens there all the time. When I visited it was covered in astroturf and 4 table tennis tables were set up for anyone to use. Next month a large converted vintage car will be parked where people can go and watch a film. Then it will change to sculpture. There are only 2 meeting rooms and the maximum capacity of the larger room is 50 people, but fewer would be better. Both are white, bright rooms with natural daylight and air conditioning. Lunch is either served in the meeting room or 10 people can have a cold buffet in the bar. The hotel bar is a destination, and they can allocate a semi-private area for 50 people. It is a fun hotel, there is a photo booth in the bar area and you get a token with drinks. The bedrooms have a disposable camera and if you use it and leave it in the room, the hotel will send the developed pictures later. There are 80 bedrooms, all double beds and all with showers. They have wifi, dvd players and you can plug your iphone into the bedroom’s sound system. Signature rooms are on the corners and are all different in style. here is an Indian restaurant on site, run by an external company, tables need to be booked directly, but they will allocate a semi private area for a group from the hotel.
The hotel has a small underground car park and can allocate 10 spaces for meeting attendees, or there are NCP car parks nearby. Myhotel is probably not to everyone’s taste, it is very lively and fashionable. They do well with the IT, comms and travel industries.
Jurys Inn Brighton
4* hotel next to the station, about 10 mins walk to the North Laine area. There are 9 meeting rooms in a dedicated conference area. The largest room has access to a roof terrace and has capacity for 80 in cabaret style. The hotel does well with charities and associations and is fully DDA compliant. Everything was clean and tidy and it appeared to be efficient. All 234 bedrooms have double beds and triple glazed windows. There is free wifi throughout the hotel. There is some complimentary parking or there is a large car park opposite and it is half the price of the ones at the seafront.
The hotel will spend £2m on refurbishment. Bedrooms will be done a floor at a time starting in October 2014 and public areas done after Christmas. The rates are competitive as they recognise that they are not in the centre of town or on the seafront. But if you don’t want to get tangled up in Brighton’s traffic then it is a good option.
Ashdown Park
Traditional style hotel set in 1,500 acres of grounds with a lake, fountain and lovely views of the Ashdown Forest. It is a 19th century stone mansion, with a spa, golf and they can organise team building events. There are 14 meeting rooms of different sizes, which can be flexible with private dining. The highlight of the building is a converted chapel, which has function rooms on the ground and 1st floor. The ideal size group is 80-100 for this area and it would work well with a meeting on one floor and catering on the other. This would keep the group in one place and would be completely private. There is stained glass at one end of the building and a working organ, so is a spectacular dinner venue.
I stayed the night here and had a lovely large room and it was completely quiet, although there was a wedding reception in the hotel that evening. I ate in the Anderida Restaurant, the food, service and all the staff were excellent.
Roffey Park
I really enjoyed my visit to this management training centre. it is 5 minutes from the M23, just south of Gatwick. It is modern, bright and welcoming – a great place to have a meeting, conference or training event. It is not open to the public, so the clients are only there to work. Roffey is set in 40 acres of grounds and backs on to forest so it is peaceful and you have a feeling of space. There are paths around the grounds, lots of seating and areas for team building. It has a lovely indoor pool or you can borrow a bike to get some exercise. All meeting rooms are light and airy with natural daylight and all rooms on the ground floor open to the garden, so they have their own outside area. There are two restaurants which can be open, secluded or have private areas. There are 60 bedrooms, 10 of which are twins, in one wing of the property. They are plain, so designed for work, but have everything you need.
This is probably the best management training centre that I have visited. The environment was very pleasant and conducive to work. As it is not a hotel there is never an overlap with leisure guests. The staff were very welcoming and efficient and gave me an excellent sandwich lunch, with very fresh ingredients. If there is a large meeting and extra accommodation is needed, they use the Arora Gatwick.
Sofitel London Gatwick
This does not feel like an airport hotel. The entrance has a bright atrium and was quiet and calm on the day that I visited. The hotel has 518 bedrooms and 11 meeting rooms that can be divided into 14 smaller ones. There are lots of areas of casual seating areas and a bar which can be privatised or used as a casual break out area. The restaurant has two rosettes, has a private room for 42 or can be privatised for 100 people. The largest meeting room is on the ground floor with its own reception are and bar. This is the only room without natural daylight, the others have large windows or two have secondary light from the atrium, they were all bright with high ceilings.
There is a very interesting room on the lower ground floor, with daylight and its own entrance. It was used as an airline lounge and has a sunken seating area, fireplace, bar and room previously used for computers. It is flexible space and can be used for a completely private meeting, with dining in the same room, or parties, meetings with break out areas. The largest residential group that this hotel can take is 240/250 people.
Copthorne London Gatwick
This hotel is traditional in style and has recently been refurbished. It has some nice meeting rooms, with natural daylight and there are four dining outlets, so they can offer variation with lunches and dinners. The Lion d’Or a la carte restaurant has semi-private dining for 8 people. The garden is lovely and there is good outdoor space for breaks or BBQ.
Although there are 227 bedrooms the maximum size residential group is 100 people. The largest room can take 100 theatre style, but is more frequently used for dinners or weddings than meetings, as it has a bar in the corner and dance floor covered with carpet. It has pillars and the natural daylight is from a skylight which has a retractable blackout blind
Copthorne Effingham Gatwick
The largest meeting room is an oval room with large windows either side and takes 650 people with stage and back projection. It is in a separate building, but opposite reception and with a walkway from the hotel on the 1st floor. There are no pillars and a high ceiling, so can be used as blank canvass space. The remaining smaller rooms are in different parts of the hotel. The Wellingtonia suite has been refurbished and consists of 4 joining rooms, with its own terrace overlooking the garden. This is a good training room or meeting room with breakouts. Lunch and breaks can be served there, so meetings can have their own private part of the hotel. The hotel is traditional in style. The club bedrooms have their own balconies.
The decor of this venue is tired, however, they are about to start refurbishment which will take at least a year, so be completed by the end of 2015. The hotel has a large amount of meeting space, but only 122 bedrooms, so works with the Copthorne London Gatwick for overflow accommodation (3 mins by car)
Hickstead Hotel
A 3* hotel that is better inside than it looks from the approach. The reception and meeting rooms are in the old part of the building and there is a newer wing with 54 bedrooms. The main meeting room is on the ground floor with access to a gravel garden, which can be used for breaks or lunch if the weather is good. There are two boardrooms in another area of the hotel on separate floors.
A good hotel for a regional meeting, without getting involved in the traffic of a town and plenty of free parking
South Lodge
Very impressive building and setting. It is a traditional hotel, with wood panneling and tapestries, terraces leading to gardens and views over the Sussex hills. The 12 meeting rooms are in one area of the hotel, on several floors, the largest takes 130 people on rounds. There is a new conference room, the Arundel, which has a fixed U-shaped table for 18 people. Tables in the Pass restaurant have views of the kitchen. It takes 32 for private hire.
There are bedrooms in the old part of the hotel and a newer wing. There is refurbishment going on at the moment. The head chef is Stephen Edwards, who won Masterchef in 2014, consequently the hotel is popular with leisure guests.
Parking in Brighton is a problem generally. The hotel has 40 spaces which are available on a first-come, first-served basis or there is an NCP nearby.
Hilton Brighton Metropole
A 5* hotel on the seafront. It’s key selling point is the large meeting space. It has 9 small meeting rooms on the 1st and 2nd floors and some larger meeting rooms off the Lobby. These have recently been refurbished. At the back of the hotel there is a conference centre with 40+ meeting rooms for large events and exhibitions. This area is accessed by stairs and corridors and really needs the paintwork re-done and new carpet. There was a Bridge convention there when I visited and they had been in the hotel for 11 days.
I visited on a Sunday and couldn’t see a room for 30-40 people on the top floor of the hotel, which apparently has lovely views and is often used for drinks and dinners, as well as meetings.The Hilton works with all the other Brighton hotels for bedrooms when they have a large conference, particularly the Grand which is next door.Only the bedrooms in the front of the hotel have air conditioning. Classic bedrooms are on the side, back or inwards facing. Parking in Brighton is a problem generally. The hotel has limited parking or there is an NCP nearby.
Thistle Brighton
This is not a good looking hotel from the outside, but was purpose built about 30 years ago as a hotel and does not have the challenges of some of the older properties in Brighton. It is a good location with the sea front is on one side and the Lanes on the other. Inside it is built around an atrium so is bright. All 210 bedrooms are having a soft refurbishment this year. The maximum capacity for a residential group is 180. There are two bars, one which can be used for private receptions and is complimentary for groups of 50+. Most of the meeting space is on the 1st floor. The meeting foyer is shared between all groups, but an area can be sectioned off if required. All the meeting space has air conditioning and only one room does not have natural daylight. The ballroom is on the ground floor and is the only room I have seen with oval tables (not round) which would be good for 6-7 people in cabaret style. Executive bedrooms have sea views or face the Lanes and are good sized rooms. The standard rooms are internal facing to the atrium.
The Noblesse meeting room has a pillar in the middle, but would be good for a group of 30 to use half for a meeting and half for catering or break out space. The hotel is very leisure focussed in the school holidays and has an indoor heated pool, so attracts families. Car parking is in the Lanes NCP and the hotel offers 15% discount.
Mercure Brighton
4* hotel which is 150 years old and traditional in style. It is on the seafront in the direction of Hove. It looks a bit tired and needs some money spent. There are a variety of styles, carpets, paintwork etc. There are 7 meeting rooms and the largest takes 180 theatre-style. The meeting rooms are scattered around the hotel and accessed by corridors and stairs so not DDA compliant. The meeting rooms have air conditioning, but bedrooms do not. The largest room is the Ballroom on the ground floor which was refurbished in October 2013 and takes 180 theatre-style or 80 cabaret-style. There are two pillars at the side of the room and chandeliers.
The hotel has 12 parking spaces at the front and 30 at the back available on a first-come first-served basis. The nearest car parks are a 10 minute walk.
Myhotel Brighton
In the north Laine area of the city, next to the theatre and Pavilion. It is 6 years old and very contemporary with lots of white, pink and green decoration. There are crystals for Feng Shui and they have used local designers and source local products. It is run on eco-friendly principals with organic tea, chocolate etc and they recycle. Jubilee Square is on one side of the hotel and something happens there all the time. When I visited it was covered in astroturf and 4 table tennis tables were set up for anyone to use. Next month a large converted vintage car will be parked where people can go and watch a film. Then it will change to sculpture. There are only 2 meeting rooms and the maximum capacity of the larger room is 50 people, but fewer would be better. Both are white, bright rooms with natural daylight and air conditioning. Lunch is either served in the meeting room or 10 people can have a cold buffet in the bar. The hotel bar is a destination, and they can allocate a semi-private area for 50 people. It is a fun hotel, there is a photo booth in the bar area and you get a token with drinks. The bedrooms have a disposable camera and if you use it and leave it in the room, the hotel will send the developed pictures later. There are 80 bedrooms, all double beds and all with showers. They have wifi, dvd players and you can plug your iphone into the bedroom’s sound system. Signature rooms are on the corners and are all different in style. here is an Indian restaurant on site, run by an external company, tables need to be booked directly, but they will allocate a semi private area for a group from the hotel.
The hotel has a small underground car park and can allocate 10 spaces for meeting attendees, or there are NCP car parks nearby. Myhotel is probably not to everyone’s taste, it is very lively and fashionable. They do well with the IT, comms and travel industries.
Jurys Inn Brighton
4* hotel next to the station, about 10 mins walk to the North Laine area. There are 9 meeting rooms in a dedicated conference area. The largest room has access to a roof terrace and has capacity for 80 in cabaret style. The hotel does well with charities and associations and is fully DDA compliant. Everything was clean and tidy and it appeared to be efficient. All 234 bedrooms have double beds and triple glazed windows. There is free wifi throughout the hotel. There is some complimentary parking or there is a large car park opposite and it is half the price of the ones at the seafront.
The hotel will spend £2m on refurbishment. Bedrooms will be done a floor at a time starting in October 2014 and public areas done after Christmas. The rates are competitive as they recognise that they are not in the centre of town or on the seafront. But if you don’t want to get tangled up in Brighton’s traffic then it is a good option.
Ashdown Park
Traditional style hotel set in 1,500 acres of grounds with a lake, fountain and lovely views of the Ashdown Forest. It is a 19th century stone mansion, with a spa, golf and they can organise team building events. There are 14 meeting rooms of different sizes, which can be flexible with private dining. The highlight of the building is a converted chapel, which has function rooms on the ground and 1st floor. The ideal size group is 80-100 for this area and it would work well with a meeting on one floor and catering on the other. This would keep the group in one place and would be completely private. There is stained glass at one end of the building and a working organ, so is a spectacular dinner venue.
I stayed the night here and had a lovely large room and it was completely quiet, although there was a wedding reception in the hotel that evening. I ate in the Anderida Restaurant, the food, service and all the staff were excellent.
Roffey Park
I really enjoyed my visit to this management training centre. it is 5 minutes from the M23, just south of Gatwick. It is modern, bright and welcoming – a great place to have a meeting, conference or training event. It is not open to the public, so the clients are only there to work. Roffey is set in 40 acres of grounds and backs on to forest so it is peaceful and you have a feeling of space. There are paths around the grounds, lots of seating and areas for team building. It has a lovely indoor pool or you can borrow a bike to get some exercise. All meeting rooms are light and airy with natural daylight and all rooms on the ground floor open to the garden, so they have their own outside area. There are two restaurants which can be open, secluded or have private areas. There are 60 bedrooms, 10 of which are twins, in one wing of the property. They are plain, so designed for work, but have everything you need.
This is probably the best management training centre that I have visited. The environment was very pleasant and conducive to work. As it is not a hotel there is never an overlap with leisure guests. The staff were very welcoming and efficient and gave me an excellent sandwich lunch, with very fresh ingredients. If there is a large meeting and extra accommodation is needed, they use the Arora Gatwick.
Sofitel London Gatwick
This does not feel like an airport hotel. The entrance has a bright atrium and was quiet and calm on the day that I visited. The hotel has 518 bedrooms and 11 meeting rooms that can be divided into 14 smaller ones. There are lots of areas of casual seating areas and a bar which can be privatised or used as a casual break out area. The restaurant has two rosettes, has a private room for 42 or can be privatised for 100 people. The largest meeting room is on the ground floor with its own reception are and bar. This is the only room without natural daylight, the others have large windows or two have secondary light from the atrium, they were all bright with high ceilings.
There is a very interesting room on the lower ground floor, with daylight and its own entrance. It was used as an airline lounge and has a sunken seating area, fireplace, bar and room previously used for computers. It is flexible space and can be used for a completely private meeting, with dining in the same room, or parties, meetings with break out areas. The largest residential group that this hotel can take is 240/250 people.
Copthorne London Gatwick
This hotel is traditional in style and has recently been refurbished. It has some nice meeting rooms, with natural daylight and there are four dining outlets, so they can offer variation with lunches and dinners. The Lion d’Or a la carte restaurant has semi-private dining for 8 people. The garden is lovely and there is good outdoor space for breaks or BBQ.
Although there are 227 bedrooms the maximum size residential group is 100 people. The largest room can take 100 theatre style, but is more frequently used for dinners or weddings than meetings, as it has a bar in the corner and dance floor covered with carpet. It has pillars and the natural daylight is from a skylight which has a retractable blackout blind
Copthorne Effingham Gatwick
The largest meeting room is an oval room with large windows either side and takes 650 people with stage and back projection. It is in a separate building, but opposite reception and with a walkway from the hotel on the 1st floor. There are no pillars and a high ceiling, so can be used as blank canvass space. The remaining smaller rooms are in different parts of the hotel. The Wellingtonia suite has been refurbished and consists of 4 joining rooms, with its own terrace overlooking the garden. This is a good training room or meeting room with breakouts. Lunch and breaks can be served there, so meetings can have their own private part of the hotel. The hotel is traditional in style. The club bedrooms have their own balconies.
The decor of this venue is tired, however, they are about to start refurbishment which will take at least a year, so be completed by the end of 2015. The hotel has a large amount of meeting space, but only 122 bedrooms, so works with the Copthorne London Gatwick for overflow accommodation (3 mins by car)
Hickstead Hotel
A 3* hotel that is better inside than it looks from the approach. The reception and meeting rooms are in the old part of the building and there is a newer wing with 54 bedrooms. The main meeting room is on the ground floor with access to a gravel garden, which can be used for breaks or lunch if the weather is good. There are two boardrooms in another area of the hotel on separate floors.
A good hotel for a regional meeting, without getting involved in the traffic of a town and plenty of free parking
South Lodge
Very impressive building and setting. It is a traditional hotel, with wood panneling and tapestries, terraces leading to gardens and views over the Sussex hills. The 12 meeting rooms are in one area of the hotel, on several floors, the largest takes 130 people on rounds. There is a new conference room, the Arundel, which has a fixed U-shaped table for 18 people. Tables in the Pass restaurant have views of the kitchen. It takes 32 for private hire.
There are bedrooms in the old part of the hotel and a newer wing. There is refurbishment going on at the moment. The head chef is Stephen Edwards, who won Masterchef in 2014, consequently the hotel is popular with leisure guests.
The nicest bedrooms overlook the sea and there are three feature rooms, one of which has a wooden bath in the bedroom. The classic rooms are to the side or back of the hotel and don’t have views. There is a seafood restaurant with a conservatory area on the front with sea views. I thought that this was the best hotel of all the seafront properties.
Parking in Brighton is a problem generally. The hotel has 40 spaces which are available on a first-come, first-served basis or there is an NCP nearby.
Hilton Brighton Metropole
A 5* hotel on the seafront. It’s key selling point is the large meeting space. It has 9 small meeting rooms on the 1st and 2nd floors and some larger meeting rooms off the Lobby. These have recently been refurbished. At the back of the hotel there is a conference centre with 40+ meeting rooms for large events and exhibitions. This area is accessed by stairs and corridors and really needs the paintwork re-done and new carpet. There was a Bridge convention there when I visited and they had been in the hotel for 11 days.
I visited on a Sunday and couldn’t see a room for 30-40 people on the top floor of the hotel, which apparently has lovely views and is often used for drinks and dinners, as well as meetings.The Hilton works with all the other Brighton hotels for bedrooms when they have a large conference, particularly the Grand which is next door.Only the bedrooms in the front of the hotel have air conditioning. Classic bedrooms are on the side, back or inwards facing. Parking in Brighton is a problem generally. The hotel has limited parking or there is an NCP nearby.
Thistle Brighton
This is not a good looking hotel from the outside, but was purpose built about 30 years ago as a hotel and does not have the challenges of some of the older properties in Brighton. It is a good location with the sea front is on one side and the Lanes on the other. Inside it is built around an atrium so is bright. All 210 bedrooms are having a soft refurbishment this year. The maximum capacity for a residential group is 180. There are two bars, one which can be used for private receptions and is complimentary for groups of 50+. Most of the meeting space is on the 1st floor. The meeting foyer is shared between all groups, but an area can be sectioned off if required. All the meeting space has air conditioning and only one room does not have natural daylight. The ballroom is on the ground floor and is the only room I have seen with oval tables (not round) which would be good for 6-7 people in cabaret style. Executive bedrooms have sea views or face the Lanes and are good sized rooms. The standard rooms are internal facing to the atrium.
The Noblesse meeting room has a pillar in the middle, but would be good for a group of 30 to use half for a meeting and half for catering or break out space. The hotel is very leisure focussed in the school holidays and has an indoor heated pool, so attracts families. Car parking is in the Lanes NCP and the hotel offers 15% discount.
Mercure Brighton
4* hotel which is 150 years old and traditional in style. It is on the seafront in the direction of Hove. It looks a bit tired and needs some money spent. There are a variety of styles, carpets, paintwork etc. There are 7 meeting rooms and the largest takes 180 theatre-style. The meeting rooms are scattered around the hotel and accessed by corridors and stairs so not DDA compliant. The meeting rooms have air conditioning, but bedrooms do not. The largest room is the Ballroom on the ground floor which was refurbished in October 2013 and takes 180 theatre-style or 80 cabaret-style. There are two pillars at the side of the room and chandeliers.
The hotel has 12 parking spaces at the front and 30 at the back available on a first-come first-served basis. The nearest car parks are a 10 minute walk.
Myhotel Brighton
In the north Laine area of the city, next to the theatre and Pavilion. It is 6 years old and very contemporary with lots of white, pink and green decoration. There are crystals for Feng Shui and they have used local designers and source local products. It is run on eco-friendly principals with organic tea, chocolate etc and they recycle. Jubilee Square is on one side of the hotel and something happens there all the time. When I visited it was covered in astroturf and 4 table tennis tables were set up for anyone to use. Next month a large converted vintage car will be parked where people can go and watch a film. Then it will change to sculpture. There are only 2 meeting rooms and the maximum capacity of the larger room is 50 people, but fewer would be better. Both are white, bright rooms with natural daylight and air conditioning. Lunch is either served in the meeting room or 10 people can have a cold buffet in the bar. The hotel bar is a destination, and they can allocate a semi-private area for 50 people. It is a fun hotel, there is a photo booth in the bar area and you get a token with drinks. The bedrooms have a disposable camera and if you use it and leave it in the room, the hotel will send the developed pictures later. There are 80 bedrooms, all double beds and all with showers. They have wifi, dvd players and you can plug your iphone into the bedroom’s sound system. Signature rooms are on the corners and are all different in style. here is an Indian restaurant on site, run by an external company, tables need to be booked directly, but they will allocate a semi private area for a group from the hotel.
The hotel has a small underground car park and can allocate 10 spaces for meeting attendees, or there are NCP car parks nearby. Myhotel is probably not to everyone’s taste, it is very lively and fashionable. They do well with the IT, comms and travel industries.
Jurys Inn Brighton
4* hotel next to the station, about 10 mins walk to the North Laine area. There are 9 meeting rooms in a dedicated conference area. The largest room has access to a roof terrace and has capacity for 80 in cabaret style. The hotel does well with charities and associations and is fully DDA compliant. Everything was clean and tidy and it appeared to be efficient. All 234 bedrooms have double beds and triple glazed windows. There is free wifi throughout the hotel. There is some complimentary parking or there is a large car park opposite and it is half the price of the ones at the seafront.
The hotel will spend £2m on refurbishment. Bedrooms will be done a floor at a time starting in October 2014 and public areas done after Christmas. The rates are competitive as they recognise that they are not in the centre of town or on the seafront. But if you don’t want to get tangled up in Brighton’s traffic then it is a good option.
Ashdown Park
Traditional style hotel set in 1,500 acres of grounds with a lake, fountain and lovely views of the Ashdown Forest. It is a 19th century stone mansion, with a spa, golf and they can organise team building events. There are 14 meeting rooms of different sizes, which can be flexible with private dining. The highlight of the building is a converted chapel, which has function rooms on the ground and 1st floor. The ideal size group is 80-100 for this area and it would work well with a meeting on one floor and catering on the other. This would keep the group in one place and would be completely private. There is stained glass at one end of the building and a working organ, so is a spectacular dinner venue.
I stayed the night here and had a lovely large room and it was completely quiet, although there was a wedding reception in the hotel that evening. I ate in the Anderida Restaurant, the food, service and all the staff were excellent.
Roffey Park
I really enjoyed my visit to this management training centre. it is 5 minutes from the M23, just south of Gatwick. It is modern, bright and welcoming – a great place to have a meeting, conference or training event. It is not open to the public, so the clients are only there to work. Roffey is set in 40 acres of grounds and backs on to forest so it is peaceful and you have a feeling of space. There are paths around the grounds, lots of seating and areas for team building. It has a lovely indoor pool or you can borrow a bike to get some exercise. All meeting rooms are light and airy with natural daylight and all rooms on the ground floor open to the garden, so they have their own outside area. There are two restaurants which can be open, secluded or have private areas. There are 60 bedrooms, 10 of which are twins, in one wing of the property. They are plain, so designed for work, but have everything you need.
This is probably the best management training centre that I have visited. The environment was very pleasant and conducive to work. As it is not a hotel there is never an overlap with leisure guests. The staff were very welcoming and efficient and gave me an excellent sandwich lunch, with very fresh ingredients. If there is a large meeting and extra accommodation is needed, they use the Arora Gatwick.
Sofitel London Gatwick
This does not feel like an airport hotel. The entrance has a bright atrium and was quiet and calm on the day that I visited. The hotel has 518 bedrooms and 11 meeting rooms that can be divided into 14 smaller ones. There are lots of areas of casual seating areas and a bar which can be privatised or used as a casual break out area. The restaurant has two rosettes, has a private room for 42 or can be privatised for 100 people. The largest meeting room is on the ground floor with its own reception are and bar. This is the only room without natural daylight, the others have large windows or two have secondary light from the atrium, they were all bright with high ceilings.
There is a very interesting room on the lower ground floor, with daylight and its own entrance. It was used as an airline lounge and has a sunken seating area, fireplace, bar and room previously used for computers. It is flexible space and can be used for a completely private meeting, with dining in the same room, or parties, meetings with break out areas. The largest residential group that this hotel can take is 240/250 people.
Copthorne London Gatwick
This hotel is traditional in style and has recently been refurbished. It has some nice meeting rooms, with natural daylight and there are four dining outlets, so they can offer variation with lunches and dinners. The Lion d’Or a la carte restaurant has semi-private dining for 8 people. The garden is lovely and there is good outdoor space for breaks or BBQ.
Although there are 227 bedrooms the maximum size residential group is 100 people. The largest room can take 100 theatre style, but is more frequently used for dinners or weddings than meetings, as it has a bar in the corner and dance floor covered with carpet. It has pillars and the natural daylight is from a skylight which has a retractable blackout blind
Copthorne Effingham Gatwick
The largest meeting room is an oval room with large windows either side and takes 650 people with stage and back projection. It is in a separate building, but opposite reception and with a walkway from the hotel on the 1st floor. There are no pillars and a high ceiling, so can be used as blank canvass space. The remaining smaller rooms are in different parts of the hotel. The Wellingtonia suite has been refurbished and consists of 4 joining rooms, with its own terrace overlooking the garden. This is a good training room or meeting room with breakouts. Lunch and breaks can be served there, so meetings can have their own private part of the hotel. The hotel is traditional in style. The club bedrooms have their own balconies.
The decor of this venue is tired, however, they are about to start refurbishment which will take at least a year, so be completed by the end of 2015. The hotel has a large amount of meeting space, but only 122 bedrooms, so works with the Copthorne London Gatwick for overflow accommodation (3 mins by car)
Hickstead Hotel
A 3* hotel that is better inside than it looks from the approach. The reception and meeting rooms are in the old part of the building and there is a newer wing with 54 bedrooms. The main meeting room is on the ground floor with access to a gravel garden, which can be used for breaks or lunch if the weather is good. There are two boardrooms in another area of the hotel on separate floors.
A good hotel for a regional meeting, without getting involved in the traffic of a town and plenty of free parking
South Lodge
Very impressive building and setting. It is a traditional hotel, with wood panneling and tapestries, terraces leading to gardens and views over the Sussex hills. The 12 meeting rooms are in one area of the hotel, on several floors, the largest takes 130 people on rounds. There is a new conference room, the Arundel, which has a fixed U-shaped table for 18 people. Tables in the Pass restaurant have views of the kitchen. It takes 32 for private hire.
There are bedrooms in the old part of the hotel and a newer wing. There is refurbishment going on at the moment. The head chef is Stephen Edwards, who won Masterchef in 2014, consequently the hotel is popular with leisure guests.
5* Victorian hotel on the seafront which has recently been refurbished. It has three lovely interconnecting meeting rooms on the 1st floor with sea views which can be used separately, or as a suite with private dining, or break outs. The remaining meeting rooms are on the ground floor, not all have natural daylight. The largest room is on the left hand side of the hotel with its own entrance and can be divided into three. There is a wooden panelled room which used to be a library off the lobby area which would be good for a dinner and has an entrance from the bar, but does not have daylight.
The nicest bedrooms overlook the sea and there are three feature rooms, one of which has a wooden bath in the bedroom. The classic rooms are to the side or back of the hotel and don’t have views. There is a seafood restaurant with a conservatory area on the front with sea views. I thought that this was the best hotel of all the seafront properties.
Parking in Brighton is a problem generally. The hotel has 40 spaces which are available on a first-come, first-served basis or there is an NCP nearby.
Hilton Brighton Metropole
A 5* hotel on the seafront. It’s key selling point is the large meeting space. It has 9 small meeting rooms on the 1st and 2nd floors and some larger meeting rooms off the Lobby. These have recently been refurbished. At the back of the hotel there is a conference centre with 40+ meeting rooms for large events and exhibitions. This area is accessed by stairs and corridors and really needs the paintwork re-done and new carpet. There was a Bridge convention there when I visited and they had been in the hotel for 11 days.
I visited on a Sunday and couldn’t see a room for 30-40 people on the top floor of the hotel, which apparently has lovely views and is often used for drinks and dinners, as well as meetings.The Hilton works with all the other Brighton hotels for bedrooms when they have a large conference, particularly the Grand which is next door.Only the bedrooms in the front of the hotel have air conditioning. Classic bedrooms are on the side, back or inwards facing. Parking in Brighton is a problem generally. The hotel has limited parking or there is an NCP nearby.
Thistle Brighton
This is not a good looking hotel from the outside, but was purpose built about 30 years ago as a hotel and does not have the challenges of some of the older properties in Brighton. It is a good location with the sea front is on one side and the Lanes on the other. Inside it is built around an atrium so is bright. All 210 bedrooms are having a soft refurbishment this year. The maximum capacity for a residential group is 180. There are two bars, one which can be used for private receptions and is complimentary for groups of 50+. Most of the meeting space is on the 1st floor. The meeting foyer is shared between all groups, but an area can be sectioned off if required. All the meeting space has air conditioning and only one room does not have natural daylight. The ballroom is on the ground floor and is the only room I have seen with oval tables (not round) which would be good for 6-7 people in cabaret style. Executive bedrooms have sea views or face the Lanes and are good sized rooms. The standard rooms are internal facing to the atrium.
The Noblesse meeting room has a pillar in the middle, but would be good for a group of 30 to use half for a meeting and half for catering or break out space. The hotel is very leisure focussed in the school holidays and has an indoor heated pool, so attracts families. Car parking is in the Lanes NCP and the hotel offers 15% discount.
Mercure Brighton
4* hotel which is 150 years old and traditional in style. It is on the seafront in the direction of Hove. It looks a bit tired and needs some money spent. There are a variety of styles, carpets, paintwork etc. There are 7 meeting rooms and the largest takes 180 theatre-style. The meeting rooms are scattered around the hotel and accessed by corridors and stairs so not DDA compliant. The meeting rooms have air conditioning, but bedrooms do not. The largest room is the Ballroom on the ground floor which was refurbished in October 2013 and takes 180 theatre-style or 80 cabaret-style. There are two pillars at the side of the room and chandeliers.
The hotel has 12 parking spaces at the front and 30 at the back available on a first-come first-served basis. The nearest car parks are a 10 minute walk.
Myhotel Brighton
In the north Laine area of the city, next to the theatre and Pavilion. It is 6 years old and very contemporary with lots of white, pink and green decoration. There are crystals for Feng Shui and they have used local designers and source local products. It is run on eco-friendly principals with organic tea, chocolate etc and they recycle. Jubilee Square is on one side of the hotel and something happens there all the time. When I visited it was covered in astroturf and 4 table tennis tables were set up for anyone to use. Next month a large converted vintage car will be parked where people can go and watch a film. Then it will change to sculpture. There are only 2 meeting rooms and the maximum capacity of the larger room is 50 people, but fewer would be better. Both are white, bright rooms with natural daylight and air conditioning. Lunch is either served in the meeting room or 10 people can have a cold buffet in the bar. The hotel bar is a destination, and they can allocate a semi-private area for 50 people. It is a fun hotel, there is a photo booth in the bar area and you get a token with drinks. The bedrooms have a disposable camera and if you use it and leave it in the room, the hotel will send the developed pictures later. There are 80 bedrooms, all double beds and all with showers. They have wifi, dvd players and you can plug your iphone into the bedroom’s sound system. Signature rooms are on the corners and are all different in style. here is an Indian restaurant on site, run by an external company, tables need to be booked directly, but they will allocate a semi private area for a group from the hotel.
The hotel has a small underground car park and can allocate 10 spaces for meeting attendees, or there are NCP car parks nearby. Myhotel is probably not to everyone’s taste, it is very lively and fashionable. They do well with the IT, comms and travel industries.
Jurys Inn Brighton
4* hotel next to the station, about 10 mins walk to the North Laine area. There are 9 meeting rooms in a dedicated conference area. The largest room has access to a roof terrace and has capacity for 80 in cabaret style. The hotel does well with charities and associations and is fully DDA compliant. Everything was clean and tidy and it appeared to be efficient. All 234 bedrooms have double beds and triple glazed windows. There is free wifi throughout the hotel. There is some complimentary parking or there is a large car park opposite and it is half the price of the ones at the seafront.
The hotel will spend £2m on refurbishment. Bedrooms will be done a floor at a time starting in October 2014 and public areas done after Christmas. The rates are competitive as they recognise that they are not in the centre of town or on the seafront. But if you don’t want to get tangled up in Brighton’s traffic then it is a good option.
Ashdown Park
Traditional style hotel set in 1,500 acres of grounds with a lake, fountain and lovely views of the Ashdown Forest. It is a 19th century stone mansion, with a spa, golf and they can organise team building events. There are 14 meeting rooms of different sizes, which can be flexible with private dining. The highlight of the building is a converted chapel, which has function rooms on the ground and 1st floor. The ideal size group is 80-100 for this area and it would work well with a meeting on one floor and catering on the other. This would keep the group in one place and would be completely private. There is stained glass at one end of the building and a working organ, so is a spectacular dinner venue.
I stayed the night here and had a lovely large room and it was completely quiet, although there was a wedding reception in the hotel that evening. I ate in the Anderida Restaurant, the food, service and all the staff were excellent.
Roffey Park
I really enjoyed my visit to this management training centre. it is 5 minutes from the M23, just south of Gatwick. It is modern, bright and welcoming – a great place to have a meeting, conference or training event. It is not open to the public, so the clients are only there to work. Roffey is set in 40 acres of grounds and backs on to forest so it is peaceful and you have a feeling of space. There are paths around the grounds, lots of seating and areas for team building. It has a lovely indoor pool or you can borrow a bike to get some exercise. All meeting rooms are light and airy with natural daylight and all rooms on the ground floor open to the garden, so they have their own outside area. There are two restaurants which can be open, secluded or have private areas. There are 60 bedrooms, 10 of which are twins, in one wing of the property. They are plain, so designed for work, but have everything you need.
This is probably the best management training centre that I have visited. The environment was very pleasant and conducive to work. As it is not a hotel there is never an overlap with leisure guests. The staff were very welcoming and efficient and gave me an excellent sandwich lunch, with very fresh ingredients. If there is a large meeting and extra accommodation is needed, they use the Arora Gatwick.
Sofitel London Gatwick
This does not feel like an airport hotel. The entrance has a bright atrium and was quiet and calm on the day that I visited. The hotel has 518 bedrooms and 11 meeting rooms that can be divided into 14 smaller ones. There are lots of areas of casual seating areas and a bar which can be privatised or used as a casual break out area. The restaurant has two rosettes, has a private room for 42 or can be privatised for 100 people. The largest meeting room is on the ground floor with its own reception are and bar. This is the only room without natural daylight, the others have large windows or two have secondary light from the atrium, they were all bright with high ceilings.
There is a very interesting room on the lower ground floor, with daylight and its own entrance. It was used as an airline lounge and has a sunken seating area, fireplace, bar and room previously used for computers. It is flexible space and can be used for a completely private meeting, with dining in the same room, or parties, meetings with break out areas. The largest residential group that this hotel can take is 240/250 people.
Copthorne London Gatwick
This hotel is traditional in style and has recently been refurbished. It has some nice meeting rooms, with natural daylight and there are four dining outlets, so they can offer variation with lunches and dinners. The Lion d’Or a la carte restaurant has semi-private dining for 8 people. The garden is lovely and there is good outdoor space for breaks or BBQ.
Although there are 227 bedrooms the maximum size residential group is 100 people. The largest room can take 100 theatre style, but is more frequently used for dinners or weddings than meetings, as it has a bar in the corner and dance floor covered with carpet. It has pillars and the natural daylight is from a skylight which has a retractable blackout blind
Copthorne Effingham Gatwick
The largest meeting room is an oval room with large windows either side and takes 650 people with stage and back projection. It is in a separate building, but opposite reception and with a walkway from the hotel on the 1st floor. There are no pillars and a high ceiling, so can be used as blank canvass space. The remaining smaller rooms are in different parts of the hotel. The Wellingtonia suite has been refurbished and consists of 4 joining rooms, with its own terrace overlooking the garden. This is a good training room or meeting room with breakouts. Lunch and breaks can be served there, so meetings can have their own private part of the hotel. The hotel is traditional in style. The club bedrooms have their own balconies.
The decor of this venue is tired, however, they are about to start refurbishment which will take at least a year, so be completed by the end of 2015. The hotel has a large amount of meeting space, but only 122 bedrooms, so works with the Copthorne London Gatwick for overflow accommodation (3 mins by car)
Hickstead Hotel
A 3* hotel that is better inside than it looks from the approach. The reception and meeting rooms are in the old part of the building and there is a newer wing with 54 bedrooms. The main meeting room is on the ground floor with access to a gravel garden, which can be used for breaks or lunch if the weather is good. There are two boardrooms in another area of the hotel on separate floors.
A good hotel for a regional meeting, without getting involved in the traffic of a town and plenty of free parking
South Lodge
Very impressive building and setting. It is a traditional hotel, with wood panneling and tapestries, terraces leading to gardens and views over the Sussex hills. The 12 meeting rooms are in one area of the hotel, on several floors, the largest takes 130 people on rounds. There is a new conference room, the Arundel, which has a fixed U-shaped table for 18 people. Tables in the Pass restaurant have views of the kitchen. It takes 32 for private hire.
There are bedrooms in the old part of the hotel and a newer wing. There is refurbishment going on at the moment. The head chef is Stephen Edwards, who won Masterchef in 2014, consequently the hotel is popular with leisure guests.
5* Victorian hotel on the seafront which has recently been refurbished. It has three lovely interconnecting meeting rooms on the 1st floor with sea views which can be used separately, or as a suite with private dining, or break outs. The remaining meeting rooms are on the ground floor, not all have natural daylight. The largest room is on the left hand side of the hotel with its own entrance and can be divided into three. There is a wooden panelled room which used to be a library off the lobby area which would be good for a dinner and has an entrance from the bar, but does not have daylight.
The nicest bedrooms overlook the sea and there are three feature rooms, one of which has a wooden bath in the bedroom. The classic rooms are to the side or back of the hotel and don’t have views. There is a seafood restaurant with a conservatory area on the front with sea views. I thought that this was the best hotel of all the seafront properties.
Parking in Brighton is a problem generally. The hotel has 40 spaces which are available on a first-come, first-served basis or there is an NCP nearby.
Hilton Brighton Metropole
A 5* hotel on the seafront. It’s key selling point is the large meeting space. It has 9 small meeting rooms on the 1st and 2nd floors and some larger meeting rooms off the Lobby. These have recently been refurbished. At the back of the hotel there is a conference centre with 40+ meeting rooms for large events and exhibitions. This area is accessed by stairs and corridors and really needs the paintwork re-done and new carpet. There was a Bridge convention there when I visited and they had been in the hotel for 11 days.
I visited on a Sunday and couldn’t see a room for 30-40 people on the top floor of the hotel, which apparently has lovely views and is often used for drinks and dinners, as well as meetings.The Hilton works with all the other Brighton hotels for bedrooms when they have a large conference, particularly the Grand which is next door.Only the bedrooms in the front of the hotel have air conditioning. Classic bedrooms are on the side, back or inwards facing. Parking in Brighton is a problem generally. The hotel has limited parking or there is an NCP nearby.
Thistle Brighton
This is not a good looking hotel from the outside, but was purpose built about 30 years ago as a hotel and does not have the challenges of some of the older properties in Brighton. It is a good location with the sea front is on one side and the Lanes on the other. Inside it is built around an atrium so is bright. All 210 bedrooms are having a soft refurbishment this year. The maximum capacity for a residential group is 180. There are two bars, one which can be used for private receptions and is complimentary for groups of 50+. Most of the meeting space is on the 1st floor. The meeting foyer is shared between all groups, but an area can be sectioned off if required. All the meeting space has air conditioning and only one room does not have natural daylight. The ballroom is on the ground floor and is the only room I have seen with oval tables (not round) which would be good for 6-7 people in cabaret style. Executive bedrooms have sea views or face the Lanes and are good sized rooms. The standard rooms are internal facing to the atrium.
The Noblesse meeting room has a pillar in the middle, but would be good for a group of 30 to use half for a meeting and half for catering or break out space. The hotel is very leisure focussed in the school holidays and has an indoor heated pool, so attracts families. Car parking is in the Lanes NCP and the hotel offers 15% discount.
Mercure Brighton
4* hotel which is 150 years old and traditional in style. It is on the seafront in the direction of Hove. It looks a bit tired and needs some money spent. There are a variety of styles, carpets, paintwork etc. There are 7 meeting rooms and the largest takes 180 theatre-style. The meeting rooms are scattered around the hotel and accessed by corridors and stairs so not DDA compliant. The meeting rooms have air conditioning, but bedrooms do not. The largest room is the Ballroom on the ground floor which was refurbished in October 2013 and takes 180 theatre-style or 80 cabaret-style. There are two pillars at the side of the room and chandeliers.
The hotel has 12 parking spaces at the front and 30 at the back available on a first-come first-served basis. The nearest car parks are a 10 minute walk.
Myhotel Brighton
In the north Laine area of the city, next to the theatre and Pavilion. It is 6 years old and very contemporary with lots of white, pink and green decoration. There are crystals for Feng Shui and they have used local designers and source local products. It is run on eco-friendly principals with organic tea, chocolate etc and they recycle. Jubilee Square is on one side of the hotel and something happens there all the time. When I visited it was covered in astroturf and 4 table tennis tables were set up for anyone to use. Next month a large converted vintage car will be parked where people can go and watch a film. Then it will change to sculpture. There are only 2 meeting rooms and the maximum capacity of the larger room is 50 people, but fewer would be better. Both are white, bright rooms with natural daylight and air conditioning. Lunch is either served in the meeting room or 10 people can have a cold buffet in the bar. The hotel bar is a destination, and they can allocate a semi-private area for 50 people. It is a fun hotel, there is a photo booth in the bar area and you get a token with drinks. The bedrooms have a disposable camera and if you use it and leave it in the room, the hotel will send the developed pictures later. There are 80 bedrooms, all double beds and all with showers. They have wifi, dvd players and you can plug your iphone into the bedroom’s sound system. Signature rooms are on the corners and are all different in style. here is an Indian restaurant on site, run by an external company, tables need to be booked directly, but they will allocate a semi private area for a group from the hotel.
The hotel has a small underground car park and can allocate 10 spaces for meeting attendees, or there are NCP car parks nearby. Myhotel is probably not to everyone’s taste, it is very lively and fashionable. They do well with the IT, comms and travel industries.
Jurys Inn Brighton
4* hotel next to the station, about 10 mins walk to the North Laine area. There are 9 meeting rooms in a dedicated conference area. The largest room has access to a roof terrace and has capacity for 80 in cabaret style. The hotel does well with charities and associations and is fully DDA compliant. Everything was clean and tidy and it appeared to be efficient. All 234 bedrooms have double beds and triple glazed windows. There is free wifi throughout the hotel. There is some complimentary parking or there is a large car park opposite and it is half the price of the ones at the seafront.
The hotel will spend £2m on refurbishment. Bedrooms will be done a floor at a time starting in October 2014 and public areas done after Christmas. The rates are competitive as they recognise that they are not in the centre of town or on the seafront. But if you don’t want to get tangled up in Brighton’s traffic then it is a good option.
Ashdown Park
Traditional style hotel set in 1,500 acres of grounds with a lake, fountain and lovely views of the Ashdown Forest. It is a 19th century stone mansion, with a spa, golf and they can organise team building events. There are 14 meeting rooms of different sizes, which can be flexible with private dining. The highlight of the building is a converted chapel, which has function rooms on the ground and 1st floor. The ideal size group is 80-100 for this area and it would work well with a meeting on one floor and catering on the other. This would keep the group in one place and would be completely private. There is stained glass at one end of the building and a working organ, so is a spectacular dinner venue.
I stayed the night here and had a lovely large room and it was completely quiet, although there was a wedding reception in the hotel that evening. I ate in the Anderida Restaurant, the food, service and all the staff were excellent.
Roffey Park
I really enjoyed my visit to this management training centre. it is 5 minutes from the M23, just south of Gatwick. It is modern, bright and welcoming – a great place to have a meeting, conference or training event. It is not open to the public, so the clients are only there to work. Roffey is set in 40 acres of grounds and backs on to forest so it is peaceful and you have a feeling of space. There are paths around the grounds, lots of seating and areas for team building. It has a lovely indoor pool or you can borrow a bike to get some exercise. All meeting rooms are light and airy with natural daylight and all rooms on the ground floor open to the garden, so they have their own outside area. There are two restaurants which can be open, secluded or have private areas. There are 60 bedrooms, 10 of which are twins, in one wing of the property. They are plain, so designed for work, but have everything you need.
This is probably the best management training centre that I have visited. The environment was very pleasant and conducive to work. As it is not a hotel there is never an overlap with leisure guests. The staff were very welcoming and efficient and gave me an excellent sandwich lunch, with very fresh ingredients. If there is a large meeting and extra accommodation is needed, they use the Arora Gatwick.
Sofitel London Gatwick
This does not feel like an airport hotel. The entrance has a bright atrium and was quiet and calm on the day that I visited. The hotel has 518 bedrooms and 11 meeting rooms that can be divided into 14 smaller ones. There are lots of areas of casual seating areas and a bar which can be privatised or used as a casual break out area. The restaurant has two rosettes, has a private room for 42 or can be privatised for 100 people. The largest meeting room is on the ground floor with its own reception are and bar. This is the only room without natural daylight, the others have large windows or two have secondary light from the atrium, they were all bright with high ceilings.
There is a very interesting room on the lower ground floor, with daylight and its own entrance. It was used as an airline lounge and has a sunken seating area, fireplace, bar and room previously used for computers. It is flexible space and can be used for a completely private meeting, with dining in the same room, or parties, meetings with break out areas. The largest residential group that this hotel can take is 240/250 people.
Copthorne London Gatwick
This hotel is traditional in style and has recently been refurbished. It has some nice meeting rooms, with natural daylight and there are four dining outlets, so they can offer variation with lunches and dinners. The Lion d’Or a la carte restaurant has semi-private dining for 8 people. The garden is lovely and there is good outdoor space for breaks or BBQ.
Although there are 227 bedrooms the maximum size residential group is 100 people. The largest room can take 100 theatre style, but is more frequently used for dinners or weddings than meetings, as it has a bar in the corner and dance floor covered with carpet. It has pillars and the natural daylight is from a skylight which has a retractable blackout blind
Copthorne Effingham Gatwick
The largest meeting room is an oval room with large windows either side and takes 650 people with stage and back projection. It is in a separate building, but opposite reception and with a walkway from the hotel on the 1st floor. There are no pillars and a high ceiling, so can be used as blank canvass space. The remaining smaller rooms are in different parts of the hotel. The Wellingtonia suite has been refurbished and consists of 4 joining rooms, with its own terrace overlooking the garden. This is a good training room or meeting room with breakouts. Lunch and breaks can be served there, so meetings can have their own private part of the hotel. The hotel is traditional in style. The club bedrooms have their own balconies.
The decor of this venue is tired, however, they are about to start refurbishment which will take at least a year, so be completed by the end of 2015. The hotel has a large amount of meeting space, but only 122 bedrooms, so works with the Copthorne London Gatwick for overflow accommodation (3 mins by car)
Hickstead Hotel
A 3* hotel that is better inside than it looks from the approach. The reception and meeting rooms are in the old part of the building and there is a newer wing with 54 bedrooms. The main meeting room is on the ground floor with access to a gravel garden, which can be used for breaks or lunch if the weather is good. There are two boardrooms in another area of the hotel on separate floors.
A good hotel for a regional meeting, without getting involved in the traffic of a town and plenty of free parking
South Lodge
Very impressive building and setting. It is a traditional hotel, with wood panneling and tapestries, terraces leading to gardens and views over the Sussex hills. The 12 meeting rooms are in one area of the hotel, on several floors, the largest takes 130 people on rounds. There is a new conference room, the Arundel, which has a fixed U-shaped table for 18 people. Tables in the Pass restaurant have views of the kitchen. It takes 32 for private hire.
There are bedrooms in the old part of the hotel and a newer wing. There is refurbishment going on at the moment. The head chef is Stephen Edwards, who won Masterchef in 2014, consequently the hotel is popular with leisure guests.
Grand Hotel, Brighton
5* Victorian hotel on the seafront which has recently been refurbished. It has three lovely interconnecting meeting rooms on the 1st floor with sea views which can be used separately, or as a suite with private dining, or break outs. The remaining meeting rooms are on the ground floor, not all have natural daylight. The largest room is on the left hand side of the hotel with its own entrance and can be divided into three. There is a wooden panelled room which used to be a library off the lobby area which would be good for a dinner and has an entrance from the bar, but does not have daylight.
The nicest bedrooms overlook the sea and there are three feature rooms, one of which has a wooden bath in the bedroom. The classic rooms are to the side or back of the hotel and don’t have views. There is a seafood restaurant with a conservatory area on the front with sea views. I thought that this was the best hotel of all the seafront properties.
Parking in Brighton is a problem generally. The hotel has 40 spaces which are available on a first-come, first-served basis or there is an NCP nearby.
Hilton Brighton Metropole
A 5* hotel on the seafront. It’s key selling point is the large meeting space. It has 9 small meeting rooms on the 1st and 2nd floors and some larger meeting rooms off the Lobby. These have recently been refurbished. At the back of the hotel there is a conference centre with 40+ meeting rooms for large events and exhibitions. This area is accessed by stairs and corridors and really needs the paintwork re-done and new carpet. There was a Bridge convention there when I visited and they had been in the hotel for 11 days.
I visited on a Sunday and couldn’t see a room for 30-40 people on the top floor of the hotel, which apparently has lovely views and is often used for drinks and dinners, as well as meetings.The Hilton works with all the other Brighton hotels for bedrooms when they have a large conference, particularly the Grand which is next door.Only the bedrooms in the front of the hotel have air conditioning. Classic bedrooms are on the side, back or inwards facing. Parking in Brighton is a problem generally. The hotel has limited parking or there is an NCP nearby.
Thistle Brighton
This is not a good looking hotel from the outside, but was purpose built about 30 years ago as a hotel and does not have the challenges of some of the older properties in Brighton. It is a good location with the sea front is on one side and the Lanes on the other. Inside it is built around an atrium so is bright. All 210 bedrooms are having a soft refurbishment this year. The maximum capacity for a residential group is 180. There are two bars, one which can be used for private receptions and is complimentary for groups of 50+. Most of the meeting space is on the 1st floor. The meeting foyer is shared between all groups, but an area can be sectioned off if required. All the meeting space has air conditioning and only one room does not have natural daylight. The ballroom is on the ground floor and is the only room I have seen with oval tables (not round) which would be good for 6-7 people in cabaret style. Executive bedrooms have sea views or face the Lanes and are good sized rooms. The standard rooms are internal facing to the atrium.
The Noblesse meeting room has a pillar in the middle, but would be good for a group of 30 to use half for a meeting and half for catering or break out space. The hotel is very leisure focussed in the school holidays and has an indoor heated pool, so attracts families. Car parking is in the Lanes NCP and the hotel offers 15% discount.
Mercure Brighton
4* hotel which is 150 years old and traditional in style. It is on the seafront in the direction of Hove. It looks a bit tired and needs some money spent. There are a variety of styles, carpets, paintwork etc. There are 7 meeting rooms and the largest takes 180 theatre-style. The meeting rooms are scattered around the hotel and accessed by corridors and stairs so not DDA compliant. The meeting rooms have air conditioning, but bedrooms do not. The largest room is the Ballroom on the ground floor which was refurbished in October 2013 and takes 180 theatre-style or 80 cabaret-style. There are two pillars at the side of the room and chandeliers.
The hotel has 12 parking spaces at the front and 30 at the back available on a first-come first-served basis. The nearest car parks are a 10 minute walk.
Myhotel Brighton
In the north Laine area of the city, next to the theatre and Pavilion. It is 6 years old and very contemporary with lots of white, pink and green decoration. There are crystals for Feng Shui and they have used local designers and source local products. It is run on eco-friendly principals with organic tea, chocolate etc and they recycle. Jubilee Square is on one side of the hotel and something happens there all the time. When I visited it was covered in astroturf and 4 table tennis tables were set up for anyone to use. Next month a large converted vintage car will be parked where people can go and watch a film. Then it will change to sculpture. There are only 2 meeting rooms and the maximum capacity of the larger room is 50 people, but fewer would be better. Both are white, bright rooms with natural daylight and air conditioning. Lunch is either served in the meeting room or 10 people can have a cold buffet in the bar. The hotel bar is a destination, and they can allocate a semi-private area for 50 people. It is a fun hotel, there is a photo booth in the bar area and you get a token with drinks. The bedrooms have a disposable camera and if you use it and leave it in the room, the hotel will send the developed pictures later. There are 80 bedrooms, all double beds and all with showers. They have wifi, dvd players and you can plug your iphone into the bedroom’s sound system. Signature rooms are on the corners and are all different in style. here is an Indian restaurant on site, run by an external company, tables need to be booked directly, but they will allocate a semi private area for a group from the hotel.
The hotel has a small underground car park and can allocate 10 spaces for meeting attendees, or there are NCP car parks nearby. Myhotel is probably not to everyone’s taste, it is very lively and fashionable. They do well with the IT, comms and travel industries.
Jurys Inn Brighton
4* hotel next to the station, about 10 mins walk to the North Laine area. There are 9 meeting rooms in a dedicated conference area. The largest room has access to a roof terrace and has capacity for 80 in cabaret style. The hotel does well with charities and associations and is fully DDA compliant. Everything was clean and tidy and it appeared to be efficient. All 234 bedrooms have double beds and triple glazed windows. There is free wifi throughout the hotel. There is some complimentary parking or there is a large car park opposite and it is half the price of the ones at the seafront.
The hotel will spend £2m on refurbishment. Bedrooms will be done a floor at a time starting in October 2014 and public areas done after Christmas. The rates are competitive as they recognise that they are not in the centre of town or on the seafront. But if you don’t want to get tangled up in Brighton’s traffic then it is a good option.
Ashdown Park
Traditional style hotel set in 1,500 acres of grounds with a lake, fountain and lovely views of the Ashdown Forest. It is a 19th century stone mansion, with a spa, golf and they can organise team building events. There are 14 meeting rooms of different sizes, which can be flexible with private dining. The highlight of the building is a converted chapel, which has function rooms on the ground and 1st floor. The ideal size group is 80-100 for this area and it would work well with a meeting on one floor and catering on the other. This would keep the group in one place and would be completely private. There is stained glass at one end of the building and a working organ, so is a spectacular dinner venue.
I stayed the night here and had a lovely large room and it was completely quiet, although there was a wedding reception in the hotel that evening. I ate in the Anderida Restaurant, the food, service and all the staff were excellent.
Roffey Park
I really enjoyed my visit to this management training centre. it is 5 minutes from the M23, just south of Gatwick. It is modern, bright and welcoming – a great place to have a meeting, conference or training event. It is not open to the public, so the clients are only there to work. Roffey is set in 40 acres of grounds and backs on to forest so it is peaceful and you have a feeling of space. There are paths around the grounds, lots of seating and areas for team building. It has a lovely indoor pool or you can borrow a bike to get some exercise. All meeting rooms are light and airy with natural daylight and all rooms on the ground floor open to the garden, so they have their own outside area. There are two restaurants which can be open, secluded or have private areas. There are 60 bedrooms, 10 of which are twins, in one wing of the property. They are plain, so designed for work, but have everything you need.
This is probably the best management training centre that I have visited. The environment was very pleasant and conducive to work. As it is not a hotel there is never an overlap with leisure guests. The staff were very welcoming and efficient and gave me an excellent sandwich lunch, with very fresh ingredients. If there is a large meeting and extra accommodation is needed, they use the Arora Gatwick.
Sofitel London Gatwick
This does not feel like an airport hotel. The entrance has a bright atrium and was quiet and calm on the day that I visited. The hotel has 518 bedrooms and 11 meeting rooms that can be divided into 14 smaller ones. There are lots of areas of casual seating areas and a bar which can be privatised or used as a casual break out area. The restaurant has two rosettes, has a private room for 42 or can be privatised for 100 people. The largest meeting room is on the ground floor with its own reception are and bar. This is the only room without natural daylight, the others have large windows or two have secondary light from the atrium, they were all bright with high ceilings.
There is a very interesting room on the lower ground floor, with daylight and its own entrance. It was used as an airline lounge and has a sunken seating area, fireplace, bar and room previously used for computers. It is flexible space and can be used for a completely private meeting, with dining in the same room, or parties, meetings with break out areas. The largest residential group that this hotel can take is 240/250 people.
Copthorne London Gatwick
This hotel is traditional in style and has recently been refurbished. It has some nice meeting rooms, with natural daylight and there are four dining outlets, so they can offer variation with lunches and dinners. The Lion d’Or a la carte restaurant has semi-private dining for 8 people. The garden is lovely and there is good outdoor space for breaks or BBQ.
Although there are 227 bedrooms the maximum size residential group is 100 people. The largest room can take 100 theatre style, but is more frequently used for dinners or weddings than meetings, as it has a bar in the corner and dance floor covered with carpet. It has pillars and the natural daylight is from a skylight which has a retractable blackout blind
Copthorne Effingham Gatwick
The largest meeting room is an oval room with large windows either side and takes 650 people with stage and back projection. It is in a separate building, but opposite reception and with a walkway from the hotel on the 1st floor. There are no pillars and a high ceiling, so can be used as blank canvass space. The remaining smaller rooms are in different parts of the hotel. The Wellingtonia suite has been refurbished and consists of 4 joining rooms, with its own terrace overlooking the garden. This is a good training room or meeting room with breakouts. Lunch and breaks can be served there, so meetings can have their own private part of the hotel. The hotel is traditional in style. The club bedrooms have their own balconies.
The decor of this venue is tired, however, they are about to start refurbishment which will take at least a year, so be completed by the end of 2015. The hotel has a large amount of meeting space, but only 122 bedrooms, so works with the Copthorne London Gatwick for overflow accommodation (3 mins by car)
Hickstead Hotel
A 3* hotel that is better inside than it looks from the approach. The reception and meeting rooms are in the old part of the building and there is a newer wing with 54 bedrooms. The main meeting room is on the ground floor with access to a gravel garden, which can be used for breaks or lunch if the weather is good. There are two boardrooms in another area of the hotel on separate floors.
A good hotel for a regional meeting, without getting involved in the traffic of a town and plenty of free parking
South Lodge
Very impressive building and setting. It is a traditional hotel, with wood panneling and tapestries, terraces leading to gardens and views over the Sussex hills. The 12 meeting rooms are in one area of the hotel, on several floors, the largest takes 130 people on rounds. There is a new conference room, the Arundel, which has a fixed U-shaped table for 18 people. Tables in the Pass restaurant have views of the kitchen. It takes 32 for private hire.
There are bedrooms in the old part of the hotel and a newer wing. There is refurbishment going on at the moment. The head chef is Stephen Edwards, who won Masterchef in 2014, consequently the hotel is popular with leisure guests.
Grand Hotel, Brighton
5* Victorian hotel on the seafront which has recently been refurbished. It has three lovely interconnecting meeting rooms on the 1st floor with sea views which can be used separately, or as a suite with private dining, or break outs. The remaining meeting rooms are on the ground floor, not all have natural daylight. The largest room is on the left hand side of the hotel with its own entrance and can be divided into three. There is a wooden panelled room which used to be a library off the lobby area which would be good for a dinner and has an entrance from the bar, but does not have daylight.
The nicest bedrooms overlook the sea and there are three feature rooms, one of which has a wooden bath in the bedroom. The classic rooms are to the side or back of the hotel and don’t have views. There is a seafood restaurant with a conservatory area on the front with sea views. I thought that this was the best hotel of all the seafront properties.
Parking in Brighton is a problem generally. The hotel has 40 spaces which are available on a first-come, first-served basis or there is an NCP nearby.
Hilton Brighton Metropole
A 5* hotel on the seafront. It’s key selling point is the large meeting space. It has 9 small meeting rooms on the 1st and 2nd floors and some larger meeting rooms off the Lobby. These have recently been refurbished. At the back of the hotel there is a conference centre with 40+ meeting rooms for large events and exhibitions. This area is accessed by stairs and corridors and really needs the paintwork re-done and new carpet. There was a Bridge convention there when I visited and they had been in the hotel for 11 days.
I visited on a Sunday and couldn’t see a room for 30-40 people on the top floor of the hotel, which apparently has lovely views and is often used for drinks and dinners, as well as meetings.The Hilton works with all the other Brighton hotels for bedrooms when they have a large conference, particularly the Grand which is next door.Only the bedrooms in the front of the hotel have air conditioning. Classic bedrooms are on the side, back or inwards facing. Parking in Brighton is a problem generally. The hotel has limited parking or there is an NCP nearby.
Thistle Brighton
This is not a good looking hotel from the outside, but was purpose built about 30 years ago as a hotel and does not have the challenges of some of the older properties in Brighton. It is a good location with the sea front is on one side and the Lanes on the other. Inside it is built around an atrium so is bright. All 210 bedrooms are having a soft refurbishment this year. The maximum capacity for a residential group is 180. There are two bars, one which can be used for private receptions and is complimentary for groups of 50+. Most of the meeting space is on the 1st floor. The meeting foyer is shared between all groups, but an area can be sectioned off if required. All the meeting space has air conditioning and only one room does not have natural daylight. The ballroom is on the ground floor and is the only room I have seen with oval tables (not round) which would be good for 6-7 people in cabaret style. Executive bedrooms have sea views or face the Lanes and are good sized rooms. The standard rooms are internal facing to the atrium.
The Noblesse meeting room has a pillar in the middle, but would be good for a group of 30 to use half for a meeting and half for catering or break out space. The hotel is very leisure focussed in the school holidays and has an indoor heated pool, so attracts families. Car parking is in the Lanes NCP and the hotel offers 15% discount.
Mercure Brighton
4* hotel which is 150 years old and traditional in style. It is on the seafront in the direction of Hove. It looks a bit tired and needs some money spent. There are a variety of styles, carpets, paintwork etc. There are 7 meeting rooms and the largest takes 180 theatre-style. The meeting rooms are scattered around the hotel and accessed by corridors and stairs so not DDA compliant. The meeting rooms have air conditioning, but bedrooms do not. The largest room is the Ballroom on the ground floor which was refurbished in October 2013 and takes 180 theatre-style or 80 cabaret-style. There are two pillars at the side of the room and chandeliers.
The hotel has 12 parking spaces at the front and 30 at the back available on a first-come first-served basis. The nearest car parks are a 10 minute walk.
Myhotel Brighton
In the north Laine area of the city, next to the theatre and Pavilion. It is 6 years old and very contemporary with lots of white, pink and green decoration. There are crystals for Feng Shui and they have used local designers and source local products. It is run on eco-friendly principals with organic tea, chocolate etc and they recycle. Jubilee Square is on one side of the hotel and something happens there all the time. When I visited it was covered in astroturf and 4 table tennis tables were set up for anyone to use. Next month a large converted vintage car will be parked where people can go and watch a film. Then it will change to sculpture. There are only 2 meeting rooms and the maximum capacity of the larger room is 50 people, but fewer would be better. Both are white, bright rooms with natural daylight and air conditioning. Lunch is either served in the meeting room or 10 people can have a cold buffet in the bar. The hotel bar is a destination, and they can allocate a semi-private area for 50 people. It is a fun hotel, there is a photo booth in the bar area and you get a token with drinks. The bedrooms have a disposable camera and if you use it and leave it in the room, the hotel will send the developed pictures later. There are 80 bedrooms, all double beds and all with showers. They have wifi, dvd players and you can plug your iphone into the bedroom’s sound system. Signature rooms are on the corners and are all different in style. here is an Indian restaurant on site, run by an external company, tables need to be booked directly, but they will allocate a semi private area for a group from the hotel.
The hotel has a small underground car park and can allocate 10 spaces for meeting attendees, or there are NCP car parks nearby. Myhotel is probably not to everyone’s taste, it is very lively and fashionable. They do well with the IT, comms and travel industries.
Jurys Inn Brighton
4* hotel next to the station, about 10 mins walk to the North Laine area. There are 9 meeting rooms in a dedicated conference area. The largest room has access to a roof terrace and has capacity for 80 in cabaret style. The hotel does well with charities and associations and is fully DDA compliant. Everything was clean and tidy and it appeared to be efficient. All 234 bedrooms have double beds and triple glazed windows. There is free wifi throughout the hotel. There is some complimentary parking or there is a large car park opposite and it is half the price of the ones at the seafront.
The hotel will spend £2m on refurbishment. Bedrooms will be done a floor at a time starting in October 2014 and public areas done after Christmas. The rates are competitive as they recognise that they are not in the centre of town or on the seafront. But if you don’t want to get tangled up in Brighton’s traffic then it is a good option.
Ashdown Park
Traditional style hotel set in 1,500 acres of grounds with a lake, fountain and lovely views of the Ashdown Forest. It is a 19th century stone mansion, with a spa, golf and they can organise team building events. There are 14 meeting rooms of different sizes, which can be flexible with private dining. The highlight of the building is a converted chapel, which has function rooms on the ground and 1st floor. The ideal size group is 80-100 for this area and it would work well with a meeting on one floor and catering on the other. This would keep the group in one place and would be completely private. There is stained glass at one end of the building and a working organ, so is a spectacular dinner venue.
I stayed the night here and had a lovely large room and it was completely quiet, although there was a wedding reception in the hotel that evening. I ate in the Anderida Restaurant, the food, service and all the staff were excellent.
Roffey Park
I really enjoyed my visit to this management training centre. it is 5 minutes from the M23, just south of Gatwick. It is modern, bright and welcoming – a great place to have a meeting, conference or training event. It is not open to the public, so the clients are only there to work. Roffey is set in 40 acres of grounds and backs on to forest so it is peaceful and you have a feeling of space. There are paths around the grounds, lots of seating and areas for team building. It has a lovely indoor pool or you can borrow a bike to get some exercise. All meeting rooms are light and airy with natural daylight and all rooms on the ground floor open to the garden, so they have their own outside area. There are two restaurants which can be open, secluded or have private areas. There are 60 bedrooms, 10 of which are twins, in one wing of the property. They are plain, so designed for work, but have everything you need.
This is probably the best management training centre that I have visited. The environment was very pleasant and conducive to work. As it is not a hotel there is never an overlap with leisure guests. The staff were very welcoming and efficient and gave me an excellent sandwich lunch, with very fresh ingredients. If there is a large meeting and extra accommodation is needed, they use the Arora Gatwick.
Sofitel London Gatwick
This does not feel like an airport hotel. The entrance has a bright atrium and was quiet and calm on the day that I visited. The hotel has 518 bedrooms and 11 meeting rooms that can be divided into 14 smaller ones. There are lots of areas of casual seating areas and a bar which can be privatised or used as a casual break out area. The restaurant has two rosettes, has a private room for 42 or can be privatised for 100 people. The largest meeting room is on the ground floor with its own reception are and bar. This is the only room without natural daylight, the others have large windows or two have secondary light from the atrium, they were all bright with high ceilings.
There is a very interesting room on the lower ground floor, with daylight and its own entrance. It was used as an airline lounge and has a sunken seating area, fireplace, bar and room previously used for computers. It is flexible space and can be used for a completely private meeting, with dining in the same room, or parties, meetings with break out areas. The largest residential group that this hotel can take is 240/250 people.
Copthorne London Gatwick
This hotel is traditional in style and has recently been refurbished. It has some nice meeting rooms, with natural daylight and there are four dining outlets, so they can offer variation with lunches and dinners. The Lion d’Or a la carte restaurant has semi-private dining for 8 people. The garden is lovely and there is good outdoor space for breaks or BBQ.
Although there are 227 bedrooms the maximum size residential group is 100 people. The largest room can take 100 theatre style, but is more frequently used for dinners or weddings than meetings, as it has a bar in the corner and dance floor covered with carpet. It has pillars and the natural daylight is from a skylight which has a retractable blackout blind
Copthorne Effingham Gatwick
The largest meeting room is an oval room with large windows either side and takes 650 people with stage and back projection. It is in a separate building, but opposite reception and with a walkway from the hotel on the 1st floor. There are no pillars and a high ceiling, so can be used as blank canvass space. The remaining smaller rooms are in different parts of the hotel. The Wellingtonia suite has been refurbished and consists of 4 joining rooms, with its own terrace overlooking the garden. This is a good training room or meeting room with breakouts. Lunch and breaks can be served there, so meetings can have their own private part of the hotel. The hotel is traditional in style. The club bedrooms have their own balconies.
The decor of this venue is tired, however, they are about to start refurbishment which will take at least a year, so be completed by the end of 2015. The hotel has a large amount of meeting space, but only 122 bedrooms, so works with the Copthorne London Gatwick for overflow accommodation (3 mins by car)
Hickstead Hotel
A 3* hotel that is better inside than it looks from the approach. The reception and meeting rooms are in the old part of the building and there is a newer wing with 54 bedrooms. The main meeting room is on the ground floor with access to a gravel garden, which can be used for breaks or lunch if the weather is good. There are two boardrooms in another area of the hotel on separate floors.
A good hotel for a regional meeting, without getting involved in the traffic of a town and plenty of free parking
South Lodge
Very impressive building and setting. It is a traditional hotel, with wood panneling and tapestries, terraces leading to gardens and views over the Sussex hills. The 12 meeting rooms are in one area of the hotel, on several floors, the largest takes 130 people on rounds. There is a new conference room, the Arundel, which has a fixed U-shaped table for 18 people. Tables in the Pass restaurant have views of the kitchen. It takes 32 for private hire.
There are bedrooms in the old part of the hotel and a newer wing. There is refurbishment going on at the moment. The head chef is Stephen Edwards, who won Masterchef in 2014, consequently the hotel is popular with leisure guests.
I recently spent the day in Sussex, visiting hotels and venues Gatwick and Brighton area. There are a good variety of properties to choose from; something to suit all budgets and styles whether you want to be on the sea front, close to the airport or secluded in the country. For more information or to book any of these properties, just give our venue finding team a call on 01780 484050 or email VenueFinder@trinityconferences.co.uk
Grand Hotel, Brighton
5* Victorian hotel on the seafront which has recently been refurbished. It has three lovely interconnecting meeting rooms on the 1st floor with sea views which can be used separately, or as a suite with private dining, or break outs. The remaining meeting rooms are on the ground floor, not all have natural daylight. The largest room is on the left hand side of the hotel with its own entrance and can be divided into three. There is a wooden panelled room which used to be a library off the lobby area which would be good for a dinner and has an entrance from the bar, but does not have daylight.
The nicest bedrooms overlook the sea and there are three feature rooms, one of which has a wooden bath in the bedroom. The classic rooms are to the side or back of the hotel and don’t have views. There is a seafood restaurant with a conservatory area on the front with sea views. I thought that this was the best hotel of all the seafront properties.
Parking in Brighton is a problem generally. The hotel has 40 spaces which are available on a first-come, first-served basis or there is an NCP nearby.
Hilton Brighton Metropole
A 5* hotel on the seafront. It’s key selling point is the large meeting space. It has 9 small meeting rooms on the 1st and 2nd floors and some larger meeting rooms off the Lobby. These have recently been refurbished. At the back of the hotel there is a conference centre with 40+ meeting rooms for large events and exhibitions. This area is accessed by stairs and corridors and really needs the paintwork re-done and new carpet. There was a Bridge convention there when I visited and they had been in the hotel for 11 days.
I visited on a Sunday and couldn’t see a room for 30-40 people on the top floor of the hotel, which apparently has lovely views and is often used for drinks and dinners, as well as meetings.The Hilton works with all the other Brighton hotels for bedrooms when they have a large conference, particularly the Grand which is next door.Only the bedrooms in the front of the hotel have air conditioning. Classic bedrooms are on the side, back or inwards facing. Parking in Brighton is a problem generally. The hotel has limited parking or there is an NCP nearby.
Thistle Brighton
This is not a good looking hotel from the outside, but was purpose built about 30 years ago as a hotel and does not have the challenges of some of the older properties in Brighton. It is a good location with the sea front is on one side and the Lanes on the other. Inside it is built around an atrium so is bright. All 210 bedrooms are having a soft refurbishment this year. The maximum capacity for a residential group is 180. There are two bars, one which can be used for private receptions and is complimentary for groups of 50+. Most of the meeting space is on the 1st floor. The meeting foyer is shared between all groups, but an area can be sectioned off if required. All the meeting space has air conditioning and only one room does not have natural daylight. The ballroom is on the ground floor and is the only room I have seen with oval tables (not round) which would be good for 6-7 people in cabaret style. Executive bedrooms have sea views or face the Lanes and are good sized rooms. The standard rooms are internal facing to the atrium.
The Noblesse meeting room has a pillar in the middle, but would be good for a group of 30 to use half for a meeting and half for catering or break out space. The hotel is very leisure focussed in the school holidays and has an indoor heated pool, so attracts families. Car parking is in the Lanes NCP and the hotel offers 15% discount.
Mercure Brighton
4* hotel which is 150 years old and traditional in style. It is on the seafront in the direction of Hove. It looks a bit tired and needs some money spent. There are a variety of styles, carpets, paintwork etc. There are 7 meeting rooms and the largest takes 180 theatre-style. The meeting rooms are scattered around the hotel and accessed by corridors and stairs so not DDA compliant. The meeting rooms have air conditioning, but bedrooms do not. The largest room is the Ballroom on the ground floor which was refurbished in October 2013 and takes 180 theatre-style or 80 cabaret-style. There are two pillars at the side of the room and chandeliers.
The hotel has 12 parking spaces at the front and 30 at the back available on a first-come first-served basis. The nearest car parks are a 10 minute walk.
Myhotel Brighton
In the north Laine area of the city, next to the theatre and Pavilion. It is 6 years old and very contemporary with lots of white, pink and green decoration. There are crystals for Feng Shui and they have used local designers and source local products. It is run on eco-friendly principals with organic tea, chocolate etc and they recycle. Jubilee Square is on one side of the hotel and something happens there all the time. When I visited it was covered in astroturf and 4 table tennis tables were set up for anyone to use. Next month a large converted vintage car will be parked where people can go and watch a film. Then it will change to sculpture. There are only 2 meeting rooms and the maximum capacity of the larger room is 50 people, but fewer would be better. Both are white, bright rooms with natural daylight and air conditioning. Lunch is either served in the meeting room or 10 people can have a cold buffet in the bar. The hotel bar is a destination, and they can allocate a semi-private area for 50 people. It is a fun hotel, there is a photo booth in the bar area and you get a token with drinks. The bedrooms have a disposable camera and if you use it and leave it in the room, the hotel will send the developed pictures later. There are 80 bedrooms, all double beds and all with showers. They have wifi, dvd players and you can plug your iphone into the bedroom’s sound system. Signature rooms are on the corners and are all different in style. here is an Indian restaurant on site, run by an external company, tables need to be booked directly, but they will allocate a semi private area for a group from the hotel.
The hotel has a small underground car park and can allocate 10 spaces for meeting attendees, or there are NCP car parks nearby. Myhotel is probably not to everyone’s taste, it is very lively and fashionable. They do well with the IT, comms and travel industries.
Jurys Inn Brighton
4* hotel next to the station, about 10 mins walk to the North Laine area. There are 9 meeting rooms in a dedicated conference area. The largest room has access to a roof terrace and has capacity for 80 in cabaret style. The hotel does well with charities and associations and is fully DDA compliant. Everything was clean and tidy and it appeared to be efficient. All 234 bedrooms have double beds and triple glazed windows. There is free wifi throughout the hotel. There is some complimentary parking or there is a large car park opposite and it is half the price of the ones at the seafront.
The hotel will spend £2m on refurbishment. Bedrooms will be done a floor at a time starting in October 2014 and public areas done after Christmas. The rates are competitive as they recognise that they are not in the centre of town or on the seafront. But if you don’t want to get tangled up in Brighton’s traffic then it is a good option.
Ashdown Park
Traditional style hotel set in 1,500 acres of grounds with a lake, fountain and lovely views of the Ashdown Forest. It is a 19th century stone mansion, with a spa, golf and they can organise team building events. There are 14 meeting rooms of different sizes, which can be flexible with private dining. The highlight of the building is a converted chapel, which has function rooms on the ground and 1st floor. The ideal size group is 80-100 for this area and it would work well with a meeting on one floor and catering on the other. This would keep the group in one place and would be completely private. There is stained glass at one end of the building and a working organ, so is a spectacular dinner venue.
I stayed the night here and had a lovely large room and it was completely quiet, although there was a wedding reception in the hotel that evening. I ate in the Anderida Restaurant, the food, service and all the staff were excellent.
Roffey Park
I really enjoyed my visit to this management training centre. it is 5 minutes from the M23, just south of Gatwick. It is modern, bright and welcoming – a great place to have a meeting, conference or training event. It is not open to the public, so the clients are only there to work. Roffey is set in 40 acres of grounds and backs on to forest so it is peaceful and you have a feeling of space. There are paths around the grounds, lots of seating and areas for team building. It has a lovely indoor pool or you can borrow a bike to get some exercise. All meeting rooms are light and airy with natural daylight and all rooms on the ground floor open to the garden, so they have their own outside area. There are two restaurants which can be open, secluded or have private areas. There are 60 bedrooms, 10 of which are twins, in one wing of the property. They are plain, so designed for work, but have everything you need.
This is probably the best management training centre that I have visited. The environment was very pleasant and conducive to work. As it is not a hotel there is never an overlap with leisure guests. The staff were very welcoming and efficient and gave me an excellent sandwich lunch, with very fresh ingredients. If there is a large meeting and extra accommodation is needed, they use the Arora Gatwick.
Sofitel London Gatwick
This does not feel like an airport hotel. The entrance has a bright atrium and was quiet and calm on the day that I visited. The hotel has 518 bedrooms and 11 meeting rooms that can be divided into 14 smaller ones. There are lots of areas of casual seating areas and a bar which can be privatised or used as a casual break out area. The restaurant has two rosettes, has a private room for 42 or can be privatised for 100 people. The largest meeting room is on the ground floor with its own reception are and bar. This is the only room without natural daylight, the others have large windows or two have secondary light from the atrium, they were all bright with high ceilings.
There is a very interesting room on the lower ground floor, with daylight and its own entrance. It was used as an airline lounge and has a sunken seating area, fireplace, bar and room previously used for computers. It is flexible space and can be used for a completely private meeting, with dining in the same room, or parties, meetings with break out areas. The largest residential group that this hotel can take is 240/250 people.
Copthorne London Gatwick
This hotel is traditional in style and has recently been refurbished. It has some nice meeting rooms, with natural daylight and there are four dining outlets, so they can offer variation with lunches and dinners. The Lion d’Or a la carte restaurant has semi-private dining for 8 people. The garden is lovely and there is good outdoor space for breaks or BBQ.
Although there are 227 bedrooms the maximum size residential group is 100 people. The largest room can take 100 theatre style, but is more frequently used for dinners or weddings than meetings, as it has a bar in the corner and dance floor covered with carpet. It has pillars and the natural daylight is from a skylight which has a retractable blackout blind
Copthorne Effingham Gatwick
The largest meeting room is an oval room with large windows either side and takes 650 people with stage and back projection. It is in a separate building, but opposite reception and with a walkway from the hotel on the 1st floor. There are no pillars and a high ceiling, so can be used as blank canvass space. The remaining smaller rooms are in different parts of the hotel. The Wellingtonia suite has been refurbished and consists of 4 joining rooms, with its own terrace overlooking the garden. This is a good training room or meeting room with breakouts. Lunch and breaks can be served there, so meetings can have their own private part of the hotel. The hotel is traditional in style. The club bedrooms have their own balconies.
The decor of this venue is tired, however, they are about to start refurbishment which will take at least a year, so be completed by the end of 2015. The hotel has a large amount of meeting space, but only 122 bedrooms, so works with the Copthorne London Gatwick for overflow accommodation (3 mins by car)
Hickstead Hotel
A 3* hotel that is better inside than it looks from the approach. The reception and meeting rooms are in the old part of the building and there is a newer wing with 54 bedrooms. The main meeting room is on the ground floor with access to a gravel garden, which can be used for breaks or lunch if the weather is good. There are two boardrooms in another area of the hotel on separate floors.
A good hotel for a regional meeting, without getting involved in the traffic of a town and plenty of free parking
South Lodge
Very impressive building and setting. It is a traditional hotel, with wood panneling and tapestries, terraces leading to gardens and views over the Sussex hills. The 12 meeting rooms are in one area of the hotel, on several floors, the largest takes 130 people on rounds. There is a new conference room, the Arundel, which has a fixed U-shaped table for 18 people. Tables in the Pass restaurant have views of the kitchen. It takes 32 for private hire.
There are bedrooms in the old part of the hotel and a newer wing. There is refurbishment going on at the moment. The head chef is Stephen Edwards, who won Masterchef in 2014, consequently the hotel is popular with leisure guests.
I recently spent the day in Sussex, visiting hotels and venues Gatwick and Brighton area. There are a good variety of properties to choose from; something to suit all budgets and styles whether you want to be on the sea front, close to the airport or secluded in the country. For more information or to book any of these properties, just give our venue finding team a call on 01780 484050 or email VenueFinder@trinityconferences.co.uk
Grand Hotel, Brighton
5* Victorian hotel on the seafront which has recently been refurbished. It has three lovely interconnecting meeting rooms on the 1st floor with sea views which can be used separately, or as a suite with private dining, or break outs. The remaining meeting rooms are on the ground floor, not all have natural daylight. The largest room is on the left hand side of the hotel with its own entrance and can be divided into three. There is a wooden panelled room which used to be a library off the lobby area which would be good for a dinner and has an entrance from the bar, but does not have daylight.
The nicest bedrooms overlook the sea and there are three feature rooms, one of which has a wooden bath in the bedroom. The classic rooms are to the side or back of the hotel and don’t have views. There is a seafood restaurant with a conservatory area on the front with sea views. I thought that this was the best hotel of all the seafront properties.
Parking in Brighton is a problem generally. The hotel has 40 spaces which are available on a first-come, first-served basis or there is an NCP nearby.
Hilton Brighton Metropole
A 5* hotel on the seafront. It’s key selling point is the large meeting space. It has 9 small meeting rooms on the 1st and 2nd floors and some larger meeting rooms off the Lobby. These have recently been refurbished. At the back of the hotel there is a conference centre with 40+ meeting rooms for large events and exhibitions. This area is accessed by stairs and corridors and really needs the paintwork re-done and new carpet. There was a Bridge convention there when I visited and they had been in the hotel for 11 days.
I visited on a Sunday and couldn’t see a room for 30-40 people on the top floor of the hotel, which apparently has lovely views and is often used for drinks and dinners, as well as meetings.The Hilton works with all the other Brighton hotels for bedrooms when they have a large conference, particularly the Grand which is next door.Only the bedrooms in the front of the hotel have air conditioning. Classic bedrooms are on the side, back or inwards facing. Parking in Brighton is a problem generally. The hotel has limited parking or there is an NCP nearby.
Thistle Brighton
This is not a good looking hotel from the outside, but was purpose built about 30 years ago as a hotel and does not have the challenges of some of the older properties in Brighton. It is a good location with the sea front is on one side and the Lanes on the other. Inside it is built around an atrium so is bright. All 210 bedrooms are having a soft refurbishment this year. The maximum capacity for a residential group is 180. There are two bars, one which can be used for private receptions and is complimentary for groups of 50+. Most of the meeting space is on the 1st floor. The meeting foyer is shared between all groups, but an area can be sectioned off if required. All the meeting space has air conditioning and only one room does not have natural daylight. The ballroom is on the ground floor and is the only room I have seen with oval tables (not round) which would be good for 6-7 people in cabaret style. Executive bedrooms have sea views or face the Lanes and are good sized rooms. The standard rooms are internal facing to the atrium.
The Noblesse meeting room has a pillar in the middle, but would be good for a group of 30 to use half for a meeting and half for catering or break out space. The hotel is very leisure focussed in the school holidays and has an indoor heated pool, so attracts families. Car parking is in the Lanes NCP and the hotel offers 15% discount.
Mercure Brighton
4* hotel which is 150 years old and traditional in style. It is on the seafront in the direction of Hove. It looks a bit tired and needs some money spent. There are a variety of styles, carpets, paintwork etc. There are 7 meeting rooms and the largest takes 180 theatre-style. The meeting rooms are scattered around the hotel and accessed by corridors and stairs so not DDA compliant. The meeting rooms have air conditioning, but bedrooms do not. The largest room is the Ballroom on the ground floor which was refurbished in October 2013 and takes 180 theatre-style or 80 cabaret-style. There are two pillars at the side of the room and chandeliers.
The hotel has 12 parking spaces at the front and 30 at the back available on a first-come first-served basis. The nearest car parks are a 10 minute walk.
Myhotel Brighton
In the north Laine area of the city, next to the theatre and Pavilion. It is 6 years old and very contemporary with lots of white, pink and green decoration. There are crystals for Feng Shui and they have used local designers and source local products. It is run on eco-friendly principals with organic tea, chocolate etc and they recycle. Jubilee Square is on one side of the hotel and something happens there all the time. When I visited it was covered in astroturf and 4 table tennis tables were set up for anyone to use. Next month a large converted vintage car will be parked where people can go and watch a film. Then it will change to sculpture. There are only 2 meeting rooms and the maximum capacity of the larger room is 50 people, but fewer would be better. Both are white, bright rooms with natural daylight and air conditioning. Lunch is either served in the meeting room or 10 people can have a cold buffet in the bar. The hotel bar is a destination, and they can allocate a semi-private area for 50 people. It is a fun hotel, there is a photo booth in the bar area and you get a token with drinks. The bedrooms have a disposable camera and if you use it and leave it in the room, the hotel will send the developed pictures later. There are 80 bedrooms, all double beds and all with showers. They have wifi, dvd players and you can plug your iphone into the bedroom’s sound system. Signature rooms are on the corners and are all different in style. here is an Indian restaurant on site, run by an external company, tables need to be booked directly, but they will allocate a semi private area for a group from the hotel.
The hotel has a small underground car park and can allocate 10 spaces for meeting attendees, or there are NCP car parks nearby. Myhotel is probably not to everyone’s taste, it is very lively and fashionable. They do well with the IT, comms and travel industries.
Jurys Inn Brighton
4* hotel next to the station, about 10 mins walk to the North Laine area. There are 9 meeting rooms in a dedicated conference area. The largest room has access to a roof terrace and has capacity for 80 in cabaret style. The hotel does well with charities and associations and is fully DDA compliant. Everything was clean and tidy and it appeared to be efficient. All 234 bedrooms have double beds and triple glazed windows. There is free wifi throughout the hotel. There is some complimentary parking or there is a large car park opposite and it is half the price of the ones at the seafront.
The hotel will spend £2m on refurbishment. Bedrooms will be done a floor at a time starting in October 2014 and public areas done after Christmas. The rates are competitive as they recognise that they are not in the centre of town or on the seafront. But if you don’t want to get tangled up in Brighton’s traffic then it is a good option.
Ashdown Park
Traditional style hotel set in 1,500 acres of grounds with a lake, fountain and lovely views of the Ashdown Forest. It is a 19th century stone mansion, with a spa, golf and they can organise team building events. There are 14 meeting rooms of different sizes, which can be flexible with private dining. The highlight of the building is a converted chapel, which has function rooms on the ground and 1st floor. The ideal size group is 80-100 for this area and it would work well with a meeting on one floor and catering on the other. This would keep the group in one place and would be completely private. There is stained glass at one end of the building and a working organ, so is a spectacular dinner venue.
I stayed the night here and had a lovely large room and it was completely quiet, although there was a wedding reception in the hotel that evening. I ate in the Anderida Restaurant, the food, service and all the staff were excellent.
Roffey Park
I really enjoyed my visit to this management training centre. it is 5 minutes from the M23, just south of Gatwick. It is modern, bright and welcoming – a great place to have a meeting, conference or training event. It is not open to the public, so the clients are only there to work. Roffey is set in 40 acres of grounds and backs on to forest so it is peaceful and you have a feeling of space. There are paths around the grounds, lots of seating and areas for team building. It has a lovely indoor pool or you can borrow a bike to get some exercise. All meeting rooms are light and airy with natural daylight and all rooms on the ground floor open to the garden, so they have their own outside area. There are two restaurants which can be open, secluded or have private areas. There are 60 bedrooms, 10 of which are twins, in one wing of the property. They are plain, so designed for work, but have everything you need.
This is probably the best management training centre that I have visited. The environment was very pleasant and conducive to work. As it is not a hotel there is never an overlap with leisure guests. The staff were very welcoming and efficient and gave me an excellent sandwich lunch, with very fresh ingredients. If there is a large meeting and extra accommodation is needed, they use the Arora Gatwick.
Sofitel London Gatwick
This does not feel like an airport hotel. The entrance has a bright atrium and was quiet and calm on the day that I visited. The hotel has 518 bedrooms and 11 meeting rooms that can be divided into 14 smaller ones. There are lots of areas of casual seating areas and a bar which can be privatised or used as a casual break out area. The restaurant has two rosettes, has a private room for 42 or can be privatised for 100 people. The largest meeting room is on the ground floor with its own reception are and bar. This is the only room without natural daylight, the others have large windows or two have secondary light from the atrium, they were all bright with high ceilings.
There is a very interesting room on the lower ground floor, with daylight and its own entrance. It was used as an airline lounge and has a sunken seating area, fireplace, bar and room previously used for computers. It is flexible space and can be used for a completely private meeting, with dining in the same room, or parties, meetings with break out areas. The largest residential group that this hotel can take is 240/250 people.
Copthorne London Gatwick
This hotel is traditional in style and has recently been refurbished. It has some nice meeting rooms, with natural daylight and there are four dining outlets, so they can offer variation with lunches and dinners. The Lion d’Or a la carte restaurant has semi-private dining for 8 people. The garden is lovely and there is good outdoor space for breaks or BBQ.
Although there are 227 bedrooms the maximum size residential group is 100 people. The largest room can take 100 theatre style, but is more frequently used for dinners or weddings than meetings, as it has a bar in the corner and dance floor covered with carpet. It has pillars and the natural daylight is from a skylight which has a retractable blackout blind
Copthorne Effingham Gatwick
The largest meeting room is an oval room with large windows either side and takes 650 people with stage and back projection. It is in a separate building, but opposite reception and with a walkway from the hotel on the 1st floor. There are no pillars and a high ceiling, so can be used as blank canvass space. The remaining smaller rooms are in different parts of the hotel. The Wellingtonia suite has been refurbished and consists of 4 joining rooms, with its own terrace overlooking the garden. This is a good training room or meeting room with breakouts. Lunch and breaks can be served there, so meetings can have their own private part of the hotel. The hotel is traditional in style. The club bedrooms have their own balconies.
The decor of this venue is tired, however, they are about to start refurbishment which will take at least a year, so be completed by the end of 2015. The hotel has a large amount of meeting space, but only 122 bedrooms, so works with the Copthorne London Gatwick for overflow accommodation (3 mins by car)
Hickstead Hotel
A 3* hotel that is better inside than it looks from the approach. The reception and meeting rooms are in the old part of the building and there is a newer wing with 54 bedrooms. The main meeting room is on the ground floor with access to a gravel garden, which can be used for breaks or lunch if the weather is good. There are two boardrooms in another area of the hotel on separate floors.
A good hotel for a regional meeting, without getting involved in the traffic of a town and plenty of free parking
South Lodge
Very impressive building and setting. It is a traditional hotel, with wood panneling and tapestries, terraces leading to gardens and views over the Sussex hills. The 12 meeting rooms are in one area of the hotel, on several floors, the largest takes 130 people on rounds. There is a new conference room, the Arundel, which has a fixed U-shaped table for 18 people. Tables in the Pass restaurant have views of the kitchen. It takes 32 for private hire.
There are bedrooms in the old part of the hotel and a newer wing. There is refurbishment going on at the moment. The head chef is Stephen Edwards, who won Masterchef in 2014, consequently the hotel is popular with leisure guests.
Take a look at venues in the Gatwick and Brighton area
I recently spent the day in Sussex, visiting hotels and venues Gatwick and Brighton area. There are a good variety of properties to choose from; something to suit all budgets and styles whether you want to be on the sea front, close to the airport or secluded in the country. For more information or to book any of these properties, just give our venue finding team a call on 01780 484050 or email VenueFinder@trinityconferences.co.uk
Grand Hotel, Brighton
5* Victorian hotel on the seafront which has recently been refurbished. It has three lovely interconnecting meeting rooms on the 1st floor with sea views which can be used separately, or as a suite with private dining, or break outs. The remaining meeting rooms are on the ground floor, not all have natural daylight. The largest room is on the left hand side of the hotel with its own entrance and can be divided into three. There is a wooden panelled room which used to be a library off the lobby area which would be good for a dinner and has an entrance from the bar, but does not have daylight.
The nicest bedrooms overlook the sea and there are three feature rooms, one of which has a wooden bath in the bedroom. The classic rooms are to the side or back of the hotel and don’t have views. There is a seafood restaurant with a conservatory area on the front with sea views. I thought that this was the best hotel of all the seafront properties.
Parking in Brighton is a problem generally. The hotel has 40 spaces which are available on a first-come, first-served basis or there is an NCP nearby.
Hilton Brighton Metropole
A 5* hotel on the seafront. It’s key selling point is the large meeting space. It has 9 small meeting rooms on the 1st and 2nd floors and some larger meeting rooms off the Lobby. These have recently been refurbished. At the back of the hotel there is a conference centre with 40+ meeting rooms for large events and exhibitions. This area is accessed by stairs and corridors and really needs the paintwork re-done and new carpet. There was a Bridge convention there when I visited and they had been in the hotel for 11 days.
I visited on a Sunday and couldn’t see a room for 30-40 people on the top floor of the hotel, which apparently has lovely views and is often used for drinks and dinners, as well as meetings.The Hilton works with all the other Brighton hotels for bedrooms when they have a large conference, particularly the Grand which is next door.Only the bedrooms in the front of the hotel have air conditioning. Classic bedrooms are on the side, back or inwards facing. Parking in Brighton is a problem generally. The hotel has limited parking or there is an NCP nearby.
Thistle Brighton
This is not a good looking hotel from the outside, but was purpose built about 30 years ago as a hotel and does not have the challenges of some of the older properties in Brighton. It is a good location with the sea front is on one side and the Lanes on the other. Inside it is built around an atrium so is bright. All 210 bedrooms are having a soft refurbishment this year. The maximum capacity for a residential group is 180. There are two bars, one which can be used for private receptions and is complimentary for groups of 50+. Most of the meeting space is on the 1st floor. The meeting foyer is shared between all groups, but an area can be sectioned off if required. All the meeting space has air conditioning and only one room does not have natural daylight. The ballroom is on the ground floor and is the only room I have seen with oval tables (not round) which would be good for 6-7 people in cabaret style. Executive bedrooms have sea views or face the Lanes and are good sized rooms. The standard rooms are internal facing to the atrium.
The Noblesse meeting room has a pillar in the middle, but would be good for a group of 30 to use half for a meeting and half for catering or break out space. The hotel is very leisure focussed in the school holidays and has an indoor heated pool, so attracts families. Car parking is in the Lanes NCP and the hotel offers 15% discount.
Mercure Brighton
4* hotel which is 150 years old and traditional in style. It is on the seafront in the direction of Hove. It looks a bit tired and needs some money spent. There are a variety of styles, carpets, paintwork etc. There are 7 meeting rooms and the largest takes 180 theatre-style. The meeting rooms are scattered around the hotel and accessed by corridors and stairs so not DDA compliant. The meeting rooms have air conditioning, but bedrooms do not. The largest room is the Ballroom on the ground floor which was refurbished in October 2013 and takes 180 theatre-style or 80 cabaret-style. There are two pillars at the side of the room and chandeliers.
The hotel has 12 parking spaces at the front and 30 at the back available on a first-come first-served basis. The nearest car parks are a 10 minute walk.
Myhotel Brighton
In the north Laine area of the city, next to the theatre and Pavilion. It is 6 years old and very contemporary with lots of white, pink and green decoration. There are crystals for Feng Shui and they have used local designers and source local products. It is run on eco-friendly principals with organic tea, chocolate etc and they recycle. Jubilee Square is on one side of the hotel and something happens there all the time. When I visited it was covered in astroturf and 4 table tennis tables were set up for anyone to use. Next month a large converted vintage car will be parked where people can go and watch a film. Then it will change to sculpture. There are only 2 meeting rooms and the maximum capacity of the larger room is 50 people, but fewer would be better. Both are white, bright rooms with natural daylight and air conditioning. Lunch is either served in the meeting room or 10 people can have a cold buffet in the bar. The hotel bar is a destination, and they can allocate a semi-private area for 50 people. It is a fun hotel, there is a photo booth in the bar area and you get a token with drinks. The bedrooms have a disposable camera and if you use it and leave it in the room, the hotel will send the developed pictures later. There are 80 bedrooms, all double beds and all with showers. They have wifi, dvd players and you can plug your iphone into the bedroom’s sound system. Signature rooms are on the corners and are all different in style. here is an Indian restaurant on site, run by an external company, tables need to be booked directly, but they will allocate a semi private area for a group from the hotel.
The hotel has a small underground car park and can allocate 10 spaces for meeting attendees, or there are NCP car parks nearby. Myhotel is probably not to everyone’s taste, it is very lively and fashionable. They do well with the IT, comms and travel industries.
Jurys Inn Brighton
4* hotel next to the station, about 10 mins walk to the North Laine area. There are 9 meeting rooms in a dedicated conference area. The largest room has access to a roof terrace and has capacity for 80 in cabaret style. The hotel does well with charities and associations and is fully DDA compliant. Everything was clean and tidy and it appeared to be efficient. All 234 bedrooms have double beds and triple glazed windows. There is free wifi throughout the hotel. There is some complimentary parking or there is a large car park opposite and it is half the price of the ones at the seafront.
The hotel will spend £2m on refurbishment. Bedrooms will be done a floor at a time starting in October 2014 and public areas done after Christmas. The rates are competitive as they recognise that they are not in the centre of town or on the seafront. But if you don’t want to get tangled up in Brighton’s traffic then it is a good option.
Ashdown Park
Traditional style hotel set in 1,500 acres of grounds with a lake, fountain and lovely views of the Ashdown Forest. It is a 19th century stone mansion, with a spa, golf and they can organise team building events. There are 14 meeting rooms of different sizes, which can be flexible with private dining. The highlight of the building is a converted chapel, which has function rooms on the ground and 1st floor. The ideal size group is 80-100 for this area and it would work well with a meeting on one floor and catering on the other. This would keep the group in one place and would be completely private. There is stained glass at one end of the building and a working organ, so is a spectacular dinner venue.
I stayed the night here and had a lovely large room and it was completely quiet, although there was a wedding reception in the hotel that evening. I ate in the Anderida Restaurant, the food, service and all the staff were excellent.
Roffey Park
I really enjoyed my visit to this management training centre. it is 5 minutes from the M23, just south of Gatwick. It is modern, bright and welcoming – a great place to have a meeting, conference or training event. It is not open to the public, so the clients are only there to work. Roffey is set in 40 acres of grounds and backs on to forest so it is peaceful and you have a feeling of space. There are paths around the grounds, lots of seating and areas for team building. It has a lovely indoor pool or you can borrow a bike to get some exercise. All meeting rooms are light and airy with natural daylight and all rooms on the ground floor open to the garden, so they have their own outside area. There are two restaurants which can be open, secluded or have private areas. There are 60 bedrooms, 10 of which are twins, in one wing of the property. They are plain, so designed for work, but have everything you need.
This is probably the best management training centre that I have visited. The environment was very pleasant and conducive to work. As it is not a hotel there is never an overlap with leisure guests. The staff were very welcoming and efficient and gave me an excellent sandwich lunch, with very fresh ingredients. If there is a large meeting and extra accommodation is needed, they use the Arora Gatwick.
Sofitel London Gatwick
This does not feel like an airport hotel. The entrance has a bright atrium and was quiet and calm on the day that I visited. The hotel has 518 bedrooms and 11 meeting rooms that can be divided into 14 smaller ones. There are lots of areas of casual seating areas and a bar which can be privatised or used as a casual break out area. The restaurant has two rosettes, has a private room for 42 or can be privatised for 100 people. The largest meeting room is on the ground floor with its own reception are and bar. This is the only room without natural daylight, the others have large windows or two have secondary light from the atrium, they were all bright with high ceilings.
There is a very interesting room on the lower ground floor, with daylight and its own entrance. It was used as an airline lounge and has a sunken seating area, fireplace, bar and room previously used for computers. It is flexible space and can be used for a completely private meeting, with dining in the same room, or parties, meetings with break out areas. The largest residential group that this hotel can take is 240/250 people.
Copthorne London Gatwick
This hotel is traditional in style and has recently been refurbished. It has some nice meeting rooms, with natural daylight and there are four dining outlets, so they can offer variation with lunches and dinners. The Lion d’Or a la carte restaurant has semi-private dining for 8 people. The garden is lovely and there is good outdoor space for breaks or BBQ.
Although there are 227 bedrooms the maximum size residential group is 100 people. The largest room can take 100 theatre style, but is more frequently used for dinners or weddings than meetings, as it has a bar in the corner and dance floor covered with carpet. It has pillars and the natural daylight is from a skylight which has a retractable blackout blind
Copthorne Effingham Gatwick
The largest meeting room is an oval room with large windows either side and takes 650 people with stage and back projection. It is in a separate building, but opposite reception and with a walkway from the hotel on the 1st floor. There are no pillars and a high ceiling, so can be used as blank canvass space. The remaining smaller rooms are in different parts of the hotel. The Wellingtonia suite has been refurbished and consists of 4 joining rooms, with its own terrace overlooking the garden. This is a good training room or meeting room with breakouts. Lunch and breaks can be served there, so meetings can have their own private part of the hotel. The hotel is traditional in style. The club bedrooms have their own balconies.
The decor of this venue is tired, however, they are about to start refurbishment which will take at least a year, so be completed by the end of 2015. The hotel has a large amount of meeting space, but only 122 bedrooms, so works with the Copthorne London Gatwick for overflow accommodation (3 mins by car)
Hickstead Hotel
A 3* hotel that is better inside than it looks from the approach. The reception and meeting rooms are in the old part of the building and there is a newer wing with 54 bedrooms. The main meeting room is on the ground floor with access to a gravel garden, which can be used for breaks or lunch if the weather is good. There are two boardrooms in another area of the hotel on separate floors.
A good hotel for a regional meeting, without getting involved in the traffic of a town and plenty of free parking
South Lodge
Very impressive building and setting. It is a traditional hotel, with wood panneling and tapestries, terraces leading to gardens and views over the Sussex hills. The 12 meeting rooms are in one area of the hotel, on several floors, the largest takes 130 people on rounds. There is a new conference room, the Arundel, which has a fixed U-shaped table for 18 people. Tables in the Pass restaurant have views of the kitchen. It takes 32 for private hire.
There are bedrooms in the old part of the hotel and a newer wing. There is refurbishment going on at the moment. The head chef is Stephen Edwards, who won Masterchef in 2014, consequently the hotel is popular with leisure guests.
The main house is an old hunting lodge with original features like a grand staircase, large windows and heavy wooden doors. The accommodation is split over this building and two other modern buildings. The resort is set on a slight hill and as beautiful views over Rutland Water. The resort has more of a family resort feel to it rather than a business feel but for corporate guests that want to get away from it all it would be ideal. The main room can split into three separate rooms.
The hotel is quite spread out and isn’t very flat! The main room which splits into three has two or three steps down between each section.
Barnsdale Hall Hotel
The main house is an old hunting lodge with original features like a grand staircase, large windows and heavy wooden doors. The accommodation is split over this building and two other modern buildings. The resort is set on a slight hill and as beautiful views over Rutland Water. The resort has more of a family resort feel to it rather than a business feel but for corporate guests that want to get away from it all it would be ideal. The main room can split into three separate rooms.
The hotel is quite spread out and isn’t very flat! The main room which splits into three has two or three steps down between each section.
Barnsdale Hall Hotel
The main house is an old hunting lodge with original features like a grand staircase, large windows and heavy wooden doors. The accommodation is split over this building and two other modern buildings. The resort is set on a slight hill and as beautiful views over Rutland Water. The resort has more of a family resort feel to it rather than a business feel but for corporate guests that want to get away from it all it would be ideal. The main room can split into three separate rooms.
The hotel is quite spread out and isn’t very flat! The main room which splits into three has two or three steps down between each section.
The house has a family in residence and because of this there may be some restrictions at certain times.
Barnsdale Hall Hotel
The main house is an old hunting lodge with original features like a grand staircase, large windows and heavy wooden doors. The accommodation is split over this building and two other modern buildings. The resort is set on a slight hill and as beautiful views over Rutland Water. The resort has more of a family resort feel to it rather than a business feel but for corporate guests that want to get away from it all it would be ideal. The main room can split into three separate rooms.
The hotel is quite spread out and isn’t very flat! The main room which splits into three has two or three steps down between each section.
Stunning! This is a 16th century Elizabethan house that took 33 years to build. It has amazing, beautifully kept grounds and breath taking rooms within the house as well as the old kitchen. There are a number of spaces that can be offered for events, drinks receptions and dinners both inside and out. If you’re looking for something impressive, grand and spectacular, you should certainly give it a try. I was blown away.
The house has a family in residence and because of this there may be some restrictions at certain times.
Barnsdale Hall Hotel
The main house is an old hunting lodge with original features like a grand staircase, large windows and heavy wooden doors. The accommodation is split over this building and two other modern buildings. The resort is set on a slight hill and as beautiful views over Rutland Water. The resort has more of a family resort feel to it rather than a business feel but for corporate guests that want to get away from it all it would be ideal. The main room can split into three separate rooms.
The hotel is quite spread out and isn’t very flat! The main room which splits into three has two or three steps down between each section.
Stunning! This is a 16th century Elizabethan house that took 33 years to build. It has amazing, beautifully kept grounds and breath taking rooms within the house as well as the old kitchen. There are a number of spaces that can be offered for events, drinks receptions and dinners both inside and out. If you’re looking for something impressive, grand and spectacular, you should certainly give it a try. I was blown away.
The house has a family in residence and because of this there may be some restrictions at certain times.
Barnsdale Hall Hotel
The main house is an old hunting lodge with original features like a grand staircase, large windows and heavy wooden doors. The accommodation is split over this building and two other modern buildings. The resort is set on a slight hill and as beautiful views over Rutland Water. The resort has more of a family resort feel to it rather than a business feel but for corporate guests that want to get away from it all it would be ideal. The main room can split into three separate rooms.
The hotel is quite spread out and isn’t very flat! The main room which splits into three has two or three steps down between each section.
Burghley House
Stunning! This is a 16th century Elizabethan house that took 33 years to build. It has amazing, beautifully kept grounds and breath taking rooms within the house as well as the old kitchen. There are a number of spaces that can be offered for events, drinks receptions and dinners both inside and out. If you’re looking for something impressive, grand and spectacular, you should certainly give it a try. I was blown away.
The house has a family in residence and because of this there may be some restrictions at certain times.
Barnsdale Hall Hotel
The main house is an old hunting lodge with original features like a grand staircase, large windows and heavy wooden doors. The accommodation is split over this building and two other modern buildings. The resort is set on a slight hill and as beautiful views over Rutland Water. The resort has more of a family resort feel to it rather than a business feel but for corporate guests that want to get away from it all it would be ideal. The main room can split into three separate rooms.
The hotel is quite spread out and isn’t very flat! The main room which splits into three has two or three steps down between each section.
Burghley House
Stunning! This is a 16th century Elizabethan house that took 33 years to build. It has amazing, beautifully kept grounds and breath taking rooms within the house as well as the old kitchen. There are a number of spaces that can be offered for events, drinks receptions and dinners both inside and out. If you’re looking for something impressive, grand and spectacular, you should certainly give it a try. I was blown away.
The house has a family in residence and because of this there may be some restrictions at certain times.
Barnsdale Hall Hotel
The main house is an old hunting lodge with original features like a grand staircase, large windows and heavy wooden doors. The accommodation is split over this building and two other modern buildings. The resort is set on a slight hill and as beautiful views over Rutland Water. The resort has more of a family resort feel to it rather than a business feel but for corporate guests that want to get away from it all it would be ideal. The main room can split into three separate rooms.
The hotel is quite spread out and isn’t very flat! The main room which splits into three has two or three steps down between each section.
Whilst the marquee in the grounds is fabulous for larger events, it isn’t allowed to be used after 8pm as it is next door to Stamford School for girls boarding house. Music isn’t allowed in the marquee. All this considered, there are a number of options in the main hotel for evening events with music.
Burghley House
Stunning! This is a 16th century Elizabethan house that took 33 years to build. It has amazing, beautifully kept grounds and breath taking rooms within the house as well as the old kitchen. There are a number of spaces that can be offered for events, drinks receptions and dinners both inside and out. If you’re looking for something impressive, grand and spectacular, you should certainly give it a try. I was blown away.
The house has a family in residence and because of this there may be some restrictions at certain times.
Barnsdale Hall Hotel
The main house is an old hunting lodge with original features like a grand staircase, large windows and heavy wooden doors. The accommodation is split over this building and two other modern buildings. The resort is set on a slight hill and as beautiful views over Rutland Water. The resort has more of a family resort feel to it rather than a business feel but for corporate guests that want to get away from it all it would be ideal. The main room can split into three separate rooms.
The hotel is quite spread out and isn’t very flat! The main room which splits into three has two or three steps down between each section.
Whilst the marquee in the grounds is fabulous for larger events, it isn’t allowed to be used after 8pm as it is next door to Stamford School for girls boarding house. Music isn’t allowed in the marquee. All this considered, there are a number of options in the main hotel for evening events with music.
Burghley House
Stunning! This is a 16th century Elizabethan house that took 33 years to build. It has amazing, beautifully kept grounds and breath taking rooms within the house as well as the old kitchen. There are a number of spaces that can be offered for events, drinks receptions and dinners both inside and out. If you’re looking for something impressive, grand and spectacular, you should certainly give it a try. I was blown away.
The house has a family in residence and because of this there may be some restrictions at certain times.
Barnsdale Hall Hotel
The main house is an old hunting lodge with original features like a grand staircase, large windows and heavy wooden doors. The accommodation is split over this building and two other modern buildings. The resort is set on a slight hill and as beautiful views over Rutland Water. The resort has more of a family resort feel to it rather than a business feel but for corporate guests that want to get away from it all it would be ideal. The main room can split into three separate rooms.
The hotel is quite spread out and isn’t very flat! The main room which splits into three has two or three steps down between each section.
Situated just of the A1 in Stamford, there is ample parking. The hotel is part of the Burghley estate and used to be part of a boarding house for Stamford school. The Bull and Swan next door is also part of the Burghley estate and offers a further 7 bedrooms in addition to the 27 at the William Cecil. There is a resident’s lounge that can be hired out and is ideal for smaller meetings. The Burghley room is the largest. They also have a marquee in the grounds for larger events. The bedrooms are all very unique and is each named as well as having a number.
Whilst the marquee in the grounds is fabulous for larger events, it isn’t allowed to be used after 8pm as it is next door to Stamford School for girls boarding house. Music isn’t allowed in the marquee. All this considered, there are a number of options in the main hotel for evening events with music.
Burghley House
Stunning! This is a 16th century Elizabethan house that took 33 years to build. It has amazing, beautifully kept grounds and breath taking rooms within the house as well as the old kitchen. There are a number of spaces that can be offered for events, drinks receptions and dinners both inside and out. If you’re looking for something impressive, grand and spectacular, you should certainly give it a try. I was blown away.
The house has a family in residence and because of this there may be some restrictions at certain times.
Barnsdale Hall Hotel
The main house is an old hunting lodge with original features like a grand staircase, large windows and heavy wooden doors. The accommodation is split over this building and two other modern buildings. The resort is set on a slight hill and as beautiful views over Rutland Water. The resort has more of a family resort feel to it rather than a business feel but for corporate guests that want to get away from it all it would be ideal. The main room can split into three separate rooms.
The hotel is quite spread out and isn’t very flat! The main room which splits into three has two or three steps down between each section.
Situated just of the A1 in Stamford, there is ample parking. The hotel is part of the Burghley estate and used to be part of a boarding house for Stamford school. The Bull and Swan next door is also part of the Burghley estate and offers a further 7 bedrooms in addition to the 27 at the William Cecil. There is a resident’s lounge that can be hired out and is ideal for smaller meetings. The Burghley room is the largest. They also have a marquee in the grounds for larger events. The bedrooms are all very unique and is each named as well as having a number.
Whilst the marquee in the grounds is fabulous for larger events, it isn’t allowed to be used after 8pm as it is next door to Stamford School for girls boarding house. Music isn’t allowed in the marquee. All this considered, there are a number of options in the main hotel for evening events with music.
Burghley House
Stunning! This is a 16th century Elizabethan house that took 33 years to build. It has amazing, beautifully kept grounds and breath taking rooms within the house as well as the old kitchen. There are a number of spaces that can be offered for events, drinks receptions and dinners both inside and out. If you’re looking for something impressive, grand and spectacular, you should certainly give it a try. I was blown away.
The house has a family in residence and because of this there may be some restrictions at certain times.
Barnsdale Hall Hotel
The main house is an old hunting lodge with original features like a grand staircase, large windows and heavy wooden doors. The accommodation is split over this building and two other modern buildings. The resort is set on a slight hill and as beautiful views over Rutland Water. The resort has more of a family resort feel to it rather than a business feel but for corporate guests that want to get away from it all it would be ideal. The main room can split into three separate rooms.
The hotel is quite spread out and isn’t very flat! The main room which splits into three has two or three steps down between each section.
William Cecil
Situated just of the A1 in Stamford, there is ample parking. The hotel is part of the Burghley estate and used to be part of a boarding house for Stamford school. The Bull and Swan next door is also part of the Burghley estate and offers a further 7 bedrooms in addition to the 27 at the William Cecil. There is a resident’s lounge that can be hired out and is ideal for smaller meetings. The Burghley room is the largest. They also have a marquee in the grounds for larger events. The bedrooms are all very unique and is each named as well as having a number.
Whilst the marquee in the grounds is fabulous for larger events, it isn’t allowed to be used after 8pm as it is next door to Stamford School for girls boarding house. Music isn’t allowed in the marquee. All this considered, there are a number of options in the main hotel for evening events with music.
Burghley House
Stunning! This is a 16th century Elizabethan house that took 33 years to build. It has amazing, beautifully kept grounds and breath taking rooms within the house as well as the old kitchen. There are a number of spaces that can be offered for events, drinks receptions and dinners both inside and out. If you’re looking for something impressive, grand and spectacular, you should certainly give it a try. I was blown away.
The house has a family in residence and because of this there may be some restrictions at certain times.
Barnsdale Hall Hotel
The main house is an old hunting lodge with original features like a grand staircase, large windows and heavy wooden doors. The accommodation is split over this building and two other modern buildings. The resort is set on a slight hill and as beautiful views over Rutland Water. The resort has more of a family resort feel to it rather than a business feel but for corporate guests that want to get away from it all it would be ideal. The main room can split into three separate rooms.
The hotel is quite spread out and isn’t very flat! The main room which splits into three has two or three steps down between each section.
This beautiful 16th century coaching inn is set in the pretty village of Wansford a short 10 minute drive from the city of Peterborough but also just off the A1. It has lots of history and was even a munitions factory during the war. The feel of the hotel is very traditional and maybe a little old fashioned in places, however that said, it does have a very friendly feel to it. The business centre has 6 meeting rooms holding 4-15 people. The large Ballroom has its own entrance and access to beautiful gardens. There is no lift in this venue.
William Cecil
Situated just of the A1 in Stamford, there is ample parking. The hotel is part of the Burghley estate and used to be part of a boarding house for Stamford school. The Bull and Swan next door is also part of the Burghley estate and offers a further 7 bedrooms in addition to the 27 at the William Cecil. There is a resident’s lounge that can be hired out and is ideal for smaller meetings. The Burghley room is the largest. They also have a marquee in the grounds for larger events. The bedrooms are all very unique and is each named as well as having a number.
Whilst the marquee in the grounds is fabulous for larger events, it isn’t allowed to be used after 8pm as it is next door to Stamford School for girls boarding house. Music isn’t allowed in the marquee. All this considered, there are a number of options in the main hotel for evening events with music.
Burghley House
Stunning! This is a 16th century Elizabethan house that took 33 years to build. It has amazing, beautifully kept grounds and breath taking rooms within the house as well as the old kitchen. There are a number of spaces that can be offered for events, drinks receptions and dinners both inside and out. If you’re looking for something impressive, grand and spectacular, you should certainly give it a try. I was blown away.
The house has a family in residence and because of this there may be some restrictions at certain times.
Barnsdale Hall Hotel
The main house is an old hunting lodge with original features like a grand staircase, large windows and heavy wooden doors. The accommodation is split over this building and two other modern buildings. The resort is set on a slight hill and as beautiful views over Rutland Water. The resort has more of a family resort feel to it rather than a business feel but for corporate guests that want to get away from it all it would be ideal. The main room can split into three separate rooms.
The hotel is quite spread out and isn’t very flat! The main room which splits into three has two or three steps down between each section.
This beautiful 16th century coaching inn is set in the pretty village of Wansford a short 10 minute drive from the city of Peterborough but also just off the A1. It has lots of history and was even a munitions factory during the war. The feel of the hotel is very traditional and maybe a little old fashioned in places, however that said, it does have a very friendly feel to it. The business centre has 6 meeting rooms holding 4-15 people. The large Ballroom has its own entrance and access to beautiful gardens. There is no lift in this venue.
William Cecil
Situated just of the A1 in Stamford, there is ample parking. The hotel is part of the Burghley estate and used to be part of a boarding house for Stamford school. The Bull and Swan next door is also part of the Burghley estate and offers a further 7 bedrooms in addition to the 27 at the William Cecil. There is a resident’s lounge that can be hired out and is ideal for smaller meetings. The Burghley room is the largest. They also have a marquee in the grounds for larger events. The bedrooms are all very unique and is each named as well as having a number.
Whilst the marquee in the grounds is fabulous for larger events, it isn’t allowed to be used after 8pm as it is next door to Stamford School for girls boarding house. Music isn’t allowed in the marquee. All this considered, there are a number of options in the main hotel for evening events with music.
Burghley House
Stunning! This is a 16th century Elizabethan house that took 33 years to build. It has amazing, beautifully kept grounds and breath taking rooms within the house as well as the old kitchen. There are a number of spaces that can be offered for events, drinks receptions and dinners both inside and out. If you’re looking for something impressive, grand and spectacular, you should certainly give it a try. I was blown away.
The house has a family in residence and because of this there may be some restrictions at certain times.
Barnsdale Hall Hotel
The main house is an old hunting lodge with original features like a grand staircase, large windows and heavy wooden doors. The accommodation is split over this building and two other modern buildings. The resort is set on a slight hill and as beautiful views over Rutland Water. The resort has more of a family resort feel to it rather than a business feel but for corporate guests that want to get away from it all it would be ideal. The main room can split into three separate rooms.
The hotel is quite spread out and isn’t very flat! The main room which splits into three has two or three steps down between each section.
This beautiful 16th century coaching inn is set in the pretty village of Wansford a short 10 minute drive from the city of Peterborough but also just off the A1. It has lots of history and was even a munitions factory during the war. The feel of the hotel is very traditional and maybe a little old fashioned in places, however that said, it does have a very friendly feel to it. The business centre has 6 meeting rooms holding 4-15 people. The large Ballroom has its own entrance and access to beautiful gardens. There is no lift in this venue.
William Cecil
Situated just of the A1 in Stamford, there is ample parking. The hotel is part of the Burghley estate and used to be part of a boarding house for Stamford school. The Bull and Swan next door is also part of the Burghley estate and offers a further 7 bedrooms in addition to the 27 at the William Cecil. There is a resident’s lounge that can be hired out and is ideal for smaller meetings. The Burghley room is the largest. They also have a marquee in the grounds for larger events. The bedrooms are all very unique and is each named as well as having a number.
Whilst the marquee in the grounds is fabulous for larger events, it isn’t allowed to be used after 8pm as it is next door to Stamford School for girls boarding house. Music isn’t allowed in the marquee. All this considered, there are a number of options in the main hotel for evening events with music.
Burghley House
Stunning! This is a 16th century Elizabethan house that took 33 years to build. It has amazing, beautifully kept grounds and breath taking rooms within the house as well as the old kitchen. There are a number of spaces that can be offered for events, drinks receptions and dinners both inside and out. If you’re looking for something impressive, grand and spectacular, you should certainly give it a try. I was blown away.
The house has a family in residence and because of this there may be some restrictions at certain times.
Barnsdale Hall Hotel
The main house is an old hunting lodge with original features like a grand staircase, large windows and heavy wooden doors. The accommodation is split over this building and two other modern buildings. The resort is set on a slight hill and as beautiful views over Rutland Water. The resort has more of a family resort feel to it rather than a business feel but for corporate guests that want to get away from it all it would be ideal. The main room can split into three separate rooms.
The hotel is quite spread out and isn’t very flat! The main room which splits into three has two or three steps down between each section.
Haycock Hotel
This beautiful 16th century coaching inn is set in the pretty village of Wansford a short 10 minute drive from the city of Peterborough but also just off the A1. It has lots of history and was even a munitions factory during the war. The feel of the hotel is very traditional and maybe a little old fashioned in places, however that said, it does have a very friendly feel to it. The business centre has 6 meeting rooms holding 4-15 people. The large Ballroom has its own entrance and access to beautiful gardens. There is no lift in this venue.
William Cecil
Situated just of the A1 in Stamford, there is ample parking. The hotel is part of the Burghley estate and used to be part of a boarding house for Stamford school. The Bull and Swan next door is also part of the Burghley estate and offers a further 7 bedrooms in addition to the 27 at the William Cecil. There is a resident’s lounge that can be hired out and is ideal for smaller meetings. The Burghley room is the largest. They also have a marquee in the grounds for larger events. The bedrooms are all very unique and is each named as well as having a number.
Whilst the marquee in the grounds is fabulous for larger events, it isn’t allowed to be used after 8pm as it is next door to Stamford School for girls boarding house. Music isn’t allowed in the marquee. All this considered, there are a number of options in the main hotel for evening events with music.
Burghley House
Stunning! This is a 16th century Elizabethan house that took 33 years to build. It has amazing, beautifully kept grounds and breath taking rooms within the house as well as the old kitchen. There are a number of spaces that can be offered for events, drinks receptions and dinners both inside and out. If you’re looking for something impressive, grand and spectacular, you should certainly give it a try. I was blown away.
The house has a family in residence and because of this there may be some restrictions at certain times.
Barnsdale Hall Hotel
The main house is an old hunting lodge with original features like a grand staircase, large windows and heavy wooden doors. The accommodation is split over this building and two other modern buildings. The resort is set on a slight hill and as beautiful views over Rutland Water. The resort has more of a family resort feel to it rather than a business feel but for corporate guests that want to get away from it all it would be ideal. The main room can split into three separate rooms.
The hotel is quite spread out and isn’t very flat! The main room which splits into three has two or three steps down between each section.
Haycock Hotel
This beautiful 16th century coaching inn is set in the pretty village of Wansford a short 10 minute drive from the city of Peterborough but also just off the A1. It has lots of history and was even a munitions factory during the war. The feel of the hotel is very traditional and maybe a little old fashioned in places, however that said, it does have a very friendly feel to it. The business centre has 6 meeting rooms holding 4-15 people. The large Ballroom has its own entrance and access to beautiful gardens. There is no lift in this venue.
William Cecil
Situated just of the A1 in Stamford, there is ample parking. The hotel is part of the Burghley estate and used to be part of a boarding house for Stamford school. The Bull and Swan next door is also part of the Burghley estate and offers a further 7 bedrooms in addition to the 27 at the William Cecil. There is a resident’s lounge that can be hired out and is ideal for smaller meetings. The Burghley room is the largest. They also have a marquee in the grounds for larger events. The bedrooms are all very unique and is each named as well as having a number.
Whilst the marquee in the grounds is fabulous for larger events, it isn’t allowed to be used after 8pm as it is next door to Stamford School for girls boarding house. Music isn’t allowed in the marquee. All this considered, there are a number of options in the main hotel for evening events with music.
Burghley House
Stunning! This is a 16th century Elizabethan house that took 33 years to build. It has amazing, beautifully kept grounds and breath taking rooms within the house as well as the old kitchen. There are a number of spaces that can be offered for events, drinks receptions and dinners both inside and out. If you’re looking for something impressive, grand and spectacular, you should certainly give it a try. I was blown away.
The house has a family in residence and because of this there may be some restrictions at certain times.
Barnsdale Hall Hotel
The main house is an old hunting lodge with original features like a grand staircase, large windows and heavy wooden doors. The accommodation is split over this building and two other modern buildings. The resort is set on a slight hill and as beautiful views over Rutland Water. The resort has more of a family resort feel to it rather than a business feel but for corporate guests that want to get away from it all it would be ideal. The main room can split into three separate rooms.
The hotel is quite spread out and isn’t very flat! The main room which splits into three has two or three steps down between each section.
Wi-Fi is available free of charge in the lobby but there is a charge in the rooms. No lift.
Haycock Hotel
This beautiful 16th century coaching inn is set in the pretty village of Wansford a short 10 minute drive from the city of Peterborough but also just off the A1. It has lots of history and was even a munitions factory during the war. The feel of the hotel is very traditional and maybe a little old fashioned in places, however that said, it does have a very friendly feel to it. The business centre has 6 meeting rooms holding 4-15 people. The large Ballroom has its own entrance and access to beautiful gardens. There is no lift in this venue.
William Cecil
Situated just of the A1 in Stamford, there is ample parking. The hotel is part of the Burghley estate and used to be part of a boarding house for Stamford school. The Bull and Swan next door is also part of the Burghley estate and offers a further 7 bedrooms in addition to the 27 at the William Cecil. There is a resident’s lounge that can be hired out and is ideal for smaller meetings. The Burghley room is the largest. They also have a marquee in the grounds for larger events. The bedrooms are all very unique and is each named as well as having a number.
Whilst the marquee in the grounds is fabulous for larger events, it isn’t allowed to be used after 8pm as it is next door to Stamford School for girls boarding house. Music isn’t allowed in the marquee. All this considered, there are a number of options in the main hotel for evening events with music.
Burghley House
Stunning! This is a 16th century Elizabethan house that took 33 years to build. It has amazing, beautifully kept grounds and breath taking rooms within the house as well as the old kitchen. There are a number of spaces that can be offered for events, drinks receptions and dinners both inside and out. If you’re looking for something impressive, grand and spectacular, you should certainly give it a try. I was blown away.
The house has a family in residence and because of this there may be some restrictions at certain times.
Barnsdale Hall Hotel
The main house is an old hunting lodge with original features like a grand staircase, large windows and heavy wooden doors. The accommodation is split over this building and two other modern buildings. The resort is set on a slight hill and as beautiful views over Rutland Water. The resort has more of a family resort feel to it rather than a business feel but for corporate guests that want to get away from it all it would be ideal. The main room can split into three separate rooms.
The hotel is quite spread out and isn’t very flat! The main room which splits into three has two or three steps down between each section.
This hotel is well positioned very close to the A1 and main road network within the city and has plenty of free parking. It is also a couple of minutes from the Peterborough Arena for events that are taking place there. It has a very relaxed yet business like feel to it, the large attractive reception has a view through to the bar (with lovely outside space) and restaurant – although not open, it gives a feel of spaciousness, there are comfy seats and a fire place. The largest meeting room will accommodate 300 theatre and the other large room will hold 140 theatre however neither room has primary natural daylight.
Wi-Fi is available free of charge in the lobby but there is a charge in the rooms. No lift.
Haycock Hotel
This beautiful 16th century coaching inn is set in the pretty village of Wansford a short 10 minute drive from the city of Peterborough but also just off the A1. It has lots of history and was even a munitions factory during the war. The feel of the hotel is very traditional and maybe a little old fashioned in places, however that said, it does have a very friendly feel to it. The business centre has 6 meeting rooms holding 4-15 people. The large Ballroom has its own entrance and access to beautiful gardens. There is no lift in this venue.
William Cecil
Situated just of the A1 in Stamford, there is ample parking. The hotel is part of the Burghley estate and used to be part of a boarding house for Stamford school. The Bull and Swan next door is also part of the Burghley estate and offers a further 7 bedrooms in addition to the 27 at the William Cecil. There is a resident’s lounge that can be hired out and is ideal for smaller meetings. The Burghley room is the largest. They also have a marquee in the grounds for larger events. The bedrooms are all very unique and is each named as well as having a number.
Whilst the marquee in the grounds is fabulous for larger events, it isn’t allowed to be used after 8pm as it is next door to Stamford School for girls boarding house. Music isn’t allowed in the marquee. All this considered, there are a number of options in the main hotel for evening events with music.
Burghley House
Stunning! This is a 16th century Elizabethan house that took 33 years to build. It has amazing, beautifully kept grounds and breath taking rooms within the house as well as the old kitchen. There are a number of spaces that can be offered for events, drinks receptions and dinners both inside and out. If you’re looking for something impressive, grand and spectacular, you should certainly give it a try. I was blown away.
The house has a family in residence and because of this there may be some restrictions at certain times.
Barnsdale Hall Hotel
The main house is an old hunting lodge with original features like a grand staircase, large windows and heavy wooden doors. The accommodation is split over this building and two other modern buildings. The resort is set on a slight hill and as beautiful views over Rutland Water. The resort has more of a family resort feel to it rather than a business feel but for corporate guests that want to get away from it all it would be ideal. The main room can split into three separate rooms.
The hotel is quite spread out and isn’t very flat! The main room which splits into three has two or three steps down between each section.
This hotel is well positioned very close to the A1 and main road network within the city and has plenty of free parking. It is also a couple of minutes from the Peterborough Arena for events that are taking place there. It has a very relaxed yet business like feel to it, the large attractive reception has a view through to the bar (with lovely outside space) and restaurant – although not open, it gives a feel of spaciousness, there are comfy seats and a fire place. The largest meeting room will accommodate 300 theatre and the other large room will hold 140 theatre however neither room has primary natural daylight.
Wi-Fi is available free of charge in the lobby but there is a charge in the rooms. No lift.
Haycock Hotel
This beautiful 16th century coaching inn is set in the pretty village of Wansford a short 10 minute drive from the city of Peterborough but also just off the A1. It has lots of history and was even a munitions factory during the war. The feel of the hotel is very traditional and maybe a little old fashioned in places, however that said, it does have a very friendly feel to it. The business centre has 6 meeting rooms holding 4-15 people. The large Ballroom has its own entrance and access to beautiful gardens. There is no lift in this venue.
William Cecil
Situated just of the A1 in Stamford, there is ample parking. The hotel is part of the Burghley estate and used to be part of a boarding house for Stamford school. The Bull and Swan next door is also part of the Burghley estate and offers a further 7 bedrooms in addition to the 27 at the William Cecil. There is a resident’s lounge that can be hired out and is ideal for smaller meetings. The Burghley room is the largest. They also have a marquee in the grounds for larger events. The bedrooms are all very unique and is each named as well as having a number.
Whilst the marquee in the grounds is fabulous for larger events, it isn’t allowed to be used after 8pm as it is next door to Stamford School for girls boarding house. Music isn’t allowed in the marquee. All this considered, there are a number of options in the main hotel for evening events with music.
Burghley House
Stunning! This is a 16th century Elizabethan house that took 33 years to build. It has amazing, beautifully kept grounds and breath taking rooms within the house as well as the old kitchen. There are a number of spaces that can be offered for events, drinks receptions and dinners both inside and out. If you’re looking for something impressive, grand and spectacular, you should certainly give it a try. I was blown away.
The house has a family in residence and because of this there may be some restrictions at certain times.
Barnsdale Hall Hotel
The main house is an old hunting lodge with original features like a grand staircase, large windows and heavy wooden doors. The accommodation is split over this building and two other modern buildings. The resort is set on a slight hill and as beautiful views over Rutland Water. The resort has more of a family resort feel to it rather than a business feel but for corporate guests that want to get away from it all it would be ideal. The main room can split into three separate rooms.
The hotel is quite spread out and isn’t very flat! The main room which splits into three has two or three steps down between each section.
Marriott Peterborough
This hotel is well positioned very close to the A1 and main road network within the city and has plenty of free parking. It is also a couple of minutes from the Peterborough Arena for events that are taking place there. It has a very relaxed yet business like feel to it, the large attractive reception has a view through to the bar (with lovely outside space) and restaurant – although not open, it gives a feel of spaciousness, there are comfy seats and a fire place. The largest meeting room will accommodate 300 theatre and the other large room will hold 140 theatre however neither room has primary natural daylight.
Wi-Fi is available free of charge in the lobby but there is a charge in the rooms. No lift.
Haycock Hotel
This beautiful 16th century coaching inn is set in the pretty village of Wansford a short 10 minute drive from the city of Peterborough but also just off the A1. It has lots of history and was even a munitions factory during the war. The feel of the hotel is very traditional and maybe a little old fashioned in places, however that said, it does have a very friendly feel to it. The business centre has 6 meeting rooms holding 4-15 people. The large Ballroom has its own entrance and access to beautiful gardens. There is no lift in this venue.
William Cecil
Situated just of the A1 in Stamford, there is ample parking. The hotel is part of the Burghley estate and used to be part of a boarding house for Stamford school. The Bull and Swan next door is also part of the Burghley estate and offers a further 7 bedrooms in addition to the 27 at the William Cecil. There is a resident’s lounge that can be hired out and is ideal for smaller meetings. The Burghley room is the largest. They also have a marquee in the grounds for larger events. The bedrooms are all very unique and is each named as well as having a number.
Whilst the marquee in the grounds is fabulous for larger events, it isn’t allowed to be used after 8pm as it is next door to Stamford School for girls boarding house. Music isn’t allowed in the marquee. All this considered, there are a number of options in the main hotel for evening events with music.
Burghley House
Stunning! This is a 16th century Elizabethan house that took 33 years to build. It has amazing, beautifully kept grounds and breath taking rooms within the house as well as the old kitchen. There are a number of spaces that can be offered for events, drinks receptions and dinners both inside and out. If you’re looking for something impressive, grand and spectacular, you should certainly give it a try. I was blown away.
The house has a family in residence and because of this there may be some restrictions at certain times.
Barnsdale Hall Hotel
The main house is an old hunting lodge with original features like a grand staircase, large windows and heavy wooden doors. The accommodation is split over this building and two other modern buildings. The resort is set on a slight hill and as beautiful views over Rutland Water. The resort has more of a family resort feel to it rather than a business feel but for corporate guests that want to get away from it all it would be ideal. The main room can split into three separate rooms.
The hotel is quite spread out and isn’t very flat! The main room which splits into three has two or three steps down between each section.
It is in a quiet location but don’t be fooled that it’s out of the way – it’s really close to the main road network in the city. Due to the nature and age of the building, there is no lift.
Marriott Peterborough
This hotel is well positioned very close to the A1 and main road network within the city and has plenty of free parking. It is also a couple of minutes from the Peterborough Arena for events that are taking place there. It has a very relaxed yet business like feel to it, the large attractive reception has a view through to the bar (with lovely outside space) and restaurant – although not open, it gives a feel of spaciousness, there are comfy seats and a fire place. The largest meeting room will accommodate 300 theatre and the other large room will hold 140 theatre however neither room has primary natural daylight.
Wi-Fi is available free of charge in the lobby but there is a charge in the rooms. No lift.
Haycock Hotel
This beautiful 16th century coaching inn is set in the pretty village of Wansford a short 10 minute drive from the city of Peterborough but also just off the A1. It has lots of history and was even a munitions factory during the war. The feel of the hotel is very traditional and maybe a little old fashioned in places, however that said, it does have a very friendly feel to it. The business centre has 6 meeting rooms holding 4-15 people. The large Ballroom has its own entrance and access to beautiful gardens. There is no lift in this venue.
William Cecil
Situated just of the A1 in Stamford, there is ample parking. The hotel is part of the Burghley estate and used to be part of a boarding house for Stamford school. The Bull and Swan next door is also part of the Burghley estate and offers a further 7 bedrooms in addition to the 27 at the William Cecil. There is a resident’s lounge that can be hired out and is ideal for smaller meetings. The Burghley room is the largest. They also have a marquee in the grounds for larger events. The bedrooms are all very unique and is each named as well as having a number.
Whilst the marquee in the grounds is fabulous for larger events, it isn’t allowed to be used after 8pm as it is next door to Stamford School for girls boarding house. Music isn’t allowed in the marquee. All this considered, there are a number of options in the main hotel for evening events with music.
Burghley House
Stunning! This is a 16th century Elizabethan house that took 33 years to build. It has amazing, beautifully kept grounds and breath taking rooms within the house as well as the old kitchen. There are a number of spaces that can be offered for events, drinks receptions and dinners both inside and out. If you’re looking for something impressive, grand and spectacular, you should certainly give it a try. I was blown away.
The house has a family in residence and because of this there may be some restrictions at certain times.
Barnsdale Hall Hotel
The main house is an old hunting lodge with original features like a grand staircase, large windows and heavy wooden doors. The accommodation is split over this building and two other modern buildings. The resort is set on a slight hill and as beautiful views over Rutland Water. The resort has more of a family resort feel to it rather than a business feel but for corporate guests that want to get away from it all it would be ideal. The main room can split into three separate rooms.
The hotel is quite spread out and isn’t very flat! The main room which splits into three has two or three steps down between each section.
It is in a quiet location but don’t be fooled that it’s out of the way – it’s really close to the main road network in the city. Due to the nature and age of the building, there is no lift.
Marriott Peterborough
This hotel is well positioned very close to the A1 and main road network within the city and has plenty of free parking. It is also a couple of minutes from the Peterborough Arena for events that are taking place there. It has a very relaxed yet business like feel to it, the large attractive reception has a view through to the bar (with lovely outside space) and restaurant – although not open, it gives a feel of spaciousness, there are comfy seats and a fire place. The largest meeting room will accommodate 300 theatre and the other large room will hold 140 theatre however neither room has primary natural daylight.
Wi-Fi is available free of charge in the lobby but there is a charge in the rooms. No lift.
Haycock Hotel
This beautiful 16th century coaching inn is set in the pretty village of Wansford a short 10 minute drive from the city of Peterborough but also just off the A1. It has lots of history and was even a munitions factory during the war. The feel of the hotel is very traditional and maybe a little old fashioned in places, however that said, it does have a very friendly feel to it. The business centre has 6 meeting rooms holding 4-15 people. The large Ballroom has its own entrance and access to beautiful gardens. There is no lift in this venue.
William Cecil
Situated just of the A1 in Stamford, there is ample parking. The hotel is part of the Burghley estate and used to be part of a boarding house for Stamford school. The Bull and Swan next door is also part of the Burghley estate and offers a further 7 bedrooms in addition to the 27 at the William Cecil. There is a resident’s lounge that can be hired out and is ideal for smaller meetings. The Burghley room is the largest. They also have a marquee in the grounds for larger events. The bedrooms are all very unique and is each named as well as having a number.
Whilst the marquee in the grounds is fabulous for larger events, it isn’t allowed to be used after 8pm as it is next door to Stamford School for girls boarding house. Music isn’t allowed in the marquee. All this considered, there are a number of options in the main hotel for evening events with music.
Burghley House
Stunning! This is a 16th century Elizabethan house that took 33 years to build. It has amazing, beautifully kept grounds and breath taking rooms within the house as well as the old kitchen. There are a number of spaces that can be offered for events, drinks receptions and dinners both inside and out. If you’re looking for something impressive, grand and spectacular, you should certainly give it a try. I was blown away.
The house has a family in residence and because of this there may be some restrictions at certain times.
Barnsdale Hall Hotel
The main house is an old hunting lodge with original features like a grand staircase, large windows and heavy wooden doors. The accommodation is split over this building and two other modern buildings. The resort is set on a slight hill and as beautiful views over Rutland Water. The resort has more of a family resort feel to it rather than a business feel but for corporate guests that want to get away from it all it would be ideal. The main room can split into three separate rooms.
The hotel is quite spread out and isn’t very flat! The main room which splits into three has two or three steps down between each section.
Very traditional in style, this 16th century former manor house could be accused of being old fashioned but I actually think the style suits it very well and it is certainly full of character. It is set in a beautiful woodland location with established trees – giving the hotel a very tranquil feel. There is original furniture and paintings dotted all around this sprawling hotel and the ‘history window’ gives an insight into what life was once like. The main large room can be split into four separate spaces. The Great Room (once a gift from the man of the house to his wife) has direct access to the gardens, an orangery and a bar / lounge area. The hotel also owns the pub next door giving increased flexibility when it comes to dining options. Short taxi ride from the train station.
It is in a quiet location but don’t be fooled that it’s out of the way – it’s really close to the main road network in the city. Due to the nature and age of the building, there is no lift.
Marriott Peterborough
This hotel is well positioned very close to the A1 and main road network within the city and has plenty of free parking. It is also a couple of minutes from the Peterborough Arena for events that are taking place there. It has a very relaxed yet business like feel to it, the large attractive reception has a view through to the bar (with lovely outside space) and restaurant – although not open, it gives a feel of spaciousness, there are comfy seats and a fire place. The largest meeting room will accommodate 300 theatre and the other large room will hold 140 theatre however neither room has primary natural daylight.
Wi-Fi is available free of charge in the lobby but there is a charge in the rooms. No lift.
Haycock Hotel
This beautiful 16th century coaching inn is set in the pretty village of Wansford a short 10 minute drive from the city of Peterborough but also just off the A1. It has lots of history and was even a munitions factory during the war. The feel of the hotel is very traditional and maybe a little old fashioned in places, however that said, it does have a very friendly feel to it. The business centre has 6 meeting rooms holding 4-15 people. The large Ballroom has its own entrance and access to beautiful gardens. There is no lift in this venue.
William Cecil
Situated just of the A1 in Stamford, there is ample parking. The hotel is part of the Burghley estate and used to be part of a boarding house for Stamford school. The Bull and Swan next door is also part of the Burghley estate and offers a further 7 bedrooms in addition to the 27 at the William Cecil. There is a resident’s lounge that can be hired out and is ideal for smaller meetings. The Burghley room is the largest. They also have a marquee in the grounds for larger events. The bedrooms are all very unique and is each named as well as having a number.
Whilst the marquee in the grounds is fabulous for larger events, it isn’t allowed to be used after 8pm as it is next door to Stamford School for girls boarding house. Music isn’t allowed in the marquee. All this considered, there are a number of options in the main hotel for evening events with music.
Burghley House
Stunning! This is a 16th century Elizabethan house that took 33 years to build. It has amazing, beautifully kept grounds and breath taking rooms within the house as well as the old kitchen. There are a number of spaces that can be offered for events, drinks receptions and dinners both inside and out. If you’re looking for something impressive, grand and spectacular, you should certainly give it a try. I was blown away.
The house has a family in residence and because of this there may be some restrictions at certain times.
Barnsdale Hall Hotel
The main house is an old hunting lodge with original features like a grand staircase, large windows and heavy wooden doors. The accommodation is split over this building and two other modern buildings. The resort is set on a slight hill and as beautiful views over Rutland Water. The resort has more of a family resort feel to it rather than a business feel but for corporate guests that want to get away from it all it would be ideal. The main room can split into three separate rooms.
The hotel is quite spread out and isn’t very flat! The main room which splits into three has two or three steps down between each section.
Very traditional in style, this 16th century former manor house could be accused of being old fashioned but I actually think the style suits it very well and it is certainly full of character. It is set in a beautiful woodland location with established trees – giving the hotel a very tranquil feel. There is original furniture and paintings dotted all around this sprawling hotel and the ‘history window’ gives an insight into what life was once like. The main large room can be split into four separate spaces. The Great Room (once a gift from the man of the house to his wife) has direct access to the gardens, an orangery and a bar / lounge area. The hotel also owns the pub next door giving increased flexibility when it comes to dining options. Short taxi ride from the train station.
It is in a quiet location but don’t be fooled that it’s out of the way – it’s really close to the main road network in the city. Due to the nature and age of the building, there is no lift.
Marriott Peterborough
This hotel is well positioned very close to the A1 and main road network within the city and has plenty of free parking. It is also a couple of minutes from the Peterborough Arena for events that are taking place there. It has a very relaxed yet business like feel to it, the large attractive reception has a view through to the bar (with lovely outside space) and restaurant – although not open, it gives a feel of spaciousness, there are comfy seats and a fire place. The largest meeting room will accommodate 300 theatre and the other large room will hold 140 theatre however neither room has primary natural daylight.
Wi-Fi is available free of charge in the lobby but there is a charge in the rooms. No lift.
Haycock Hotel
This beautiful 16th century coaching inn is set in the pretty village of Wansford a short 10 minute drive from the city of Peterborough but also just off the A1. It has lots of history and was even a munitions factory during the war. The feel of the hotel is very traditional and maybe a little old fashioned in places, however that said, it does have a very friendly feel to it. The business centre has 6 meeting rooms holding 4-15 people. The large Ballroom has its own entrance and access to beautiful gardens. There is no lift in this venue.
William Cecil
Situated just of the A1 in Stamford, there is ample parking. The hotel is part of the Burghley estate and used to be part of a boarding house for Stamford school. The Bull and Swan next door is also part of the Burghley estate and offers a further 7 bedrooms in addition to the 27 at the William Cecil. There is a resident’s lounge that can be hired out and is ideal for smaller meetings. The Burghley room is the largest. They also have a marquee in the grounds for larger events. The bedrooms are all very unique and is each named as well as having a number.
Whilst the marquee in the grounds is fabulous for larger events, it isn’t allowed to be used after 8pm as it is next door to Stamford School for girls boarding house. Music isn’t allowed in the marquee. All this considered, there are a number of options in the main hotel for evening events with music.
Burghley House
Stunning! This is a 16th century Elizabethan house that took 33 years to build. It has amazing, beautifully kept grounds and breath taking rooms within the house as well as the old kitchen. There are a number of spaces that can be offered for events, drinks receptions and dinners both inside and out. If you’re looking for something impressive, grand and spectacular, you should certainly give it a try. I was blown away.
The house has a family in residence and because of this there may be some restrictions at certain times.
Barnsdale Hall Hotel
The main house is an old hunting lodge with original features like a grand staircase, large windows and heavy wooden doors. The accommodation is split over this building and two other modern buildings. The resort is set on a slight hill and as beautiful views over Rutland Water. The resort has more of a family resort feel to it rather than a business feel but for corporate guests that want to get away from it all it would be ideal. The main room can split into three separate rooms.
The hotel is quite spread out and isn’t very flat! The main room which splits into three has two or three steps down between each section.
Orton Hall
Very traditional in style, this 16th century former manor house could be accused of being old fashioned but I actually think the style suits it very well and it is certainly full of character. It is set in a beautiful woodland location with established trees – giving the hotel a very tranquil feel. There is original furniture and paintings dotted all around this sprawling hotel and the ‘history window’ gives an insight into what life was once like. The main large room can be split into four separate spaces. The Great Room (once a gift from the man of the house to his wife) has direct access to the gardens, an orangery and a bar / lounge area. The hotel also owns the pub next door giving increased flexibility when it comes to dining options. Short taxi ride from the train station.
It is in a quiet location but don’t be fooled that it’s out of the way – it’s really close to the main road network in the city. Due to the nature and age of the building, there is no lift.
Marriott Peterborough
This hotel is well positioned very close to the A1 and main road network within the city and has plenty of free parking. It is also a couple of minutes from the Peterborough Arena for events that are taking place there. It has a very relaxed yet business like feel to it, the large attractive reception has a view through to the bar (with lovely outside space) and restaurant – although not open, it gives a feel of spaciousness, there are comfy seats and a fire place. The largest meeting room will accommodate 300 theatre and the other large room will hold 140 theatre however neither room has primary natural daylight.
Wi-Fi is available free of charge in the lobby but there is a charge in the rooms. No lift.
Haycock Hotel
This beautiful 16th century coaching inn is set in the pretty village of Wansford a short 10 minute drive from the city of Peterborough but also just off the A1. It has lots of history and was even a munitions factory during the war. The feel of the hotel is very traditional and maybe a little old fashioned in places, however that said, it does have a very friendly feel to it. The business centre has 6 meeting rooms holding 4-15 people. The large Ballroom has its own entrance and access to beautiful gardens. There is no lift in this venue.
William Cecil
Situated just of the A1 in Stamford, there is ample parking. The hotel is part of the Burghley estate and used to be part of a boarding house for Stamford school. The Bull and Swan next door is also part of the Burghley estate and offers a further 7 bedrooms in addition to the 27 at the William Cecil. There is a resident’s lounge that can be hired out and is ideal for smaller meetings. The Burghley room is the largest. They also have a marquee in the grounds for larger events. The bedrooms are all very unique and is each named as well as having a number.
Whilst the marquee in the grounds is fabulous for larger events, it isn’t allowed to be used after 8pm as it is next door to Stamford School for girls boarding house. Music isn’t allowed in the marquee. All this considered, there are a number of options in the main hotel for evening events with music.
Burghley House
Stunning! This is a 16th century Elizabethan house that took 33 years to build. It has amazing, beautifully kept grounds and breath taking rooms within the house as well as the old kitchen. There are a number of spaces that can be offered for events, drinks receptions and dinners both inside and out. If you’re looking for something impressive, grand and spectacular, you should certainly give it a try. I was blown away.
The house has a family in residence and because of this there may be some restrictions at certain times.
Barnsdale Hall Hotel
The main house is an old hunting lodge with original features like a grand staircase, large windows and heavy wooden doors. The accommodation is split over this building and two other modern buildings. The resort is set on a slight hill and as beautiful views over Rutland Water. The resort has more of a family resort feel to it rather than a business feel but for corporate guests that want to get away from it all it would be ideal. The main room can split into three separate rooms.
The hotel is quite spread out and isn’t very flat! The main room which splits into three has two or three steps down between each section.
Orton Hall
Very traditional in style, this 16th century former manor house could be accused of being old fashioned but I actually think the style suits it very well and it is certainly full of character. It is set in a beautiful woodland location with established trees – giving the hotel a very tranquil feel. There is original furniture and paintings dotted all around this sprawling hotel and the ‘history window’ gives an insight into what life was once like. The main large room can be split into four separate spaces. The Great Room (once a gift from the man of the house to his wife) has direct access to the gardens, an orangery and a bar / lounge area. The hotel also owns the pub next door giving increased flexibility when it comes to dining options. Short taxi ride from the train station.
It is in a quiet location but don’t be fooled that it’s out of the way – it’s really close to the main road network in the city. Due to the nature and age of the building, there is no lift.
Marriott Peterborough
This hotel is well positioned very close to the A1 and main road network within the city and has plenty of free parking. It is also a couple of minutes from the Peterborough Arena for events that are taking place there. It has a very relaxed yet business like feel to it, the large attractive reception has a view through to the bar (with lovely outside space) and restaurant – although not open, it gives a feel of spaciousness, there are comfy seats and a fire place. The largest meeting room will accommodate 300 theatre and the other large room will hold 140 theatre however neither room has primary natural daylight.
Wi-Fi is available free of charge in the lobby but there is a charge in the rooms. No lift.
Haycock Hotel
This beautiful 16th century coaching inn is set in the pretty village of Wansford a short 10 minute drive from the city of Peterborough but also just off the A1. It has lots of history and was even a munitions factory during the war. The feel of the hotel is very traditional and maybe a little old fashioned in places, however that said, it does have a very friendly feel to it. The business centre has 6 meeting rooms holding 4-15 people. The large Ballroom has its own entrance and access to beautiful gardens. There is no lift in this venue.
William Cecil
Situated just of the A1 in Stamford, there is ample parking. The hotel is part of the Burghley estate and used to be part of a boarding house for Stamford school. The Bull and Swan next door is also part of the Burghley estate and offers a further 7 bedrooms in addition to the 27 at the William Cecil. There is a resident’s lounge that can be hired out and is ideal for smaller meetings. The Burghley room is the largest. They also have a marquee in the grounds for larger events. The bedrooms are all very unique and is each named as well as having a number.
Whilst the marquee in the grounds is fabulous for larger events, it isn’t allowed to be used after 8pm as it is next door to Stamford School for girls boarding house. Music isn’t allowed in the marquee. All this considered, there are a number of options in the main hotel for evening events with music.
Burghley House
Stunning! This is a 16th century Elizabethan house that took 33 years to build. It has amazing, beautifully kept grounds and breath taking rooms within the house as well as the old kitchen. There are a number of spaces that can be offered for events, drinks receptions and dinners both inside and out. If you’re looking for something impressive, grand and spectacular, you should certainly give it a try. I was blown away.
The house has a family in residence and because of this there may be some restrictions at certain times.
Barnsdale Hall Hotel
The main house is an old hunting lodge with original features like a grand staircase, large windows and heavy wooden doors. The accommodation is split over this building and two other modern buildings. The resort is set on a slight hill and as beautiful views over Rutland Water. The resort has more of a family resort feel to it rather than a business feel but for corporate guests that want to get away from it all it would be ideal. The main room can split into three separate rooms.
The hotel is quite spread out and isn’t very flat! The main room which splits into three has two or three steps down between each section.
Orton Hall
Very traditional in style, this 16th century former manor house could be accused of being old fashioned but I actually think the style suits it very well and it is certainly full of character. It is set in a beautiful woodland location with established trees – giving the hotel a very tranquil feel. There is original furniture and paintings dotted all around this sprawling hotel and the ‘history window’ gives an insight into what life was once like. The main large room can be split into four separate spaces. The Great Room (once a gift from the man of the house to his wife) has direct access to the gardens, an orangery and a bar / lounge area. The hotel also owns the pub next door giving increased flexibility when it comes to dining options. Short taxi ride from the train station.
It is in a quiet location but don’t be fooled that it’s out of the way – it’s really close to the main road network in the city. Due to the nature and age of the building, there is no lift.
Marriott Peterborough
This hotel is well positioned very close to the A1 and main road network within the city and has plenty of free parking. It is also a couple of minutes from the Peterborough Arena for events that are taking place there. It has a very relaxed yet business like feel to it, the large attractive reception has a view through to the bar (with lovely outside space) and restaurant – although not open, it gives a feel of spaciousness, there are comfy seats and a fire place. The largest meeting room will accommodate 300 theatre and the other large room will hold 140 theatre however neither room has primary natural daylight.
Wi-Fi is available free of charge in the lobby but there is a charge in the rooms. No lift.
Haycock Hotel
This beautiful 16th century coaching inn is set in the pretty village of Wansford a short 10 minute drive from the city of Peterborough but also just off the A1. It has lots of history and was even a munitions factory during the war. The feel of the hotel is very traditional and maybe a little old fashioned in places, however that said, it does have a very friendly feel to it. The business centre has 6 meeting rooms holding 4-15 people. The large Ballroom has its own entrance and access to beautiful gardens. There is no lift in this venue.
William Cecil
Situated just of the A1 in Stamford, there is ample parking. The hotel is part of the Burghley estate and used to be part of a boarding house for Stamford school. The Bull and Swan next door is also part of the Burghley estate and offers a further 7 bedrooms in addition to the 27 at the William Cecil. There is a resident’s lounge that can be hired out and is ideal for smaller meetings. The Burghley room is the largest. They also have a marquee in the grounds for larger events. The bedrooms are all very unique and is each named as well as having a number.
Whilst the marquee in the grounds is fabulous for larger events, it isn’t allowed to be used after 8pm as it is next door to Stamford School for girls boarding house. Music isn’t allowed in the marquee. All this considered, there are a number of options in the main hotel for evening events with music.
Burghley House
Stunning! This is a 16th century Elizabethan house that took 33 years to build. It has amazing, beautifully kept grounds and breath taking rooms within the house as well as the old kitchen. There are a number of spaces that can be offered for events, drinks receptions and dinners both inside and out. If you’re looking for something impressive, grand and spectacular, you should certainly give it a try. I was blown away.
The house has a family in residence and because of this there may be some restrictions at certain times.
Barnsdale Hall Hotel
The main house is an old hunting lodge with original features like a grand staircase, large windows and heavy wooden doors. The accommodation is split over this building and two other modern buildings. The resort is set on a slight hill and as beautiful views over Rutland Water. The resort has more of a family resort feel to it rather than a business feel but for corporate guests that want to get away from it all it would be ideal. The main room can split into three separate rooms.
The hotel is quite spread out and isn’t very flat! The main room which splits into three has two or three steps down between each section.
This is a well-established hotel in Peterborough in a good location not far from the A1 and main links through the city but also a short walk from the attractive Ferry Meadows and all that has to offer. The reception is fresh yet traditional in style – slight colonial style feel about it. The hotel has two large meeting spaces – the larger of the two can accommodate 450 theatre with high ceilings and car access and a large pre function foyer. There is also a smaller meeting space also with its own foyer area. The hotel has a good modern business like conference centre with 6 rooms and a conference café – perfect for smaller meetings from 4 to 20 people. The bar has a relaxing feel about it and the restaurant benefits from a semi private dining area. There is also a great leisure facilities for those who will have time to benefit from them.
The hotel has quite a tired feel from the outside and looks quite dated however this feel doesn’t continue to the inside of the property.
Orton Hall
Very traditional in style, this 16th century former manor house could be accused of being old fashioned but I actually think the style suits it very well and it is certainly full of character. It is set in a beautiful woodland location with established trees – giving the hotel a very tranquil feel. There is original furniture and paintings dotted all around this sprawling hotel and the ‘history window’ gives an insight into what life was once like. The main large room can be split into four separate spaces. The Great Room (once a gift from the man of the house to his wife) has direct access to the gardens, an orangery and a bar / lounge area. The hotel also owns the pub next door giving increased flexibility when it comes to dining options. Short taxi ride from the train station.
It is in a quiet location but don’t be fooled that it’s out of the way – it’s really close to the main road network in the city. Due to the nature and age of the building, there is no lift.
Marriott Peterborough
This hotel is well positioned very close to the A1 and main road network within the city and has plenty of free parking. It is also a couple of minutes from the Peterborough Arena for events that are taking place there. It has a very relaxed yet business like feel to it, the large attractive reception has a view through to the bar (with lovely outside space) and restaurant – although not open, it gives a feel of spaciousness, there are comfy seats and a fire place. The largest meeting room will accommodate 300 theatre and the other large room will hold 140 theatre however neither room has primary natural daylight.
Wi-Fi is available free of charge in the lobby but there is a charge in the rooms. No lift.
Haycock Hotel
This beautiful 16th century coaching inn is set in the pretty village of Wansford a short 10 minute drive from the city of Peterborough but also just off the A1. It has lots of history and was even a munitions factory during the war. The feel of the hotel is very traditional and maybe a little old fashioned in places, however that said, it does have a very friendly feel to it. The business centre has 6 meeting rooms holding 4-15 people. The large Ballroom has its own entrance and access to beautiful gardens. There is no lift in this venue.
William Cecil
Situated just of the A1 in Stamford, there is ample parking. The hotel is part of the Burghley estate and used to be part of a boarding house for Stamford school. The Bull and Swan next door is also part of the Burghley estate and offers a further 7 bedrooms in addition to the 27 at the William Cecil. There is a resident’s lounge that can be hired out and is ideal for smaller meetings. The Burghley room is the largest. They also have a marquee in the grounds for larger events. The bedrooms are all very unique and is each named as well as having a number.
Whilst the marquee in the grounds is fabulous for larger events, it isn’t allowed to be used after 8pm as it is next door to Stamford School for girls boarding house. Music isn’t allowed in the marquee. All this considered, there are a number of options in the main hotel for evening events with music.
Burghley House
Stunning! This is a 16th century Elizabethan house that took 33 years to build. It has amazing, beautifully kept grounds and breath taking rooms within the house as well as the old kitchen. There are a number of spaces that can be offered for events, drinks receptions and dinners both inside and out. If you’re looking for something impressive, grand and spectacular, you should certainly give it a try. I was blown away.
The house has a family in residence and because of this there may be some restrictions at certain times.
Barnsdale Hall Hotel
The main house is an old hunting lodge with original features like a grand staircase, large windows and heavy wooden doors. The accommodation is split over this building and two other modern buildings. The resort is set on a slight hill and as beautiful views over Rutland Water. The resort has more of a family resort feel to it rather than a business feel but for corporate guests that want to get away from it all it would be ideal. The main room can split into three separate rooms.
The hotel is quite spread out and isn’t very flat! The main room which splits into three has two or three steps down between each section.
This is a well-established hotel in Peterborough in a good location not far from the A1 and main links through the city but also a short walk from the attractive Ferry Meadows and all that has to offer. The reception is fresh yet traditional in style – slight colonial style feel about it. The hotel has two large meeting spaces – the larger of the two can accommodate 450 theatre with high ceilings and car access and a large pre function foyer. There is also a smaller meeting space also with its own foyer area. The hotel has a good modern business like conference centre with 6 rooms and a conference café – perfect for smaller meetings from 4 to 20 people. The bar has a relaxing feel about it and the restaurant benefits from a semi private dining area. There is also a great leisure facilities for those who will have time to benefit from them.
The hotel has quite a tired feel from the outside and looks quite dated however this feel doesn’t continue to the inside of the property.
Orton Hall
Very traditional in style, this 16th century former manor house could be accused of being old fashioned but I actually think the style suits it very well and it is certainly full of character. It is set in a beautiful woodland location with established trees – giving the hotel a very tranquil feel. There is original furniture and paintings dotted all around this sprawling hotel and the ‘history window’ gives an insight into what life was once like. The main large room can be split into four separate spaces. The Great Room (once a gift from the man of the house to his wife) has direct access to the gardens, an orangery and a bar / lounge area. The hotel also owns the pub next door giving increased flexibility when it comes to dining options. Short taxi ride from the train station.
It is in a quiet location but don’t be fooled that it’s out of the way – it’s really close to the main road network in the city. Due to the nature and age of the building, there is no lift.
Marriott Peterborough
This hotel is well positioned very close to the A1 and main road network within the city and has plenty of free parking. It is also a couple of minutes from the Peterborough Arena for events that are taking place there. It has a very relaxed yet business like feel to it, the large attractive reception has a view through to the bar (with lovely outside space) and restaurant – although not open, it gives a feel of spaciousness, there are comfy seats and a fire place. The largest meeting room will accommodate 300 theatre and the other large room will hold 140 theatre however neither room has primary natural daylight.
Wi-Fi is available free of charge in the lobby but there is a charge in the rooms. No lift.
Haycock Hotel
This beautiful 16th century coaching inn is set in the pretty village of Wansford a short 10 minute drive from the city of Peterborough but also just off the A1. It has lots of history and was even a munitions factory during the war. The feel of the hotel is very traditional and maybe a little old fashioned in places, however that said, it does have a very friendly feel to it. The business centre has 6 meeting rooms holding 4-15 people. The large Ballroom has its own entrance and access to beautiful gardens. There is no lift in this venue.
William Cecil
Situated just of the A1 in Stamford, there is ample parking. The hotel is part of the Burghley estate and used to be part of a boarding house for Stamford school. The Bull and Swan next door is also part of the Burghley estate and offers a further 7 bedrooms in addition to the 27 at the William Cecil. There is a resident’s lounge that can be hired out and is ideal for smaller meetings. The Burghley room is the largest. They also have a marquee in the grounds for larger events. The bedrooms are all very unique and is each named as well as having a number.
Whilst the marquee in the grounds is fabulous for larger events, it isn’t allowed to be used after 8pm as it is next door to Stamford School for girls boarding house. Music isn’t allowed in the marquee. All this considered, there are a number of options in the main hotel for evening events with music.
Burghley House
Stunning! This is a 16th century Elizabethan house that took 33 years to build. It has amazing, beautifully kept grounds and breath taking rooms within the house as well as the old kitchen. There are a number of spaces that can be offered for events, drinks receptions and dinners both inside and out. If you’re looking for something impressive, grand and spectacular, you should certainly give it a try. I was blown away.
The house has a family in residence and because of this there may be some restrictions at certain times.
Barnsdale Hall Hotel
The main house is an old hunting lodge with original features like a grand staircase, large windows and heavy wooden doors. The accommodation is split over this building and two other modern buildings. The resort is set on a slight hill and as beautiful views over Rutland Water. The resort has more of a family resort feel to it rather than a business feel but for corporate guests that want to get away from it all it would be ideal. The main room can split into three separate rooms.
The hotel is quite spread out and isn’t very flat! The main room which splits into three has two or three steps down between each section.
Holiday Inn Peterborough
This is a well-established hotel in Peterborough in a good location not far from the A1 and main links through the city but also a short walk from the attractive Ferry Meadows and all that has to offer. The reception is fresh yet traditional in style – slight colonial style feel about it. The hotel has two large meeting spaces – the larger of the two can accommodate 450 theatre with high ceilings and car access and a large pre function foyer. There is also a smaller meeting space also with its own foyer area. The hotel has a good modern business like conference centre with 6 rooms and a conference café – perfect for smaller meetings from 4 to 20 people. The bar has a relaxing feel about it and the restaurant benefits from a semi private dining area. There is also a great leisure facilities for those who will have time to benefit from them.
The hotel has quite a tired feel from the outside and looks quite dated however this feel doesn’t continue to the inside of the property.
Orton Hall
Very traditional in style, this 16th century former manor house could be accused of being old fashioned but I actually think the style suits it very well and it is certainly full of character. It is set in a beautiful woodland location with established trees – giving the hotel a very tranquil feel. There is original furniture and paintings dotted all around this sprawling hotel and the ‘history window’ gives an insight into what life was once like. The main large room can be split into four separate spaces. The Great Room (once a gift from the man of the house to his wife) has direct access to the gardens, an orangery and a bar / lounge area. The hotel also owns the pub next door giving increased flexibility when it comes to dining options. Short taxi ride from the train station.
It is in a quiet location but don’t be fooled that it’s out of the way – it’s really close to the main road network in the city. Due to the nature and age of the building, there is no lift.
Marriott Peterborough
This hotel is well positioned very close to the A1 and main road network within the city and has plenty of free parking. It is also a couple of minutes from the Peterborough Arena for events that are taking place there. It has a very relaxed yet business like feel to it, the large attractive reception has a view through to the bar (with lovely outside space) and restaurant – although not open, it gives a feel of spaciousness, there are comfy seats and a fire place. The largest meeting room will accommodate 300 theatre and the other large room will hold 140 theatre however neither room has primary natural daylight.
Wi-Fi is available free of charge in the lobby but there is a charge in the rooms. No lift.
Haycock Hotel
This beautiful 16th century coaching inn is set in the pretty village of Wansford a short 10 minute drive from the city of Peterborough but also just off the A1. It has lots of history and was even a munitions factory during the war. The feel of the hotel is very traditional and maybe a little old fashioned in places, however that said, it does have a very friendly feel to it. The business centre has 6 meeting rooms holding 4-15 people. The large Ballroom has its own entrance and access to beautiful gardens. There is no lift in this venue.
William Cecil
Situated just of the A1 in Stamford, there is ample parking. The hotel is part of the Burghley estate and used to be part of a boarding house for Stamford school. The Bull and Swan next door is also part of the Burghley estate and offers a further 7 bedrooms in addition to the 27 at the William Cecil. There is a resident’s lounge that can be hired out and is ideal for smaller meetings. The Burghley room is the largest. They also have a marquee in the grounds for larger events. The bedrooms are all very unique and is each named as well as having a number.
Whilst the marquee in the grounds is fabulous for larger events, it isn’t allowed to be used after 8pm as it is next door to Stamford School for girls boarding house. Music isn’t allowed in the marquee. All this considered, there are a number of options in the main hotel for evening events with music.
Burghley House
Stunning! This is a 16th century Elizabethan house that took 33 years to build. It has amazing, beautifully kept grounds and breath taking rooms within the house as well as the old kitchen. There are a number of spaces that can be offered for events, drinks receptions and dinners both inside and out. If you’re looking for something impressive, grand and spectacular, you should certainly give it a try. I was blown away.
The house has a family in residence and because of this there may be some restrictions at certain times.
Barnsdale Hall Hotel
The main house is an old hunting lodge with original features like a grand staircase, large windows and heavy wooden doors. The accommodation is split over this building and two other modern buildings. The resort is set on a slight hill and as beautiful views over Rutland Water. The resort has more of a family resort feel to it rather than a business feel but for corporate guests that want to get away from it all it would be ideal. The main room can split into three separate rooms.
The hotel is quite spread out and isn’t very flat! The main room which splits into three has two or three steps down between each section.
Holiday Inn Peterborough
This is a well-established hotel in Peterborough in a good location not far from the A1 and main links through the city but also a short walk from the attractive Ferry Meadows and all that has to offer. The reception is fresh yet traditional in style – slight colonial style feel about it. The hotel has two large meeting spaces – the larger of the two can accommodate 450 theatre with high ceilings and car access and a large pre function foyer. There is also a smaller meeting space also with its own foyer area. The hotel has a good modern business like conference centre with 6 rooms and a conference café – perfect for smaller meetings from 4 to 20 people. The bar has a relaxing feel about it and the restaurant benefits from a semi private dining area. There is also a great leisure facilities for those who will have time to benefit from them.
The hotel has quite a tired feel from the outside and looks quite dated however this feel doesn’t continue to the inside of the property.
Orton Hall
Very traditional in style, this 16th century former manor house could be accused of being old fashioned but I actually think the style suits it very well and it is certainly full of character. It is set in a beautiful woodland location with established trees – giving the hotel a very tranquil feel. There is original furniture and paintings dotted all around this sprawling hotel and the ‘history window’ gives an insight into what life was once like. The main large room can be split into four separate spaces. The Great Room (once a gift from the man of the house to his wife) has direct access to the gardens, an orangery and a bar / lounge area. The hotel also owns the pub next door giving increased flexibility when it comes to dining options. Short taxi ride from the train station.
It is in a quiet location but don’t be fooled that it’s out of the way – it’s really close to the main road network in the city. Due to the nature and age of the building, there is no lift.
Marriott Peterborough
This hotel is well positioned very close to the A1 and main road network within the city and has plenty of free parking. It is also a couple of minutes from the Peterborough Arena for events that are taking place there. It has a very relaxed yet business like feel to it, the large attractive reception has a view through to the bar (with lovely outside space) and restaurant – although not open, it gives a feel of spaciousness, there are comfy seats and a fire place. The largest meeting room will accommodate 300 theatre and the other large room will hold 140 theatre however neither room has primary natural daylight.
Wi-Fi is available free of charge in the lobby but there is a charge in the rooms. No lift.
Haycock Hotel
This beautiful 16th century coaching inn is set in the pretty village of Wansford a short 10 minute drive from the city of Peterborough but also just off the A1. It has lots of history and was even a munitions factory during the war. The feel of the hotel is very traditional and maybe a little old fashioned in places, however that said, it does have a very friendly feel to it. The business centre has 6 meeting rooms holding 4-15 people. The large Ballroom has its own entrance and access to beautiful gardens. There is no lift in this venue.
William Cecil
Situated just of the A1 in Stamford, there is ample parking. The hotel is part of the Burghley estate and used to be part of a boarding house for Stamford school. The Bull and Swan next door is also part of the Burghley estate and offers a further 7 bedrooms in addition to the 27 at the William Cecil. There is a resident’s lounge that can be hired out and is ideal for smaller meetings. The Burghley room is the largest. They also have a marquee in the grounds for larger events. The bedrooms are all very unique and is each named as well as having a number.
Whilst the marquee in the grounds is fabulous for larger events, it isn’t allowed to be used after 8pm as it is next door to Stamford School for girls boarding house. Music isn’t allowed in the marquee. All this considered, there are a number of options in the main hotel for evening events with music.
Burghley House
Stunning! This is a 16th century Elizabethan house that took 33 years to build. It has amazing, beautifully kept grounds and breath taking rooms within the house as well as the old kitchen. There are a number of spaces that can be offered for events, drinks receptions and dinners both inside and out. If you’re looking for something impressive, grand and spectacular, you should certainly give it a try. I was blown away.
The house has a family in residence and because of this there may be some restrictions at certain times.
Barnsdale Hall Hotel
The main house is an old hunting lodge with original features like a grand staircase, large windows and heavy wooden doors. The accommodation is split over this building and two other modern buildings. The resort is set on a slight hill and as beautiful views over Rutland Water. The resort has more of a family resort feel to it rather than a business feel but for corporate guests that want to get away from it all it would be ideal. The main room can split into three separate rooms.
The hotel is quite spread out and isn’t very flat! The main room which splits into three has two or three steps down between each section.
Ideally located on one of the main parkways through the city, this is a recently built hotel providing very easy access from the train station and to the city centre. The hotel has its own secure car park. The bar, reception and restaurant is one large spacious and bright area that runs from front to back. The feel is modern and comfortable. The recently refurbished conference space consists of a pre function area and three rooms all of which have removable partitions to create one large room for a larger event or Christmas party (max 100 people on full rounds). One of the rooms has a cleverly concealed bar and is hidden further behind a screen. On the ground floor, the space benefits from lots of natural daylight. This is a good 3 star hotel centrally located on a main road, however I was unable to hear the road from the bedrooms.
Holiday Inn Peterborough
This is a well-established hotel in Peterborough in a good location not far from the A1 and main links through the city but also a short walk from the attractive Ferry Meadows and all that has to offer. The reception is fresh yet traditional in style – slight colonial style feel about it. The hotel has two large meeting spaces – the larger of the two can accommodate 450 theatre with high ceilings and car access and a large pre function foyer. There is also a smaller meeting space also with its own foyer area. The hotel has a good modern business like conference centre with 6 rooms and a conference café – perfect for smaller meetings from 4 to 20 people. The bar has a relaxing feel about it and the restaurant benefits from a semi private dining area. There is also a great leisure facilities for those who will have time to benefit from them.
The hotel has quite a tired feel from the outside and looks quite dated however this feel doesn’t continue to the inside of the property.
Orton Hall
Very traditional in style, this 16th century former manor house could be accused of being old fashioned but I actually think the style suits it very well and it is certainly full of character. It is set in a beautiful woodland location with established trees – giving the hotel a very tranquil feel. There is original furniture and paintings dotted all around this sprawling hotel and the ‘history window’ gives an insight into what life was once like. The main large room can be split into four separate spaces. The Great Room (once a gift from the man of the house to his wife) has direct access to the gardens, an orangery and a bar / lounge area. The hotel also owns the pub next door giving increased flexibility when it comes to dining options. Short taxi ride from the train station.
It is in a quiet location but don’t be fooled that it’s out of the way – it’s really close to the main road network in the city. Due to the nature and age of the building, there is no lift.
Marriott Peterborough
This hotel is well positioned very close to the A1 and main road network within the city and has plenty of free parking. It is also a couple of minutes from the Peterborough Arena for events that are taking place there. It has a very relaxed yet business like feel to it, the large attractive reception has a view through to the bar (with lovely outside space) and restaurant – although not open, it gives a feel of spaciousness, there are comfy seats and a fire place. The largest meeting room will accommodate 300 theatre and the other large room will hold 140 theatre however neither room has primary natural daylight.
Wi-Fi is available free of charge in the lobby but there is a charge in the rooms. No lift.
Haycock Hotel
This beautiful 16th century coaching inn is set in the pretty village of Wansford a short 10 minute drive from the city of Peterborough but also just off the A1. It has lots of history and was even a munitions factory during the war. The feel of the hotel is very traditional and maybe a little old fashioned in places, however that said, it does have a very friendly feel to it. The business centre has 6 meeting rooms holding 4-15 people. The large Ballroom has its own entrance and access to beautiful gardens. There is no lift in this venue.
William Cecil
Situated just of the A1 in Stamford, there is ample parking. The hotel is part of the Burghley estate and used to be part of a boarding house for Stamford school. The Bull and Swan next door is also part of the Burghley estate and offers a further 7 bedrooms in addition to the 27 at the William Cecil. There is a resident’s lounge that can be hired out and is ideal for smaller meetings. The Burghley room is the largest. They also have a marquee in the grounds for larger events. The bedrooms are all very unique and is each named as well as having a number.
Whilst the marquee in the grounds is fabulous for larger events, it isn’t allowed to be used after 8pm as it is next door to Stamford School for girls boarding house. Music isn’t allowed in the marquee. All this considered, there are a number of options in the main hotel for evening events with music.
Burghley House
Stunning! This is a 16th century Elizabethan house that took 33 years to build. It has amazing, beautifully kept grounds and breath taking rooms within the house as well as the old kitchen. There are a number of spaces that can be offered for events, drinks receptions and dinners both inside and out. If you’re looking for something impressive, grand and spectacular, you should certainly give it a try. I was blown away.
The house has a family in residence and because of this there may be some restrictions at certain times.
Barnsdale Hall Hotel
The main house is an old hunting lodge with original features like a grand staircase, large windows and heavy wooden doors. The accommodation is split over this building and two other modern buildings. The resort is set on a slight hill and as beautiful views over Rutland Water. The resort has more of a family resort feel to it rather than a business feel but for corporate guests that want to get away from it all it would be ideal. The main room can split into three separate rooms.
The hotel is quite spread out and isn’t very flat! The main room which splits into three has two or three steps down between each section.
Ideally located on one of the main parkways through the city, this is a recently built hotel providing very easy access from the train station and to the city centre. The hotel has its own secure car park. The bar, reception and restaurant is one large spacious and bright area that runs from front to back. The feel is modern and comfortable. The recently refurbished conference space consists of a pre function area and three rooms all of which have removable partitions to create one large room for a larger event or Christmas party (max 100 people on full rounds). One of the rooms has a cleverly concealed bar and is hidden further behind a screen. On the ground floor, the space benefits from lots of natural daylight. This is a good 3 star hotel centrally located on a main road, however I was unable to hear the road from the bedrooms.
Holiday Inn Peterborough
This is a well-established hotel in Peterborough in a good location not far from the A1 and main links through the city but also a short walk from the attractive Ferry Meadows and all that has to offer. The reception is fresh yet traditional in style – slight colonial style feel about it. The hotel has two large meeting spaces – the larger of the two can accommodate 450 theatre with high ceilings and car access and a large pre function foyer. There is also a smaller meeting space also with its own foyer area. The hotel has a good modern business like conference centre with 6 rooms and a conference café – perfect for smaller meetings from 4 to 20 people. The bar has a relaxing feel about it and the restaurant benefits from a semi private dining area. There is also a great leisure facilities for those who will have time to benefit from them.
The hotel has quite a tired feel from the outside and looks quite dated however this feel doesn’t continue to the inside of the property.
Orton Hall
Very traditional in style, this 16th century former manor house could be accused of being old fashioned but I actually think the style suits it very well and it is certainly full of character. It is set in a beautiful woodland location with established trees – giving the hotel a very tranquil feel. There is original furniture and paintings dotted all around this sprawling hotel and the ‘history window’ gives an insight into what life was once like. The main large room can be split into four separate spaces. The Great Room (once a gift from the man of the house to his wife) has direct access to the gardens, an orangery and a bar / lounge area. The hotel also owns the pub next door giving increased flexibility when it comes to dining options. Short taxi ride from the train station.
It is in a quiet location but don’t be fooled that it’s out of the way – it’s really close to the main road network in the city. Due to the nature and age of the building, there is no lift.
Marriott Peterborough
This hotel is well positioned very close to the A1 and main road network within the city and has plenty of free parking. It is also a couple of minutes from the Peterborough Arena for events that are taking place there. It has a very relaxed yet business like feel to it, the large attractive reception has a view through to the bar (with lovely outside space) and restaurant – although not open, it gives a feel of spaciousness, there are comfy seats and a fire place. The largest meeting room will accommodate 300 theatre and the other large room will hold 140 theatre however neither room has primary natural daylight.
Wi-Fi is available free of charge in the lobby but there is a charge in the rooms. No lift.
Haycock Hotel
This beautiful 16th century coaching inn is set in the pretty village of Wansford a short 10 minute drive from the city of Peterborough but also just off the A1. It has lots of history and was even a munitions factory during the war. The feel of the hotel is very traditional and maybe a little old fashioned in places, however that said, it does have a very friendly feel to it. The business centre has 6 meeting rooms holding 4-15 people. The large Ballroom has its own entrance and access to beautiful gardens. There is no lift in this venue.
William Cecil
Situated just of the A1 in Stamford, there is ample parking. The hotel is part of the Burghley estate and used to be part of a boarding house for Stamford school. The Bull and Swan next door is also part of the Burghley estate and offers a further 7 bedrooms in addition to the 27 at the William Cecil. There is a resident’s lounge that can be hired out and is ideal for smaller meetings. The Burghley room is the largest. They also have a marquee in the grounds for larger events. The bedrooms are all very unique and is each named as well as having a number.
Whilst the marquee in the grounds is fabulous for larger events, it isn’t allowed to be used after 8pm as it is next door to Stamford School for girls boarding house. Music isn’t allowed in the marquee. All this considered, there are a number of options in the main hotel for evening events with music.
Burghley House
Stunning! This is a 16th century Elizabethan house that took 33 years to build. It has amazing, beautifully kept grounds and breath taking rooms within the house as well as the old kitchen. There are a number of spaces that can be offered for events, drinks receptions and dinners both inside and out. If you’re looking for something impressive, grand and spectacular, you should certainly give it a try. I was blown away.
The house has a family in residence and because of this there may be some restrictions at certain times.
Barnsdale Hall Hotel
The main house is an old hunting lodge with original features like a grand staircase, large windows and heavy wooden doors. The accommodation is split over this building and two other modern buildings. The resort is set on a slight hill and as beautiful views over Rutland Water. The resort has more of a family resort feel to it rather than a business feel but for corporate guests that want to get away from it all it would be ideal. The main room can split into three separate rooms.
The hotel is quite spread out and isn’t very flat! The main room which splits into three has two or three steps down between each section.
Park Inn Peterborough
Ideally located on one of the main parkways through the city, this is a recently built hotel providing very easy access from the train station and to the city centre. The hotel has its own secure car park. The bar, reception and restaurant is one large spacious and bright area that runs from front to back. The feel is modern and comfortable. The recently refurbished conference space consists of a pre function area and three rooms all of which have removable partitions to create one large room for a larger event or Christmas party (max 100 people on full rounds). One of the rooms has a cleverly concealed bar and is hidden further behind a screen. On the ground floor, the space benefits from lots of natural daylight. This is a good 3 star hotel centrally located on a main road, however I was unable to hear the road from the bedrooms.
Holiday Inn Peterborough
This is a well-established hotel in Peterborough in a good location not far from the A1 and main links through the city but also a short walk from the attractive Ferry Meadows and all that has to offer. The reception is fresh yet traditional in style – slight colonial style feel about it. The hotel has two large meeting spaces – the larger of the two can accommodate 450 theatre with high ceilings and car access and a large pre function foyer. There is also a smaller meeting space also with its own foyer area. The hotel has a good modern business like conference centre with 6 rooms and a conference café – perfect for smaller meetings from 4 to 20 people. The bar has a relaxing feel about it and the restaurant benefits from a semi private dining area. There is also a great leisure facilities for those who will have time to benefit from them.
The hotel has quite a tired feel from the outside and looks quite dated however this feel doesn’t continue to the inside of the property.
Orton Hall
Very traditional in style, this 16th century former manor house could be accused of being old fashioned but I actually think the style suits it very well and it is certainly full of character. It is set in a beautiful woodland location with established trees – giving the hotel a very tranquil feel. There is original furniture and paintings dotted all around this sprawling hotel and the ‘history window’ gives an insight into what life was once like. The main large room can be split into four separate spaces. The Great Room (once a gift from the man of the house to his wife) has direct access to the gardens, an orangery and a bar / lounge area. The hotel also owns the pub next door giving increased flexibility when it comes to dining options. Short taxi ride from the train station.
It is in a quiet location but don’t be fooled that it’s out of the way – it’s really close to the main road network in the city. Due to the nature and age of the building, there is no lift.
Marriott Peterborough
This hotel is well positioned very close to the A1 and main road network within the city and has plenty of free parking. It is also a couple of minutes from the Peterborough Arena for events that are taking place there. It has a very relaxed yet business like feel to it, the large attractive reception has a view through to the bar (with lovely outside space) and restaurant – although not open, it gives a feel of spaciousness, there are comfy seats and a fire place. The largest meeting room will accommodate 300 theatre and the other large room will hold 140 theatre however neither room has primary natural daylight.
Wi-Fi is available free of charge in the lobby but there is a charge in the rooms. No lift.
Haycock Hotel
This beautiful 16th century coaching inn is set in the pretty village of Wansford a short 10 minute drive from the city of Peterborough but also just off the A1. It has lots of history and was even a munitions factory during the war. The feel of the hotel is very traditional and maybe a little old fashioned in places, however that said, it does have a very friendly feel to it. The business centre has 6 meeting rooms holding 4-15 people. The large Ballroom has its own entrance and access to beautiful gardens. There is no lift in this venue.
William Cecil
Situated just of the A1 in Stamford, there is ample parking. The hotel is part of the Burghley estate and used to be part of a boarding house for Stamford school. The Bull and Swan next door is also part of the Burghley estate and offers a further 7 bedrooms in addition to the 27 at the William Cecil. There is a resident’s lounge that can be hired out and is ideal for smaller meetings. The Burghley room is the largest. They also have a marquee in the grounds for larger events. The bedrooms are all very unique and is each named as well as having a number.
Whilst the marquee in the grounds is fabulous for larger events, it isn’t allowed to be used after 8pm as it is next door to Stamford School for girls boarding house. Music isn’t allowed in the marquee. All this considered, there are a number of options in the main hotel for evening events with music.
Burghley House
Stunning! This is a 16th century Elizabethan house that took 33 years to build. It has amazing, beautifully kept grounds and breath taking rooms within the house as well as the old kitchen. There are a number of spaces that can be offered for events, drinks receptions and dinners both inside and out. If you’re looking for something impressive, grand and spectacular, you should certainly give it a try. I was blown away.
The house has a family in residence and because of this there may be some restrictions at certain times.
Barnsdale Hall Hotel
The main house is an old hunting lodge with original features like a grand staircase, large windows and heavy wooden doors. The accommodation is split over this building and two other modern buildings. The resort is set on a slight hill and as beautiful views over Rutland Water. The resort has more of a family resort feel to it rather than a business feel but for corporate guests that want to get away from it all it would be ideal. The main room can split into three separate rooms.
The hotel is quite spread out and isn’t very flat! The main room which splits into three has two or three steps down between each section.
Trinity’s Kate Willimer visited several hotels in Peterborough to see what they have to offer. Read her report below!
Park Inn Peterborough
Ideally located on one of the main parkways through the city, this is a recently built hotel providing very easy access from the train station and to the city centre. The hotel has its own secure car park. The bar, reception and restaurant is one large spacious and bright area that runs from front to back. The feel is modern and comfortable. The recently refurbished conference space consists of a pre function area and three rooms all of which have removable partitions to create one large room for a larger event or Christmas party (max 100 people on full rounds). One of the rooms has a cleverly concealed bar and is hidden further behind a screen. On the ground floor, the space benefits from lots of natural daylight. This is a good 3 star hotel centrally located on a main road, however I was unable to hear the road from the bedrooms.
Holiday Inn Peterborough
This is a well-established hotel in Peterborough in a good location not far from the A1 and main links through the city but also a short walk from the attractive Ferry Meadows and all that has to offer. The reception is fresh yet traditional in style – slight colonial style feel about it. The hotel has two large meeting spaces – the larger of the two can accommodate 450 theatre with high ceilings and car access and a large pre function foyer. There is also a smaller meeting space also with its own foyer area. The hotel has a good modern business like conference centre with 6 rooms and a conference café – perfect for smaller meetings from 4 to 20 people. The bar has a relaxing feel about it and the restaurant benefits from a semi private dining area. There is also a great leisure facilities for those who will have time to benefit from them.
The hotel has quite a tired feel from the outside and looks quite dated however this feel doesn’t continue to the inside of the property.
Orton Hall
Very traditional in style, this 16th century former manor house could be accused of being old fashioned but I actually think the style suits it very well and it is certainly full of character. It is set in a beautiful woodland location with established trees – giving the hotel a very tranquil feel. There is original furniture and paintings dotted all around this sprawling hotel and the ‘history window’ gives an insight into what life was once like. The main large room can be split into four separate spaces. The Great Room (once a gift from the man of the house to his wife) has direct access to the gardens, an orangery and a bar / lounge area. The hotel also owns the pub next door giving increased flexibility when it comes to dining options. Short taxi ride from the train station.
It is in a quiet location but don’t be fooled that it’s out of the way – it’s really close to the main road network in the city. Due to the nature and age of the building, there is no lift.
Marriott Peterborough
This hotel is well positioned very close to the A1 and main road network within the city and has plenty of free parking. It is also a couple of minutes from the Peterborough Arena for events that are taking place there. It has a very relaxed yet business like feel to it, the large attractive reception has a view through to the bar (with lovely outside space) and restaurant – although not open, it gives a feel of spaciousness, there are comfy seats and a fire place. The largest meeting room will accommodate 300 theatre and the other large room will hold 140 theatre however neither room has primary natural daylight.
Wi-Fi is available free of charge in the lobby but there is a charge in the rooms. No lift.
Haycock Hotel
This beautiful 16th century coaching inn is set in the pretty village of Wansford a short 10 minute drive from the city of Peterborough but also just off the A1. It has lots of history and was even a munitions factory during the war. The feel of the hotel is very traditional and maybe a little old fashioned in places, however that said, it does have a very friendly feel to it. The business centre has 6 meeting rooms holding 4-15 people. The large Ballroom has its own entrance and access to beautiful gardens. There is no lift in this venue.
William Cecil
Situated just of the A1 in Stamford, there is ample parking. The hotel is part of the Burghley estate and used to be part of a boarding house for Stamford school. The Bull and Swan next door is also part of the Burghley estate and offers a further 7 bedrooms in addition to the 27 at the William Cecil. There is a resident’s lounge that can be hired out and is ideal for smaller meetings. The Burghley room is the largest. They also have a marquee in the grounds for larger events. The bedrooms are all very unique and is each named as well as having a number.
Whilst the marquee in the grounds is fabulous for larger events, it isn’t allowed to be used after 8pm as it is next door to Stamford School for girls boarding house. Music isn’t allowed in the marquee. All this considered, there are a number of options in the main hotel for evening events with music.
Burghley House
Stunning! This is a 16th century Elizabethan house that took 33 years to build. It has amazing, beautifully kept grounds and breath taking rooms within the house as well as the old kitchen. There are a number of spaces that can be offered for events, drinks receptions and dinners both inside and out. If you’re looking for something impressive, grand and spectacular, you should certainly give it a try. I was blown away.
The house has a family in residence and because of this there may be some restrictions at certain times.
Barnsdale Hall Hotel
The main house is an old hunting lodge with original features like a grand staircase, large windows and heavy wooden doors. The accommodation is split over this building and two other modern buildings. The resort is set on a slight hill and as beautiful views over Rutland Water. The resort has more of a family resort feel to it rather than a business feel but for corporate guests that want to get away from it all it would be ideal. The main room can split into three separate rooms.
The hotel is quite spread out and isn’t very flat! The main room which splits into three has two or three steps down between each section.
Trinity’s Kate Willimer visited several hotels in Peterborough to see what they have to offer. Read her report below!
Park Inn Peterborough
Ideally located on one of the main parkways through the city, this is a recently built hotel providing very easy access from the train station and to the city centre. The hotel has its own secure car park. The bar, reception and restaurant is one large spacious and bright area that runs from front to back. The feel is modern and comfortable. The recently refurbished conference space consists of a pre function area and three rooms all of which have removable partitions to create one large room for a larger event or Christmas party (max 100 people on full rounds). One of the rooms has a cleverly concealed bar and is hidden further behind a screen. On the ground floor, the space benefits from lots of natural daylight. This is a good 3 star hotel centrally located on a main road, however I was unable to hear the road from the bedrooms.
Holiday Inn Peterborough
This is a well-established hotel in Peterborough in a good location not far from the A1 and main links through the city but also a short walk from the attractive Ferry Meadows and all that has to offer. The reception is fresh yet traditional in style – slight colonial style feel about it. The hotel has two large meeting spaces – the larger of the two can accommodate 450 theatre with high ceilings and car access and a large pre function foyer. There is also a smaller meeting space also with its own foyer area. The hotel has a good modern business like conference centre with 6 rooms and a conference café – perfect for smaller meetings from 4 to 20 people. The bar has a relaxing feel about it and the restaurant benefits from a semi private dining area. There is also a great leisure facilities for those who will have time to benefit from them.
The hotel has quite a tired feel from the outside and looks quite dated however this feel doesn’t continue to the inside of the property.
Orton Hall
Very traditional in style, this 16th century former manor house could be accused of being old fashioned but I actually think the style suits it very well and it is certainly full of character. It is set in a beautiful woodland location with established trees – giving the hotel a very tranquil feel. There is original furniture and paintings dotted all around this sprawling hotel and the ‘history window’ gives an insight into what life was once like. The main large room can be split into four separate spaces. The Great Room (once a gift from the man of the house to his wife) has direct access to the gardens, an orangery and a bar / lounge area. The hotel also owns the pub next door giving increased flexibility when it comes to dining options. Short taxi ride from the train station.
It is in a quiet location but don’t be fooled that it’s out of the way – it’s really close to the main road network in the city. Due to the nature and age of the building, there is no lift.
Marriott Peterborough
This hotel is well positioned very close to the A1 and main road network within the city and has plenty of free parking. It is also a couple of minutes from the Peterborough Arena for events that are taking place there. It has a very relaxed yet business like feel to it, the large attractive reception has a view through to the bar (with lovely outside space) and restaurant – although not open, it gives a feel of spaciousness, there are comfy seats and a fire place. The largest meeting room will accommodate 300 theatre and the other large room will hold 140 theatre however neither room has primary natural daylight.
Wi-Fi is available free of charge in the lobby but there is a charge in the rooms. No lift.
Haycock Hotel
This beautiful 16th century coaching inn is set in the pretty village of Wansford a short 10 minute drive from the city of Peterborough but also just off the A1. It has lots of history and was even a munitions factory during the war. The feel of the hotel is very traditional and maybe a little old fashioned in places, however that said, it does have a very friendly feel to it. The business centre has 6 meeting rooms holding 4-15 people. The large Ballroom has its own entrance and access to beautiful gardens. There is no lift in this venue.
William Cecil
Situated just of the A1 in Stamford, there is ample parking. The hotel is part of the Burghley estate and used to be part of a boarding house for Stamford school. The Bull and Swan next door is also part of the Burghley estate and offers a further 7 bedrooms in addition to the 27 at the William Cecil. There is a resident’s lounge that can be hired out and is ideal for smaller meetings. The Burghley room is the largest. They also have a marquee in the grounds for larger events. The bedrooms are all very unique and is each named as well as having a number.
Whilst the marquee in the grounds is fabulous for larger events, it isn’t allowed to be used after 8pm as it is next door to Stamford School for girls boarding house. Music isn’t allowed in the marquee. All this considered, there are a number of options in the main hotel for evening events with music.
Burghley House
Stunning! This is a 16th century Elizabethan house that took 33 years to build. It has amazing, beautifully kept grounds and breath taking rooms within the house as well as the old kitchen. There are a number of spaces that can be offered for events, drinks receptions and dinners both inside and out. If you’re looking for something impressive, grand and spectacular, you should certainly give it a try. I was blown away.
The house has a family in residence and because of this there may be some restrictions at certain times.
Barnsdale Hall Hotel
The main house is an old hunting lodge with original features like a grand staircase, large windows and heavy wooden doors. The accommodation is split over this building and two other modern buildings. The resort is set on a slight hill and as beautiful views over Rutland Water. The resort has more of a family resort feel to it rather than a business feel but for corporate guests that want to get away from it all it would be ideal. The main room can split into three separate rooms.
The hotel is quite spread out and isn’t very flat! The main room which splits into three has two or three steps down between each section.
New Peterborough Site Visits!
Trinity’s Kate Willimer visited several hotels in Peterborough to see what they have to offer. Read her report below!
Park Inn Peterborough
Ideally located on one of the main parkways through the city, this is a recently built hotel providing very easy access from the train station and to the city centre. The hotel has its own secure car park. The bar, reception and restaurant is one large spacious and bright area that runs from front to back. The feel is modern and comfortable. The recently refurbished conference space consists of a pre function area and three rooms all of which have removable partitions to create one large room for a larger event or Christmas party (max 100 people on full rounds). One of the rooms has a cleverly concealed bar and is hidden further behind a screen. On the ground floor, the space benefits from lots of natural daylight. This is a good 3 star hotel centrally located on a main road, however I was unable to hear the road from the bedrooms.
Holiday Inn Peterborough
This is a well-established hotel in Peterborough in a good location not far from the A1 and main links through the city but also a short walk from the attractive Ferry Meadows and all that has to offer. The reception is fresh yet traditional in style – slight colonial style feel about it. The hotel has two large meeting spaces – the larger of the two can accommodate 450 theatre with high ceilings and car access and a large pre function foyer. There is also a smaller meeting space also with its own foyer area. The hotel has a good modern business like conference centre with 6 rooms and a conference café – perfect for smaller meetings from 4 to 20 people. The bar has a relaxing feel about it and the restaurant benefits from a semi private dining area. There is also a great leisure facilities for those who will have time to benefit from them.
The hotel has quite a tired feel from the outside and looks quite dated however this feel doesn’t continue to the inside of the property.
Orton Hall
Very traditional in style, this 16th century former manor house could be accused of being old fashioned but I actually think the style suits it very well and it is certainly full of character. It is set in a beautiful woodland location with established trees – giving the hotel a very tranquil feel. There is original furniture and paintings dotted all around this sprawling hotel and the ‘history window’ gives an insight into what life was once like. The main large room can be split into four separate spaces. The Great Room (once a gift from the man of the house to his wife) has direct access to the gardens, an orangery and a bar / lounge area. The hotel also owns the pub next door giving increased flexibility when it comes to dining options. Short taxi ride from the train station.
It is in a quiet location but don’t be fooled that it’s out of the way – it’s really close to the main road network in the city. Due to the nature and age of the building, there is no lift.
Marriott Peterborough
This hotel is well positioned very close to the A1 and main road network within the city and has plenty of free parking. It is also a couple of minutes from the Peterborough Arena for events that are taking place there. It has a very relaxed yet business like feel to it, the large attractive reception has a view through to the bar (with lovely outside space) and restaurant – although not open, it gives a feel of spaciousness, there are comfy seats and a fire place. The largest meeting room will accommodate 300 theatre and the other large room will hold 140 theatre however neither room has primary natural daylight.
Wi-Fi is available free of charge in the lobby but there is a charge in the rooms. No lift.
Haycock Hotel
This beautiful 16th century coaching inn is set in the pretty village of Wansford a short 10 minute drive from the city of Peterborough but also just off the A1. It has lots of history and was even a munitions factory during the war. The feel of the hotel is very traditional and maybe a little old fashioned in places, however that said, it does have a very friendly feel to it. The business centre has 6 meeting rooms holding 4-15 people. The large Ballroom has its own entrance and access to beautiful gardens. There is no lift in this venue.
William Cecil
Situated just of the A1 in Stamford, there is ample parking. The hotel is part of the Burghley estate and used to be part of a boarding house for Stamford school. The Bull and Swan next door is also part of the Burghley estate and offers a further 7 bedrooms in addition to the 27 at the William Cecil. There is a resident’s lounge that can be hired out and is ideal for smaller meetings. The Burghley room is the largest. They also have a marquee in the grounds for larger events. The bedrooms are all very unique and is each named as well as having a number.
Whilst the marquee in the grounds is fabulous for larger events, it isn’t allowed to be used after 8pm as it is next door to Stamford School for girls boarding house. Music isn’t allowed in the marquee. All this considered, there are a number of options in the main hotel for evening events with music.
Burghley House
Stunning! This is a 16th century Elizabethan house that took 33 years to build. It has amazing, beautifully kept grounds and breath taking rooms within the house as well as the old kitchen. There are a number of spaces that can be offered for events, drinks receptions and dinners both inside and out. If you’re looking for something impressive, grand and spectacular, you should certainly give it a try. I was blown away.
The house has a family in residence and because of this there may be some restrictions at certain times.
Barnsdale Hall Hotel
The main house is an old hunting lodge with original features like a grand staircase, large windows and heavy wooden doors. The accommodation is split over this building and two other modern buildings. The resort is set on a slight hill and as beautiful views over Rutland Water. The resort has more of a family resort feel to it rather than a business feel but for corporate guests that want to get away from it all it would be ideal. The main room can split into three separate rooms.
The hotel is quite spread out and isn’t very flat! The main room which splits into three has two or three steps down between each section.
Jamie Hunter our Village Hotels and Resorts account manager visited the offices this morning and explained the exciting new developments coming on board now they are independently owned. Having opened new properties in Edinburgh and Aberdeen, Glasgow opens in July 2015 opposite the SECC and BBC studios in an area of Glasgow that is seeing huge regeneration. The group have also started on new properties in Milton Keynes, Bristol and Portsmouth so certainly a group to watch with a great product!
